Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Brokers / Willis Towers Watson

Willis Towers Watson

wltw · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wltw
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Brokers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Willis Towers Watson
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark one)

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-16503

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ireland
 (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

c/o Willis Group Limited
51 Lime Street, London EC3M 7DQ, England
(Address of principal executive offices)

98-0352587
 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

(011) 44-20-3124-6000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each Class
 Ordinary Shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
 NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

     No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days.  Yes 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to 
be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
Registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best 
of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definite proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the 
definitions of ‘large accelerated filer’, ‘accelerated filer’ and ‘smaller reporting company’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

     No 

     No 

     No 

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Emerging growth company    

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes 
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last reported price at which the 
Registrant’s common equity was sold on June 30, 2017 (the last day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was $18,544,137,403.
As of February 23, 2018, there were outstanding 132,216,177 ordinary shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share, of the Registrant.

     No 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of Part III will be incorporated by reference in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s 
fiscal year. 

 
 
 
 
 
WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

For the year ended December 31, 2017  

Certain Definitions

Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements

PART I.

Item 1

Business

Item 1A

Risk Factors

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2

Item 3

Item 4

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II.

Item 5

Item 6

Item 7

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8

Item 9

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B

Other Information

PART III.

Item 10

Item 11

Item 12

Item 13

Item 14

PART IV.

Item 15

Item 16

Signatures

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

Page

3

4

5

16

31

31

31

31

32

36

37

75

78

175

175

177

178

178

178

178

178

179

185

186

2

 
Certain Definitions 

The following definitions apply throughout this annual report unless the context requires otherwise: 

‘We’, ‘Us’, ‘Company’, ‘Willis Towers
Watson’, ‘Our’, ‘Willis Towers Watson
plc’ or ‘WTW’

‘shares’

‘Legacy Willis’ or ‘Willis’

‘Legacy Towers Watson’ or ‘Towers
Watson’

‘Merger’

  Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, a company
organized under the laws of Ireland, and its subsidiaries

  The ordinary shares of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited

Company, nominal value $0.000304635 per share

Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company and its
subsidiaries, predecessor to Willis Towers Watson, prior to the
Merger

Towers Watson & Co. and its subsidiaries

Merger of Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company and
Towers Watson & Co. pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of
Merger, dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015,
and completed on January 4, 2016

‘Gras Savoye’

‘Miller’

GS & Cie Groupe SAS

Miller Insurance Services LLP and its subsidiaries

3

Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements

We have included in this document ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by 
those laws. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations. 
All statements, other than statements of historical facts, that address activities, events or developments that we expect or 
anticipate may occur in the future, including such things as our outlook, future capital expenditures, future share repurchases, 
growth in commissions and fees, the impact of changes to tax laws on our financial results, business strategies and planned 
acquisitions, competitive strengths, goals, the benefits of new initiatives, growth of our business and operations, plans and 
references to future successes, and the benefits of the Merger, including our future financial and operating results, plans, 
objectives, expectations and intentions are forward-looking statements. Also, when we use words such as ‘may,’ ‘will,’ ‘would,’ 
‘anticipate,’ ‘believe,’ ‘estimate,’ ‘expect,’ ‘intend,’ ‘plan,’ ‘probably,’ or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking 
statements. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject 
to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. All 
forward-looking disclosure is speculative by its nature. 

A number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results reflected in these 
forward-looking statements are identified under Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These statements 
are based on assumptions that may not come true and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. 

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of these assumptions, 
and therefore also the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions, could themselves prove to be inaccurate. In light 
of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our 
inclusion of this information is not a representation or guarantee by us that our objectives and plans will be achieved.  

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we will not update these forward-looking statements unless 
the securities laws require us to do so. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events 
discussed in this document may not occur, and we caution you against unduly relying on these forward-looking statements. 

4

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

The Company

Willis Towers Watson plc was formed upon completion of the Merger on January 4, 2016, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan 
of Merger dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015 (the ‘Merger Agreement’), between Legacy Willis, Legacy 
Towers Watson, and Citadel Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis formed for the purpose of facilitating this 
transaction (‘Merger Sub’). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into Towers Watson with Towers 
Watson continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis. 

Immediately following the Merger, Legacy Willis effected (i) a consolidation (i.e., a reverse stock split under Irish law) of 
Willis ordinary shares whereby every 2.6490 Legacy Willis ordinary shares were consolidated into one Willis Towers Watson 
ordinary share (the ‘Consolidation’) and (ii) an amendment to its Constitution and other organizational documents to change its 
name from Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company to Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company. 

We trace our history to 1828, and are a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the 
world turn risk into a path for growth.

We continue to integrate Willis and Towers Watson while creating a unified platform for global growth, including positioning 
the Company to leverage our mutual distribution strength to enhance market penetration, expand our global footprint and create 
a strong platform for further innovation. The Company provides a comprehensive offering of services and solutions to clients 
across four business segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; 
and Benefits Delivery and Administration, formerly Exchange Solutions. 

Our clients operate on a global and local scale in a multitude of businesses and industries throughout the world and generally 
range in size from large, major multinational corporations to middle-market domestic and international companies. Our clients 
include many of the world’s leading corporations, including 90% or more of the Fortune Global 500 companies, the 
Fortune 1000, and the FTSE 100. We also advise substantially all of the world’s leading insurance companies. We work with 
major corporations, emerging growth companies, governmental agencies and not-for-profit institutions in a wide variety of 
industries, with many of our client relationships spanning decades. No one client accounted for a significant concentration of 
revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. We place insurance with approximately 2,500 
insurance carriers, none of which individually accounted for a significant concentration of the total premiums we placed on 
behalf of our clients in 2017, 2016 or 2015. 

Available Information

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the ‘SEC’). You may read and copy any documents we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 
100 F Street, NE Washington, DC 20549. Call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the Public Reference Room. The 
SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information that issuers 
(including Willis Towers Watson) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is www.sec.gov.

The Company makes available, free of charge through our website, www.willistowerswatson.com, our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our proxy statement, current reports on Form 8-K and Forms 3, 4, and 5 filed 
on behalf of directors and executive officers, as well as any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically 
filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Unless specifically incorporated by reference, information on our website is not a part of 
this Form 10-K.

The Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Audit & Risk Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, and 
Nominating & Governance Committee Charter are available on our website, www.willistowerswatson.com, in the Investor 
Relations section, or upon request. Requests for copies of these documents should be directed in writing to the Company 
Secretary c/o Office of General Counsel, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, Brookfield Place, 200 Liberty Street, 
New York, NY 10281.

General Information

Willis Towers Watson is a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk 
into a path for growth. Willis Towers Watson has more than 43,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 countries 
and territories. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the power of 

5

capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We believe our unique perspective allows us to see the critical 
intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance. 

We offer our clients a broad range of services to help them to identify and control their risks, and to enhance business 
performance by improving their ability to attract, retain and engage a talented workforce. Our risk control services range from 
strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), to a variety of due diligence services, to the provision of 
practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety or property loss control consulting), as well as analytical and 
advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We assist clients in planning how to manage 
incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. 
We help our clients enhance their business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that help 
them anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging opportunities in human capital management as well as offer investment 
advice to help them develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals. 

As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising our clients on their 
risk management requirements, helping them to determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing 
insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate the largest private Medicare exchange in 
the United States (‘U.S.’). Through this exchange and those for active employees, we help our clients move to a more 
sustainable economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits. 

We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account. 

We derive the majority of our revenues from either commissions or fees for brokerage or consulting services. We do not 
determine the insurance premiums on which our commissions are generally based. Commission levels generally follow the 
same trend as premium levels as they are derived from a percentage of the premiums paid by the insureds. Fluctuations in these 
premiums charged by the insurance carriers can therefore have a direct and potentially material impact on our results of 
operations. Our fees for consulting services are spread across a variety of complementary businesses that generally remain 
steady during times of uncertainty. We have some businesses, such as our health and benefits and administration businesses, 
which can be counter cyclical during the early period of a significant economic change. 

Our colleagues serve a diverse base of clients ranging in size from large, major multinational corporations to middle-market 
companies in a variety of industries, public institutions, and individual clients. Many of our client relationships span decades. 
We work with established corporations, emerging growth companies, governmental agencies and not-for-profit institutions in a 
wide variety of industries.

We believe we are one of only a few global advisory, broking and solutions companies in the world possessing the global 
operating presence, broad product expertise and extensive distribution network necessary to effectively meet the global needs 
of many of our clients.

Below are our revenues and long-lived assets for Ireland, our country of domicile, countries with significant concentrations, 
and all other foreign countries for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Revenues

(in millions)

Long-Lived Assets (i)

(in millions)

Ireland

$

107

$

92

$

64

$

127

$

114

$

124

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

United States

United Kingdom

Rest of World

Total Foreign Countries

3,821

1,815

2,459

8,095

3,395

2,236

2,164

7,795

1,597

1,055

1,113

3,765

9,988

3,173

3,263

16,424

11,400

2,431

2,466

16,297

$

8,202

$

7,887

$

3,829

$

16,551

$

16,411

$

1,759

2,426

1,951

6,136

6,260

____________________
(i)  Long-Lived Assets do not include deferred tax assets.

6

 
Business Strategy

Willis Towers Watson sees that a unified approach to people and risk can be a path to growth for our clients. Our integrated 
teams bring together our understanding of risk strategies and market analytics. This helps clients around the world to achieve 
their objectives.

We operate in attractive markets - both growing and mature - with a diversified platform across geographies, industries, 
segments and lines of business. We aim to become the premier advisory, broking and solutions company of choice. We design 
and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the power of capital to protect and 
strengthen institutions and individuals. We also help organizations improve performance through effective people, risk and 
financial management by focusing on providing human capital and financial consulting services.

 We believe we can achieve this by: 

•  Delivering a powerful client proposition with an integrated global platform. Our combined offerings provide 

comprehensive advice, analytics, specialty capabilities and solutions covering benefits, benefits delivery solutions, 
brokerage and advisory, risk and capital management, and talent and rewards; 

•  Leveraging our combined distribution strength and global footprint to enhance market penetration and provide a 

platform for further innovation; and

•  Underpinning this growth through continuous operational improvement initiatives that help make us more effective 

and efficient and drive cost synergies. We do this by: 

continuing to modernize the way we run our business to better serve our clients, enabling the skills of our 
staff, and lowering our costs of doing business;  

  making the necessary changes to our processes, our IT, our real estate and our workforce locations; and 

targeting and delivering identified, highly achievable cost savings as a direct consequence of the Merger. 

We care as much about how we work as we do about the impact that we make. This means commitment to shared values, a 
framework that guides how we run our business and serve clients.

Through these strategies we aim to accelerate revenue, cash flow, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization 
(‘EBITDA’), and earnings growth, and generate compelling returns for investors, by delivering tangible growth in revenues and 
capitalizing on the identified cost synergies.

Principal Services

In 2016, we began managing our business across four integrated reportable operating segments: Human Capital and Benefits; 
Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration. Below are the 
percentages of revenues generated by each segment for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Year ended December 31,
2016 (i)

2015 (i)

2017

Human Capital and Benefits

Corporate Risk and Broking

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance

Benefits Delivery and Administration

____________________

39%

33%

19%

9%

40%

32%

20%

8%

15%

61%

24%

—%

(i)  Beginning in 2017, we made certain changes that affect our segment results. These changes, which are detailed in the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed with the SEC on April 7, 2017, include the realignment of certain businesses within our segments, as well as changes to certain allocation 
methodologies to better reflect the ongoing nature of our businesses. The prior period comparatives reflected in the tables above have been 
retrospectively adjusted to reflect our current segment presentation. See Note 4 — Segment Information within Item 8 in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for a further discussion of these changes. The recast figures do not include pro forma segment revenues from Legacy Towers Watson for 
2015. For 2015 pro forma segment information, see our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2016.

7

 
 
The average number of employees by segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 is approximated below:

Human Capital and Benefits

Corporate Risk and Broking

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance

Benefits Delivery and Administration

Corporate and Other

Total Employees

Human Capital and Benefits 

December 31,
2017

12,800

14,600

4,900

3,200

7,900

43,400

The Willis Towers Watson Human Capital & Benefits (‘HCB’) segment provides an array of advice, broking, solutions and 
software for employee benefit plans, the human resources (‘HR’) organization and the management teams of our clients.  

HCB is the largest segment of the Company, generating approximately 39% of our segment revenues for the year ended 
December 31, 2017. Organized into four primary offerings - Retirement; Health & Benefits; Talent & Rewards; and 
Technology and Administration Solutions, the segment is focused on addressing our clients’ people and risk needs to help them 
take on the challenges of operating in a global marketplace.  

HCB is strengthened with teams of international consultants that provide support in each of these areas to the global 
headquarters of multinational clients and their foreign subsidiaries. 

Retirement — The Retirement business provides actuarial support, plan design, and administrative services for traditional 
pension and retirement savings plans. Our colleagues help our clients assess the costs and risks of retirement plans on cash 
flow, earnings and the balance sheet, the effects of changing workforce demographics on their retirement plans and retiree 
benefit adequacy and security. We offer clients a full range of integrated retirement consulting services to meet the needs of all 
types of employers - including those that continue to offer defined benefit plans and those that are reexamining their retirement 
benefit strategies. We bring a particular in-depth data analysis and perspective to their decision process, because we have 
tracked the retirement designs of the largest public companies around the world over many years. 

For clients that want to outsource some or all of their pension plan management, we offer integrated solutions that combine 
investment consulting, pension administration, core actuarial services, and communication and change management assistance. 

Our retirement consulting relationships are generally long-term in nature, and client retention rates for this business are high. A 
significant portion of the revenues in this business is from recurring work, with multi-year contracts that are driven by the 
heavily regulated nature of employee benefit plans and our clients’ annual needs for these services. Revenues for the 
Retirement business are somewhat seasonal, as much of our work pertains to calendar-year plan administration and reporting 
and compliance related to the completion of pension plan valuations; thus, the first quarter of the fiscal year is typically 
Retirement’s strongest quarter. Major revenue growth drivers in this business include changes in regulations, capital market 
conditions, increased global demand and increased market share. 

Health and Benefits — The Health & Benefits (‘H&B’) business provides plan management consulting, broking and 
administration across the full spectrum of health and group benefit programs, including medical, dental, disability, life and 
other coverage. Our H&B reach extends from small/mid-market clients to large market clients, across the full geographic 
footprint of the Company, and to most industries. We can address our clients’ insured needs in more than 140 countries. 

Our consultants help clients make strategic decisions on topics such as optimizing program spend; evaluating emerging 
coverage options (including publicly-subsidized health insurance exchanges and private exchanges in the U.S.); and dealing 
with above-inflation-rate increases in healthcare costs. In addition to our consulting services, we manage a number of collective 
purchasing initiatives, such as pharmacy and stop-loss, that allow employers to realize greater value from third-party service 
providers than they can achieve on their own. 

With Global Benefits Solutions, our suite of global services supporting medical, dental and risk (life, accident and disability) 
programs, we have a tailored offering for multinationals. That offering includes a flexible set of ready-made offerings, proven 
technology, efficient operational structure and an integrated approach to service delivery that translates to a globally consistent, 
high-quality experience for our clients. 

8

Finally, H&B supports our Group Marketplace, our private health insurance exchange for active employees. This offering is 
integrated with our other health insurance exchange offerings covered by our Individual Marketplace, which are offered within 
the Benefits Delivery and Administration segment.  

Talent & Rewards — Our Talent & Rewards (‘T&R’) business provides advice, data, software and products to address clients’ 
total rewards and talent issues. T&R has operations across the globe, including centralized software development and analytics 
teams that support the efficient delivery of services to clients. 

Within our Rewards line of business, we address both executive compensation and broad-based rewards. We advise our clients’ 
management and boards of directors on all aspects of executive pay programs, including base pay, annual bonuses, long-term 
incentives, perquisites and other benefits. Our focus is on aligning pay plans with the organization’s business strategy and 
driving desired performance. Our solutions incorporate market benchmarking data and software to support compensation 
administration.  

Our Talent line of business offers services focused on designing and implementing talent management programs and processes 
which help companies attract and deploy talent, engage them over time, manage their performance, develop their skills, provide 
them with relevant career paths, communicate with them and manage organizational change initiatives. Our solutions include 
employee insight and listening tools, talent assessment tools and services, and HR software to help companies administer and 
manage their talent management programs and analyze talent trends. 

Revenues for the T&R business are partly seasonal in nature, with a meaningful amount of heightened activity in the second 
half of the calendar year during the annual compensation, benefits and survey cycles. While T&R enjoys long-term 
relationships with many clients, work in several practices is often project-based and can be sensitive to economic changes. The 
business benefits from regulatory changes affecting our clients that require strategic advice, program changes and 
communication such as CEO pay ratio disclosure in the U.S. and gender pay gap reporting in the United Kingdom (‘U.K.’) 
Additional areas of growth for T&R include evolving views on effective individual performance measurement and 
management, focus on workforce productivity improvements and labor cost reductions, globalization and digitization of the 
workforce, merger and acquisition (‘M&A’) activity, technology-enabled approaches for measuring and understanding 
workforce engagement, and the opportunity to leverage HR software to improve the design, management and implementation 
of HR processes and programs.  

Technology and Administration Solutions — Our Technology and Administration Solutions (‘TAS’) business provides benefits 
outsourcing services to hundreds of clients across multiple industries. Our TAS team focuses on clients outside of the U.S. 
where our services are supported by high quality administration teams using robust technology platforms. We have high client 
retention rates, and we are the leading administrator among the 200 largest pension plans in the U.K., as well as a leader in 
Germany. 

For both our defined benefit and defined contribution administration services, we use highly-automated processes and web 
technology to enable benefit plan members to access and manage their records, perform self-service functions and improve 
their understanding of their benefits. Our technology also provides trustees and HR teams with timely management information 
to monitor activity and service levels and reduce administration costs.  

Corporate Risk and Broking 

Our Corporate Risk & Broking (‘CRB’) segment provides a broad range of risk advice, insurance brokerage and consulting 
services to clients worldwide ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations. The segment delivers integrated 
global solutions tailored to client needs and underpinned by data and analytics. 

CRB generated approximately 33% of Willis Towers Watson segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, and 
places more than $20 billion of premium into the insurance markets, annually. 

CRB operates as an integrated global team comprising both functional and geographic leadership. In addition there are three 
global offerings, which aim to leverage capabilities across geographies. In these operations, we have extensive specialized 
experience handling diverse lines of coverage, including complex insurance programs. A key objective is to assist clients in 
reducing their overall cost of risk. 

Property and Casualty — Property and Casualty provides property and liability insurance brokerage services across a wide 
range of industries including construction, real estate, healthcare and natural resources. Our construction practice provides risk 
management advice and brokerage services for a wide range of international construction activities. Clients of the construction 
practice include contractors, project owners, project managers, consultants and financiers. Our natural resources practice 
encompasses the oil and gas, mining, power and utilities sectors; and provides services including property damage, offshore 

9

construction liability and other services to global clients. In addition, we also arrange insurance products and services for our 
affinity client partners to offer to their customers, employees or members alongside, or in addition to, their principal business 
offerings. 

Financial Lines — Financial Lines specializes in brokerage services for financial, political and credit risks. Our clients include 
financial institutions, professional services firms and affinity groups from around the globe that require coverage for areas 
ranging from business risks, such as trade credit, directors and officers and medical malpractice, to external threats, such as 
cyber attacks, terrorism and creditor payment protection. 

Transport — Transport provides specialist expertise to the transportation industry and aerospace, marine and inspace practices. 
Our aerospace business provides insurance brokerage and risk management services to aerospace clients worldwide, including 
the world’s leading airlines, aircraft manufacturers, air cargo handlers and other airport and general aviation companies. Our 
marine business provides insurance brokerage services, including hull, cargo, protection and indemnity and general marine 
liabilities. Our marine clients include ship owners, ship builders, logistics operations, port authorities, traders and shippers. The 
specialist inspace team is also prominent in providing insurance and risk management services to the space industry. 

Facultative capabilities exist within each of the above offerings to serve as a broker or intermediary for insurance companies 
looking to arrange reinsurance solutions across various classes of risk. This allows our team of experts to deliver differentiated 
outcomes to their direct insureds, which in many situations are also clients of the wider Willis Towers Watson business. The 
facultative team also works closely with our treaty reinsurance business to structure reinsurance solutions that deliver capital 
and strategic benefits to insurance company clients. 

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance 

The Willis Towers Watson Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’) segment uses a sophisticated approach to risk which helps 
clients free up capital and manage investment complexity. The segment works closely with investors, reinsurers and insurers to 
manage the equation between risk and return. Blending advanced analytics with deep institutional knowledge, IRR identifies 
new opportunities to maximize performance. IRR provides investment consulting services and insurance specific services and 
solutions through reserves opinions, software, ratemaking, usage-based insurance, risk underwriting, and reinsurance broking. 

This segment is our third largest segment and generated approximately 19% of segment revenues for the Company for the year 
ended December 31, 2017. With approximately 75% of the revenues for this segment split between North America and the 
U.K., this segment includes the following businesses and offerings: 

Willis Re — Willis Re provides reinsurance industry clients with an understanding of how risk affects capital and financial 
performance and advises on the best ways to manage related outcomes. We operate this business on a global basis and provide 
a complete range of transactional capabilities, including, in conjunction with Willis Towers Watson Securities, a wide variety of 
capital markets-based products to both insurance and reinsurance companies. Our services are underpinned by modeling, 
financial analysis and risk management advice. 

Insurance Consulting and Technology — Insurance Consulting and Technology, formerly Risk Consulting and Software, is a 
global business that provides advice and technology solutions to the insurance industry, as well as to corporate clients with 
respect to their insurance programs. We leverage our industry experience, strategic perspective and analytical skills to help 
clients measure and manage risk and capital, improve business performance and create a sustainable competitive advantage. 
Our services include software and technology, risk and capital management, products and pricing, financial and regulatory 
reporting, financial and capital modeling, M&A, outsourcing and business management. 

Investment — Investment provides advice to improve investment outcomes for asset owners using a broad and sophisticated 
framework for managing risk. We provide coordinated investment advice and solutions to some of the world’s largest pension 
funds and institutional investors based on our expertise in risk assessment, asset-liability modeling, strategic asset allocation 
policy setting, manager selection and investment execution.  

Wholesale Insurance Broking — Wholesale Insurance Broking provides wholesale and specialist broking services to retail 
brokers worldwide, through Willis Towers Watson and London based specialist broker Miller Insurance Services LLP.  

Portfolio and Underwriting Services — Portfolio and Underwriting Services, with operations in London and North America, 
brings together our existing set of Managing General Agent underwriting activities for purposes of accelerating their future 
development. Within Portfolio and Underwriting Services, we act on behalf of our insurance carrier partners and self-insured 
entities in product marketing and distribution, risk underwriting and selection, claims management and other general 
administrative responsibilities.  

10

Willis Towers Watson Securities — Formerly Capital Markets & Advisory, with offices in New York, London, Hong Kong and 
Sydney, provides investment banking services to companies involved in the insurance and reinsurance industries for a broad 
array of merger and acquisition transactions as well as capital markets products, including acting as underwriter for primary 
issuances, operating a secondary insurance-linked securities trading desk and engaging in strategic advisory work.

Max Matthiessen — Max Matthiessen is a leading advisor and broker within insurance, benefits, human resources and savings 
in the Nordic region. The business specializes in providing human capital and benefits administration together with providing 
market leading savings and insurance solutions.

Benefits Delivery and Administration 

The Willis Towers Watson Benefits Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’, formerly Exchange Solutions) segment provides 
primary medical and ancillary benefit exchange and outsourcing services to active employees and retirees across both the group 
and individual markets. BDA services individual populations via its ‘group to individual’ technology platform, which tightly 
integrates patented call routing technology, an efficient quoting and enrollment engine, a Customer Relationship Management 
system and comprehensive insurance carrier connectivity. This segment also delivers group benefit exchanges and full 
outsourcing solutions serving the active employees of employers across the United States. BDA uses Software as a Service 
(‘SaaS’)-based technology and related services to deliver consumer-driven healthcare and reimbursement accounts, including 
health savings accounts, health reimbursement arrangements, flexible spending accounts and other consumer-directed accounts. 

A significant portion of the revenues in this segment is recurring in nature, driven by either the commissions from the policies 
we sell, or from long-term service contracts with our clients that typically range from three to five years. Revenues across this 
segment may be seasonal, driven by the magnitude and timing of client transition activities, and we typically increase our 
membership levels significantly effective January 1, after calendar year-end benefits elections. 

BDA generated approximately 9% of our segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. BDA provides services 
across four integrated or related offerings, listed below, to customers primarily in the U.S. 

Individual Marketplace (formerly Retiree & Access Exchanges) — This business provides solutions through a proprietary 
technology platform, OneExchange Retiree, which enables our employer clients to transition their retirees to individual, 
defined contribution health plans that provide individuals with a tax-free allowance or contribution to spend on healthcare 
services at an annual cost that the employer controls, as opposed to group-based, defined benefit health plans that provide 
groups of individuals with healthcare benefits at uncertain annual costs. 

Group Marketplace (formerly Active Exchanges) — This business is focused on delivering group benefit exchanges, serving 
the active employees of employers across the United States. Using our proprietary BenefitConnect or Bright Choices exchange 
platforms, combined with our expertise in creating high-performing benefit plan designs, we believe we are well-positioned to 
help our clients simplify their benefits delivery, while lowering the total costs of benefits and related administration. We have 
relationships with more than 400 broker partners to access and service the small to mid-size group market and offer both fully-
insured and self-insured exchanges to meet the needs of our employer clients. 

Benefits Outsourcing (formerly Technology and Administration Solutions) — Through our proprietary BenefitConnect 
technology, this business provides a broad suite of health and welfare outsourcing services as well as decision support and 
modeling tools for pension users within the U.S. With our disciplined approach to customer service, we offer cost-effective, 
high-touch service to hundreds of clients across many industries. 

Benefits Accounts (formerly Consumer-Directed Accounts) — This business uses its SaaS-based technology and related 
services to deliver consumer-driven healthcare and reimbursement accounts, including health savings accounts, health 
reimbursement arrangements and other consumer-directed accounts. 

Competition 

We face competition in all fields in which we operate, based on global capability, product breadth, innovation, quality of 
service and price. We compete with Accenture plc, Aon plc, Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., Brown & Brown Inc., Cognizant 
Technology Solutions Corporation, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Robert Half International Inc., as well as with 
numerous specialty, regional and local firms. Marsh & McLennan Companies and Aon plc are the two other major providers of 
global risk management services. Competition for business is intense in all of our business lines and in every insurance market, 
and in some business lines Marsh & McLennan Companies and Aon plc have greater market share than we do.

Competition on premium rates has also exacerbated the pressures caused by a continuing reduction in demand in some classes 
of business. For example, rather than purchase additional insurance through brokers, some insureds have been retaining a 
greater proportion of their risk portfolios than previously. Industrial and commercial companies increasingly rely upon their 

11

own subsidiary insurance companies, known as captive insurance companies, self-insurance pools, risk retention groups, 
mutual insurance companies and other mechanisms for funding their risks, rather than buy insurance. Additional competitive 
pressures arise from the entry of new market participants, such as banks, accounting firms and insurance carriers themselves, 
offering risk management or transfer services. 

The human capital and risk management consulting industries are highly competitive. We believe there are significant barriers 
to entry, and we have developed competitive advantages in providing HR consulting and risk management consulting services. 
We face strong competition from several sources. 

Our principal competitors in the pension consulting industry are Mercer HR Consulting (a Marsh & McLennan company) and 
Aon plc. Beyond these large players, the global HR consulting industry is highly fragmented. 

Our major competitors in the insurance consulting and software industry include Milliman, Oliver Wyman (a Marsh & 
McLennan company), the big four accounting firms and SunGard. Aon, Buck Consultants (a Conduent Company), Connextions 
(a United Healthcare company), Mercer (a Marsh & McLennan company), Automatic Data Processing and Fidelity are our 
primary competitors in the insurance exchange industry. With the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 
Act, we also compete with the public exchanges currently run by the U.S. federal and state governments. We now compete with 
providers of account-based health plans and consumer-directed benefits such as WageWorks and HealthEquity. 

The market for our services is subject to change as a result of economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological 
developments, and increased competition from established and new competitors. Regulatory and legislative actions, along with 
continuously evolving technological developments, will likely have the greatest impact on the overall market for our exchange 
products. We believe the primary factors in selecting an HR consulting or risk management services firm include reputation; the 
ability to provide measurable increases to shareholder value and return on investment; global scale; quality of service; and the 
ability to tailor services to clients’ unique needs. With regard to the marketplace for individuals and active employee exchanges, 
we believe that clients base their decisions on a variety of factors that include the ability of the provider to deliver measurable 
cost savings for clients, a strong reputation for efficient execution, a provider’s capability in delivering a broad number of 
configurations to serve various population segments and financing options, and an innovative service delivery model and 
platform. For our traditional consulting and risk management services and the rapidly evolving exchange products, we believe 
we compete favorably with respect to these factors. 

Regulation 

Our business activities are subject to legal requirements and governmental and quasi-governmental regulatory supervision in all 
countries in which we operate. Also, such regulations may require individual or company licensing to conduct our business 
activities. While these requirements may vary from location to location, they are generally designed to protect our clients by 
establishing minimum standards of conduct and practice, particularly regarding the provision of advice and product 
information, as well as financial criteria. We are also subject to data privacy regulations in many countries. Our most significant 
regulatory regions are described below: 

United States 

Our activities in connection with insurance brokerage services within the United States are subject to regulation and 
supervision by state authorities. Although the scope of regulation and form of supervision may vary from state to state, 
insurance laws in the United States are often complex and generally grant broad discretion to supervisory authorities in 
adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. That supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers 
and agents and the regulation of the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Our continuing ability 
to provide insurance brokerage in the states in which we currently operate is dependent upon our compliance with the rules and 
regulations promulgated by the regulatory authorities in each of these states. Additionally, some of our private exchange 
activities are overseen by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, which is part of the Department of Health and Human 
Services. 

Certain of our activities are governed by other regulatory bodies, such as investment and securities licensing authorities. Our 
activities in connection with investment services within the United States are subject to regulation and supervision at both the 
federal and state levels. At the federal level, certain of our operating subsidiaries are regulated by the SEC through the 
Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940; and by the Department of Labor through the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or ERISA. In connection with the SEC regulations, we are required to file certain 
reports, and are subject to various marketing restrictions, among other requirements. In connection with ERISA regulations, we 
are restricted in actions we can take for plans for which we serve as fiduciaries, among other matters. Our U.S. investment 
activities are also subject to certain state regulatory schemes. 

12

Our Willis Towers Watson Securities business operates through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis Securities, Inc., a U.S.-
registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA/SIPC, primarily in connection with investment banking services and advising 
on alternative risk financing transactions. 

Our activities in connection with Third Party Administrator (‘TPA’) services in the United States are also subject to regulation 
and supervision by many state authorities.  Licensing requirements and supervision vary from state to state. As with insurance 
brokerage services, our continuing ability to provide these services in states that regulate our activities is dependent upon our 
compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the regulatory authorities in each of these states. 

United Kingdom 

In the United Kingdom, our business is regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’). The FCA has a wide range of 
rule-making, investigatory and enforcement powers, and conducts monitoring visits to assess our compliance with regulatory 
requirements. 

The FCA has a sole strategic objective: to ensure that the relevant markets function well. Its operational objectives are to: 
secure an appropriate degree of protection for consumers; protect and enhance the integrity of the U.K. financial system; and to 
promote effective competition in the interests of consumers. The FCA has powers in product intervention. For instance, it can 
instruct firms to withdraw or amend misleading financial promotions. A U.K. exit from the E.U. may cause an increase in 
regulations in the U.K.

European Union 

In 2005, the European Union Insurance Mediation Directive introduced rules to enable insurance and reinsurance 
intermediaries to operate and provide services within each member state of the European Union (‘E.U.’) on a basis consistent 
with the E.U. single market and customer protection aims. Each E.U. member state in which we operate is required to ensure 
that the insurance and reinsurance intermediaries resident in their country are registered with a statutory body in that country 
and that each intermediary meets professional requirements in relation to their competence, good repute, professional 
indemnity cover and financial capacity. The E.U. has been in the process of updating the Insurance Mediation Directive.  
Various E.U. bodies have created a replacement to the Insurance Mediation Directive called the Insurance Distribution 
Directive. The current timetable would require all E.U. member states to make the Insurance Distribution Directive national 
law by July 1, 2018. The Insurance Distribution Directive is now proposed to become effective on October 1, 2018.    

In addition, our Willis Towers Watson Securities business provides advice on securities or investments in the European Union 
and Australia through our U.K. wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis Towers Watson Securities Europe Limited, which is authorized 
and regulated by the FCA. 

Willis Towers Watson is also subject to the new E.U. General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’), which goes into effect in 
May 2018. The GDPR is a new, comprehensive regime that significantly increases our responsibilities when handling personal 
data, including, without limitation, requiring us to conduct privacy impact assessments, restricting the transmission of data and 
requiring public disclosure of significant data breaches.  

Other 

Our Willis Towers Watson Securities business, through an affiliate, Willis Towers Watson Securities (Hong Kong) Limited, is 
licensed to conduct certain securities-related activities, and is subject to regulation by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures 
Commission. Certain of our entities that undertake pension scheme management are subject to MiFID (Markets in Financial 
Instruments Directive) and MiFIR (the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation). In addition, revisions to MiFID (‘MiFID 
II’) took effect in January 2018. These revisions are aimed at strengthening investor protection and improving the function of 
financial markets. MiFID II imposes a variety of new requirements that include, among others, rules relating to product 
governance and independent investment advice, responsibility of management bodies, inducements, information and reporting 
to clients, cross-selling, remuneration of staff, and best execution of trades for clients. Further, some of our entities are also 
authorized and regulated by certain financial services authorities in countries such as Sweden, Ireland, the Netherlands and the 
U.K. 

All companies carrying on similar activities in a given jurisdiction are subject to regulations which are not dissimilar to the 
requirements for our operations in the United States and United Kingdom. We do not consider these regulatory requirements as 
adversely affecting our competitive position. 

Across all geographies we are subject to various data privacy regulations that apply to medical, financial and other types of 
personal information belonging to our clients, their employees and third parties, as well as our own employees. 

13

Our failure, or that of our employees, to satisfy the regulatory compliance requirements or the legal requirements governing our 
activities, can result in disciplinary action, fines, reputational damage and financial harm. 

See Part I, Item 1A-Risk Factors for an analysis of how actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and 
regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our business. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The executive officers of the Company as of February 28, 2018 were as follows:

Nicolas Aubert (age 52) - Mr. Aubert has served as the Head of Great Britain at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016, 
and as the CEO of Willis Limited, the Company’s U.K. insurance and reinsurance broking subsidiary, since September 30, 
2015. Prior to his appointment as the Head of Great Britain, Mr. Aubert served as CEO of Willis GB, the operating segment of 
Willis Group Holdings that included Willis’ London specialty businesses and facultative business, and the retail insurance 
business in Great Britain since January 2015. Since March 2016, Mr. Aubert has served as the Chairman of the London Market 
Group (LMG), a professional body representing the common interests of the London Insurance Market operators, Lloyd’s of 
London, IUA, LIIBA and LMA. Prior to joining Willis, Mr. Aubert served as the Chief Operating Officer of American 
International Group (AIG) in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and formerly as the Managing Director of AIG in the U.K.  
After joining AIG in June 2002 to lead AIG France, Mr. Aubert served in various other senior management positions, including 
Managing Director of Southern Europe, where he oversaw operations in 12 countries, including Israel. Prior to AIG, Mr. Aubert 
worked in various leadership positions at ACE, CIGNA, GAN and started his career at GENERALI. He holds specialized 
Masters Degrees in Insurance Law (DESS Assurances) from Pantheon-Sorbonne University of Paris and from Institut des 
Assurances de Paris (Université Paris-Dauphine) and an M.B.A. from the French High Insurance Studies Center (CHEA).

Anne D. Bodnar (age 61) - Ms. Bodnar has served as the Chief Human Resources Officer at Willis Towers Watson since 
January 4, 2016. Previously, Ms. Bodnar served on Towers Watson’s Management Committee since January 2015, and as 
Towers Watson’s Chief Administrative Officer since January 1, 2010. Ms. Bodnar previously served as Managing Director of 
HR at Towers Perrin beginning in 2001. From 1995 to 2000, Ms. Bodnar led Towers Perrin’s recruiting and learning and 
development efforts. Prior to that, she was a strategy consultant in Towers Perrin’s Human Capital business. Earlier in her 
career, Ms. Bodnar held several operational and strategic planning roles at what is now JPMorgan Chase. Additionally, 
Ms. Bodnar published a chapter entitled “HR as a Strategic Partner” in Human Resources Leadership Strategies: Fifteen Ways 
to Enhance HR Value in Your Company. She was elected to the YWCA’s Academy of Women Achievers in 1999. Ms. Bodnar 
graduated cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa from Smith College and has an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Michael J. Burwell (age 54) - Mr. Burwell has served as Chief Financial Officer of Willis Towers Watson since October 3, 
2017. Before joining Willis Towers Watson, Mr. Burwell spent over 30 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), where he 
served in various senior leadership roles, including, most recently, as a Senior Partner driving Transformation activities with 
various clients across industries since 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Burwell served as Vice Chairman, Global and US Transformation 
Leader from 2012 to 2016, as Vice Chairman, US Operations Leader (COO) and Chief Financial Officer from 2007 to 2012, 
and as Leader of the Transaction Services practice from 2005 to 2007. During his initial time at PwC, Mr. Burwell served 11 
years in the assurance practice working on numerous audit clients. He has a bachelor’s degree in business administration from 
Michigan State University and is a certified public accountant. In 2010, he was named Michigan State University’s Alumnus of 
the year.

Matthew S. Furman (age 48) - Mr. Furman has served as General Counsel at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016.  
Previously, Mr. Furman served as Executive Vice President and Group General Counsel at Willis Group Holdings, where he 
was a member of the Operating Committee since April 2015. From 2007 until March 2015, Mr. Furman was Senior Vice 
President, Group General Counsel-Corporate and Governance, and Corporate Secretary for The Travelers Companies, Inc.  
From 2000 until 2007, Mr. Furman was an attorney at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York, where he was Vice President and 
Associate General Counsel in the finance and corporate legal group. Prior to that, he was in private practice, with almost six 
years’ experience at Simpson Thacher & Bartlett in New York. Mr. Furman also serves as a Director of the Legal Aid Society 
and a member of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s Investor Advisory Committee. He holds a bachelor’s degree 
from Brown University and a law degree from Harvard Law School.

Adam L. Garrard (age 52) - Mr. Garrard has served as Head of International at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016.  
Previously, Mr. Garrard served as Chief Executive Officer for Willis Group Holdings in Asia since September 2012. Prior to 
that, Mr. Garrard served as Chief Executive Officer for Willis in Europe since January 2009, Chief Executive Officer for Willis 
in Australasia since May 2005 and Chief Executive Officer for Asia since January 2002. Mr. Garrard has resided in Singapore, 
Shanghai, Sydney and London while undertaking his Chief Executive Officer roles. After graduating from De Montfort 
University with a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration in 1992, Mr. Garrard joined SBJ Stephenson Insurance Brokers 
before joining Willis in 1994.

14

Julie J. Gebauer (age 56) - Ms. Gebauer has served as Head of Human Capital & Benefits at Willis Towers Watson since 
January 4, 2016. Previously, Ms. Gebauer served as Managing Director of Towers Watson’s Talent and Rewards business 
segment since January 1, 2010. Beginning in 2002, Ms. Gebauer served as a Managing Director of Towers Perrin and led 
Towers Perrin’s global Workforce Effectiveness Practice and the global Towers Perrin-International Survey Research 
Corporation line of business. Ms. Gebauer was a member of Towers Perrin’s Board of Directors from 2003 through 2006. She 
joined Towers Perrin in 1986 as a consultant and held several leadership positions at Towers Perrin, serving as the Managing 
Principal for the New York office from 1999 to 2001 and the U.S. East Region Leader for the Human Capital Group from 2002 
to 2006. Ms. Gebauer is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries. Ms. Gebauer graduated Phi Beta Kappa and with high distinction 
from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln with a bachelor’s degree in Mathematics, and was designated a Chancellor’s Scholar.

Joseph Gunn (age 47) - Mr. Gunn has served as the Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since October 27, 2016.  
Previously, Mr. Gunn served as the regional director for the Northeast region of Willis Towers Watson where he led the 
business in both Metro New York and New England since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Gunn served as the National 
Partner for the Northeast Region at Willis North America since July 2009, and before that, as the Chief Growth Officer for 
Willis North America and regional executive officer for the South Central region of Willis North America since August 2006.  
Before joining Willis in 2004, Mr. Gunn led the Marsh Client Development team for the North Texas operations and served as a 
senior relationship officer on several large accounts. Mr. Gunn serves as a member of the board of trustees of Big Brothers Big 
Sisters of New York.  He holds a bachelor’s degree in Political Science from Florida State University.

John J. Haley (age 68) - Mr. Haley has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director at Willis Towers Watson since January 
4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Haley served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Towers Watson 
since January 1, 2010, and as President since October 3, 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Haley served as President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Watson Wyatt beginning on January 1, 1999, as Chairman of the Board of Watson Wyatt beginning in 1999 and as a 
director of Watson Wyatt beginning in 1992. Mr. Haley joined Watson Wyatt in 1977. Prior to becoming President and Chief 
Executive Officer of Watson Wyatt, he was the Global Director of the Benefits Group at Watson Wyatt. Mr. Haley is a Fellow 
of the Society of Actuaries, and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries. 
He is also a co-author of Fundamentals of Private Pensions (University of Pennsylvania Press). Mr. Haley also serves on the 
board of MAXIMUS, Inc., a provider of health and human services program management, consulting services and system 
solutions, and previously served on the board of Hudson Global, Inc., an executive search, specialty staffing and related 
consulting services firm. He has an A.B. in Mathematics from Rutgers College and studied under a Fellowship at the Graduate 
School of Mathematics at Yale University.

Carl A. Hess (age 56) - Mr. Hess has served as the Head of Investment, Risk and Reinsurance since October 27, 2016.  
Previously, Mr. Hess served as the Co-Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. 
Hess served as Managing Director, The Americas of Towers Watson since February 1, 2014, and before that, he served as the 
Managing Director of Towers Watson’s Investment business since January 1, 2010. Before his service at Towers Watson, Mr. 
Hess worked in a variety of roles for over 20 years at Watson Wyatt, lastly as Global Practice Director of Watson Wyatt’s 
Investment business. Mr. Hess is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries, and a 
Chartered Enterprise Risk Analyst. He has a bachelor’s degree cum laude in Logic and Language from Yale University.

Todd Jones (age 53) - Mr. Jones has served as the Head of Corporate Risk and Broking since October 27, 2016. Previously, 
Mr. Jones served as the Co-Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Jones 
served as an executive officer and Chief Executive Officer of Willis North America since July 1, 2013. Mr. Jones joined Willis 
in 2003 as the North American Practice Leader for Willis’ Executive Risks Practice and served as the President of Willis North 
America from 2010 to 2013. Mr. Jones also served as a National Partner for the Northeast Region. Prior to joining Willis, 
Mr. Jones held various leadership roles in the insurance brokerage industry. Before entering the brokerage industry, he was a 
financial analyst and corporate banker for a regional bank that is now part of Wells Fargo. He holds a bachelor’s degree in 
Business from Wake Forest University and an M.B.A. from the Stern School of Business at New York University.

Paul G. Morris (age 53) - Mr. Morris has served as Head of Western Europe at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016.  
Previously, Mr. Morris served as Managing Director for Towers Watson in Europe, the Middle East and Africa since 
September 1, 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Morris served as Director, Consulting Services, for Towers Watson beginning January 1, 
2010. Mr. Morris served as a Managing Consultant of Watson Wyatt from 2005 until the consummation of the merger of 
Towers Perrin and Watson Wyatt. He joined The Wyatt Company in 1988. Following the establishment of the global Watson 
Wyatt Worldwide alliance in 1995, Mr. Morris served as a Senior Consultant of Watson Wyatt Partners from 1995 through 1999 
and became a partner in 1999. Mr. Morris is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries, a Member of the Institute of Actuaries, and 
has a bachelor’s degree in Applied Mathematics from Harvard College and an M.Sc. in Applied Mathematics from Harvard 
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences.

15

Anne Pullum (age 35) - Ms. Pullum has served as the Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Strategy and Innovation at 
Willis Towers Watson since October 27, 2016. Beginning on January 4, 2016, Ms. Pullum served as Willis Towers Watson’s 
Head of Strategy, where she has played a key role in determining the Company’s strategy and worked across all business 
segments and functional areas. Previously, Ms. Pullum served as the Head of Strategy for Willis Group since May 2014.  
Before joining Willis, Ms. Pullum worked at McKinsey & Company, where she served financial services and natural resource 
clients since October 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Pullum conducted economic research at Greenspan Associates in Washington, 
D.C. and served as an analyst in the Goldman Sachs Equities Division in London. Ms. Pullum holds an M.B.A. from INSEAD 
and a bachelor’s degree in International Economics from Georgetown University’s School of Foreign Service.  

David Shalders (age 51) - Mr. Shalders has served as Operations and Technology Director at Willis Towers Watson since 
January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Shalders served as an executive officer and Group Operations & Technology Director of 
Willis Group Holdings since November 4, 2013. Prior to joining Willis, Mr. Shalders spent over a decade in senior operations 
and IT roles at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group, most recently as Global COO for Global Banking and Markets.  
Mr. Shalders also held roles as Head of London & Asia Operations and Head of Derivative Operations for NatWest at RBS.  
Prior to RBS, Mr. Shalders held various IT and Operations leadership roles at Accenture, JP Morgan and SG Warburg. He has 
an M.A. in Geography from Cambridge University and an M.Sc. in Computer Science from The London School of Economics.

Gene H. Wickes (age 65) - Mr. Wickes has served as the Head of Benefits Delivery and Administration (formerly Exchange 
Solutions) at Willis Towers Watson since April 1, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Wickes served as an Executive Sponsor of the 
combined Willis Towers Watson Merger integration team since January 4, 2016. Previously, he served as the Managing 
Director of the Benefits business segment of Towers Watson from January 1, 2010 until the closing of the Willis Towers Watson 
merger. Prior to that, he served as the Global Director of the Benefits Practice of Watson Wyatt beginning in 2005 and as a 
member of Watson Wyatt’s Board of Directors from 2002 to 2007. Mr. Wickes was Watson Wyatt’s Global Retirement Practice 
Director in 2004 and the U.S. West Division’s Retirement Practice Leader from 1997 to 2004. Mr. Wickes joined Watson Wyatt 
in 1996 as a senior consultant and consulting actuary. Prior to joining Watson Wyatt, he spent 18 years with Towers Perrin, 
where he assisted organizations with welfare, retirement, and executive benefit issues. Mr. Wickes is a Fellow of the Society of 
Actuaries and a member of the Conference of Consulting Actuaries, and has a B.S. in Mathematics and Economics, an M.S. in 
Mathematics and an M.S. in Economics, all from Brigham Young University.

Board of Directors

A list of the Board of Directors of the Company and their principal occupations is provided below:

John J. Haley
Chief Executive Officer

James F. McCann
Non-Executive Chairman of Willis Towers
Watson, Executive Chairman of 1-800-
Flowers.com

Paul Thomas
Former CEO of Reynolds Packaging Group

Anna C. Catalano
Former Group Vice President, Marketing for
BP plc

Brendan R. O’Neill
Former CEO of Imperial Chemical
Industries PLC

Wilhelm Zeller
Former CEO of Hannover Re Group

Victor F. Ganzi
Former President & CEO of The Hearst
Corporation

Jaymin B. Patel
CEO of Brightstar Corp.

Wendy E. Lane
Chairman of Lane Holdings, Inc.

Linda D. Rabbitt
Founder, Chairman & CEO of rand*
construction corporation

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following are some of the important 
factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. These 
risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating our business. The descriptions below are not the only risks and 
uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that are presently unknown to us could also impair our business 
operations, financial condition or results. If any of the risks and uncertainties below or other risks were to occur, our business 
operations, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted. With respect to the tax-
related consequences of acquisition, ownership and disposal of ordinary shares, you should consult with your own tax 
advisors.  

16

Strategic and Operational Risks

Our success largely depends on our ability to achieve our global business strategy, and our results of operations and 
financial condition could suffer if the Company were unable to successfully establish and execute on its strategy and 
generate anticipated revenue growth and cost savings and efficiencies.

Our future growth, profitability and cash flows largely depend upon our ability to successfully establish and execute our global 
business strategy. As discussed under Item 1., “Business - Business Strategy”, we seek to be an advisory, broking and solutions 
provider of choice through an integrated global platform. While we have confidence that our strategic plan reflects 
opportunities that are appropriate and achievable, there is a possibility that our strategy may not deliver projected long-term 
growth in revenue and profitability due to inadequate execution, incorrect assumptions, global or local economic conditions, 
competition, changes in the industries in which we operate, sub-optimal resource allocation or any of the other risks described 
in this “Risk Factors” section.  In pursuit of our growth strategy, we may also invest significant time and resources into new 
product or service offerings, and there is the possibility that these offerings may fail to yield sufficient return to cover their 
investment. The failure to continually develop and execute optimally on our global business strategy could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Demand for our services could decrease for various reasons, including a general economic downturn, increased 
competition, or a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition or prospects, all of which could materially 
adversely affect us.

We can give no assurance that the demand for our services will grow or be maintained, or that we will compete successfully 
with our existing competitors, new competitors or our clients’ internal capabilities. Client demand for our services may change 
based on the clients’ needs and financial conditions, among other factors.

Our results of operations are affected directly by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the 
level of economic activity in the industries and markets that they serve. Global financial markets may continue to experience 
disruptions, including increased volatility and credit availability, which could substantially impact our results. While it is 
difficult to predict the consequences of any deterioration in global economic conditions on our business, any significant 
reduction or delay by our clients in purchasing our services or insurance or making payment of premiums could have a material 
adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the potential for a significant insurer to fail, be 
downgraded or withdraw from writing certain lines of insurance coverages that we offer our clients could negatively impact 
overall capacity in the industry, which could then reduce the placement of certain lines and types of insurance and reduce our 
revenues and profitability. The potential for an insurer to fail or be downgraded could also result in errors and omissions claims 
by clients.

In addition, the markets for our principal services are highly competitive. Our competitors include other insurance brokerage, 
human capital and risk management consulting and actuarial firms, and the human capital and risk management divisions of 
diversified professional services, insurance, brokerage and accounting firms and specialty, regional and local firms.

Competition for business is intense in all of our business lines and in every insurance market, and some competitors have 
greater market share in certain lines of business than we do. Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical and 
marketing resources than us, which could enhance their ability to finance acquisitions, fund internal growth and respond more 
quickly to professional and technological changes. New competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge, creating 
additional competition and gaining significant market share, resulting in a loss of business for us and a corresponding decline in 
revenues and profit margin. In order to respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower our prices, 
which would also have an adverse effect on our revenues and profit margin. 

In addition, competitors could develop competing technologies or product or service offerings that disrupt our industries. Any 
new technology or product or service offering (including insurance companies selling their products directly to consumers or 
other insureds) that reduces or eliminates the need for intermediaries in insurance or reinsurance sales transactions could have a 
material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, the increasing willingness of clients to either self-
insure or maintain a captive insurance company, and the development of capital markets-based solutions and other alternative 
capital sources for traditional insurance and reinsurance needs, could also materially adversely affect us and our results of 
operations.

An example of a business that may be significantly impacted by changes in customer demand is our retirement consulting and 
actuarial business, which comprises a substantial portion of our revenue and profit. We provide clients with actuarial and 
consulting services relating to both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Defined benefit pension plans 
generally require more actuarial services than defined contribution plans because defined benefit plans typically involve large 
asset pools, complex calculations to determine employer costs, funding requirements and sophisticated analysis to match 

17

liabilities and assets over long periods of time. If organizations shift to defined contribution plans more rapidly than we 
anticipate, or if we are unable to otherwise compensate for the decline in our business that results from employers moving away 
from defined benefit plans, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, the demand for many of our core benefit services, including compliance-related services, is affected by government 
regulation and taxation of employee benefit plans. Significant changes in tax or social welfare policy or other regulations could 
lead some employers to discontinue their employee benefit plans, including defined benefit pension plans, thereby reducing the 
demand for our services. A simplification of regulations or tax policy also could reduce the need for our services.

We could be subject to claims and lawsuits arising from our work, which could materially adversely affect our reputation, 
business and financial condition.

We depend in large part on our relationships with clients and our reputation for high-quality services to secure future 
engagements. Clients that become dissatisfied with our services may terminate their business relationships with us, and clients 
and third parties that claim they suffered damages caused by our services may bring lawsuits against us. We are subject to 
various actual and potential claims, lawsuits, investigations and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and 
omissions in connection with the provision of our services or the placement of insurance and reinsurance in the ordinary course 
of business. We are also subject to actual and potential claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings outside of errors and 
omissions claims. See Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for examples 
of claims to which we are subject.

Because we often assist our clients with matters involving substantial amounts of money, including actuarial services, asset 
management and the placement of insurance coverage and the handling of related claims, errors and omissions claims against 
us may arise that allege our potential liability for all or part of the substantial amounts in question. The nature of our work, 
particularly our actuarial services, necessarily involves the use of assumptions and the preparation of estimates relating to 
future and contingent events, the actual outcome of which we cannot know in advance. Our actuarial and brokerage services 
also rely on substantial amounts of data provided by clients, the accuracy and quality of which we cannot ensure. In addition, 
we could make computational, software programming or data management errors in connection with the services we provide to 
clients.

Clients may seek to hold us responsible for alleged errors or omissions relating to any of the brokerage advice and services we 
provide, including when claims they submit to their insurance carriers are disputed or denied. Given that many of our clients 
have very high insurance policy limits to cover their risks, alleged errors and omissions claims against us arising from disputed 
or denied claims are often significant. Moreover, in various circumstances, our brokerage, investment and certain other types of 
business may not limit the maximum liability to which we may be exposed for claims involving alleged errors or omissions; 
and as such, we do not have limited liability for the work we provide to the associated clients.

Further, given that we frequently work with large pension funds and insurance companies as well as other large clients, 
relatively small percentage errors or variances can create significant financial variances and result in significant claims for 
unintended or unfunded liabilities. The risks from such variances or errors could be aggravated in an environment of declining 
pension fund asset values and insurance company capital levels. In almost all cases, our exposure to liability with respect to a 
particular engagement is substantially greater than the revenue opportunity that the engagement generates for us.

Clients may seek to hold us responsible for the financial consequences of variances between assumptions and estimates and 
actual outcomes or for errors. For example, in the case of pension plan actuarial work, a client’s claims might focus on the 
client’s alleged reliance on actuarial assumptions that it believes were unreasonable and, based on such reliance, the client 
made benefit commitments that it may later claim are not affordable or funding decisions that result in plan underfunding if and 
when actual outcomes vary from actuarial assumptions.

We also continue to create new products and services and to grow the business of providing products and services to 
institutional investors, financial services companies and other clients. The risk of claims from these lines of business and 
related products and services may be greater than from our core products or services, and such claims may be for significant 
amounts.

We also provide advice on both asset allocation and selection of investment managers. Increasingly, for some clients, we are 
responsible for making decisions on both of these matters, or we may serve in a fiduciary capacity, either of which may 
increase liability exposure. In addition, the Company recently launched affiliated investment funds, with plans to launch 
additional funds over time. Given that our Investment business may recommend affiliated investment funds or affirmatively 
invest such clients’ assets in such funds under delegated authority, this may increase our liability exposure. We may also be 
liable for actions of managers or other service providers to the funds. Further, for certain clients, we are responsible for some 
portions of cash and investment management, including rebalancing of investment portfolios and guidance to third parties on 

18

the structure of derivatives and securities transactions. Asset classes may experience poor absolute performance, and 
investment managers may underperform their benchmarks; in both cases the investment return shortfall can be significant. 
Clients experiencing this underperformance, including from our affiliated investment funds, may assert claims against us, and 
such claims may be for significant amounts. In addition, our failure to properly execute our role can cause monetary damage to 
our clients or such third parties for which we might be found liable, and such claims may be for significant amounts. Our 
ability to contractually limit our potential liability may be limited in certain jurisdictions or markets or in connection with 
claims involving breaches of fiduciary duties or other alleged errors or omissions.

The ultimate outcome of all of the above matters cannot be ascertained and liabilities in indeterminate amounts may be 
imposed on us. It is thus possible that future results of operations or cash flows for any particular quarterly or annual period 
could be materially adversely affected by an unfavorable resolution of these matters. In addition, these matters continue to 
divert management and personnel resources away from operating our business. Even if we do not experience significant 
monetary costs, there may be adverse publicity associated with these matters that could result in reputational harm to the 
industries we operate in or to us in particular that may adversely affect our business, client or employee relationships. In 
addition, defending against these claims can involve potentially significant costs, including legal defense costs.

As a highly-regulated company, we are subject from time to time to inquiries or investigations by governmental agencies or 
regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We have also been and may continue to be subject to inquiries and investigations by federal, state or other governmental 
agencies regarding aspects of our clients’ businesses or our own businesses, especially regulated businesses such as our 
insurance broker, securities broker-dealer and investment advisory services. Such inquiries or investigations may consume 
significant management time and result in regulatory sanctions, fines or other actions as well as significant legal fees, which 
could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and liquidity.

Examples of these inquiries or investigations are set forth in more detail in Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies in Item 
8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These include:

•  The European Commission’s civil investigation proceedings in respect of an alleged exchange of commercially 

sensitive information among competitors in aerospace insurance and reinsurance broking in the European Economic 
Area.

•  The U.K. anti-trust regulator (the Competition and Markets Authority) market study in respect of competition in the 

investment consulting business in the U.K. (the ‘CMA Investment Consultancy Market Investigation’).

•  The FCA’s market study to assess whether competition is working in the wholesale insurance broking sector in the 

U.K. (the ‘FCA Wholesale Market Study’). The FCA Wholesale Market Study is examining, among other things: the 
market power of individual brokerage firms and whether concentrated power is harming competition; conflicts of 
interest including in the areas of placement selection, use of facilities and in-house underwriting; and whether broker 
conduct might dampen competition.

All of these items reflect an increased focus by regulators (both in the U.K. and elsewhere) on various aspects of the operations 
and affairs of our regulated businesses. We are unable to predict the outcome of these inquiries or investigations. Any proposed 
changes that result from these investigations and inquiries, or any other investigations, inquiries or regulatory developments, or 
any potential fines or enforcement action, could materially adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

Allegations of conflicts of interest, including in connection with accepting market derived income (‘MDI’), may have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or reputation.

We could suffer significant financial or reputational harm if we fail to properly identify and manage potential conflicts of 
interest. Conflicts of interest exist or could exist any time the Company or any of its employees has or may have an interest in a 
transaction or engagement that is inconsistent with our clients’ interests. This could occur, for example, when the Company is 
providing services to multiple parties in connection with a transaction. In addition, as we provide more solutions-based 
services, there is greater potential for conflicts with advisory services. Managing conflicts of interest is an important issue for 
the Company, but can be a challenge for a large and complex company such as ours. Due to the broad scope of our businesses 
and our client base, we regularly address potential conflicts of interest, including, without limitation, situations where our 
services to a particular client or our own investments or other interests conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of 
another client. If these are not carefully managed, this then could lead to failure or perceived failure to protect the client’s 
interests, with attendant regulatory and reputational risks that could materially adversely affect us and our operations. There is 
no guarantee that all potential conflicts of interest will be identified, and undetected conflicts may result in damage to our 
professional reputation and result in legal liability which may have a material adverse effect on our business. Identifying 

19

conflicts of interest may also prove particularly difficult in the near-term while we continue to bring together and integrate 
Legacy Willis, Legacy Towers Watson and Gras Savoye. In addition, we may encounter more conflicts of interest than 
anticipated in connection with the Merger or the Gras Savoye acquisition and we may not be able to adequately address such 
conflicts of interest.

In addition, insurance intermediaries have traditionally been remunerated by base commissions paid by insurance carriers in 
respect of placements we make for clients, or by fees paid by clients. Intermediaries also obtain other revenue from insurance 
carriers. This revenue, when derived from carriers in their capacity as insurance markets (as opposed to as corporate clients of 
the intermediaries where they may be purchasing insurance or reinsurance or other non-market related services), is commonly 
known as market derived income or ‘MDI’. MDI is another example of an area in which allegations of conflicts of interest may 
arise. MDI takes a variety of forms, including volume- or profit-based contingent commissions, facilities administration 
charges, business development agreements, and fees for providing certain data to carriers.

MDI creates various risks. Intermediaries in many markets have a duty to act in the best interests of their clients and payments  
from carriers can incentivize intermediaries to put carriers’ or their own interests ahead of their clients. Accordingly, MDI may 
be subject to scrutiny by various regulators under conflict of interest, anti-trust, unfair competition, and anti-bribery laws and 
regulations. While accepting MDI is a lawful and acceptable business practice, and while we have established systems and 
controls to manage these risks, we cannot predict whether our position will result in regulatory or other scrutiny and our 
controls may not be effective.

In addition, the Company recently launched affiliated investment funds, with plans to launch additional funds over time. Given 
that our Investment business may recommend affiliated investment funds or affirmatively invest such clients’ assets in such 
funds under delegated authority, there may be a perceived conflict of interest. While the Company has processes, procedures 
and controls in place intended to mitigate potential conflicts, such perception could cause regulatory inquiries, or could impact 
client demand and the business’ financial performance, and our controls may not be effective. In addition, underperformance by 
our affiliated investment funds could lead to lawsuits by clients that were invested in such funds.

Separately, the CMA Investment Consultancy Market Investigation and the FCA Wholesale Market Study are also both 
expected to examine various potential conflicts of interest in the investment consultancy and the wholesale insurance brokerage 
industries, respectively. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of these market investigations and market studies, and 
the CMA or FCA may recommend or require significant changes in these industries or impose firm-specific remedies.

The failure or perceived failure to adequately address conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, 
or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions. Conflicts of interest may also arise in the future that could cause material harm 
to us.

Damage to our reputation, including due to failure of third-parties on whom we rely to perform services, could damage our 
businesses.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our ability to attract and maintain relationships with clients and colleagues. 
Damage to our reputation could therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can 
arise from numerous sources, including, among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory action, failure to deliver 
minimum standards of service and quality, compliance failures, allegations of conflicts of interest and unethical behavior. 
Negative publicity, whether or not true, may also result in harm to our prospects. In addition, the failure to deliver satisfactory 
service and quality in one line of business could cause clients to terminate the services we provide to that client in many other 
lines of business. This risk has increased as the Company has become larger and more complex.

In addition, as part of providing services to clients and managing our business, we rely on a number of third-party service 
providers. Our ability to perform effectively depends in part on the ability of these service providers to meet their obligations, 
as well as on our effective oversight of their performance. The quality of our services could suffer or we could be required to 
incur unanticipated costs if our third-party service providers do not perform as expected or their services are disrupted. This 
could have a material adverse effect on our reputation as well as our business and results of operations.

We may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the Merger or related actions or those benefits may take 
longer to realize than expected. We may also encounter significant difficulties in integrating the businesses.

Since the Merger was consummated in January 2016, we have endeavored to integrate the legacy Towers Watson, legacy Willis 
and legacy Gras Savoye businesses.  However, our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger and related actions 
occurring around the time of the Merger depends, to a large extent, on our ability to complete such integration. The 
combination of independent businesses is a complex, costly and time-consuming process requiring significant management 
attention. The remaining integration process could disrupt the businesses and, if implemented ineffectively, could restrict the 

20

realization of the full expected benefits. In addition, the overall integration may result in material unanticipated costs or other 
problems, expenses, liabilities, loss of client relationships or revenue, and diversion of management’s attention. The failure to 
meet the challenges involved in completing the integration of the businesses and to realize the anticipated benefits of the 
transactions could cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, our activities and could adversely affect our results of 
operations. Further, even if our operations are integrated successfully, the full benefits of the transactions, including the 
synergies, cost savings or sales or growth opportunities that are expected, may not be achieved within the anticipated time 
frame, or at all. All of these factors could cause dilution to our earnings per share, decrease or delay the expected benefits of the 
Merger or the related actions and negatively impact the price of our ordinary shares.

The loss of key colleagues could damage or result in the loss of client relationships and could result in such colleagues 
competing against us.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, including key managers and colleagues. 
In addition, our success largely depends upon our colleagues’ abilities to generate business and provide quality services. In 
particular, our colleagues’ business relationships with our clients are a critical element of obtaining and maintaining client 
engagements. Labor markets have become more competitive globally as the economic outlook in many countries has improved, 
and we have experienced intense competition for certain types of colleagues. In the past, as a result of the Merger and 
otherwise, we have lost colleagues who manage substantial client relationships or possess substantial experience or expertise; if 
we lose additional colleagues such as those, it could result in such colleagues competing against us and could materially 
adversely affect our ability to secure and complete engagements, which would materially adversely affect our results of 
operations and prospects.

Our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes could impact our business results.

We have recently undergone several significant business and organizational changes, including the Merger, the acquisitions of 
Gras Savoye and Miller Insurance Services, LLP, and our Business Restructuring Program and multi-year operational 
improvement program. There are also a number of other initiatives planned or ongoing to transform our processes and gain 
efficiencies. In connection with these changes, we are managing a number of large-scale and complex projects. While we have 
concluded that each of these large, complex projects is necessary or desirable to the execution of the Company’s business 
strategy, we cannot guarantee that the collective effect of all of these projects will not adversely impact our business or results 
of operations. Effectively managing these organizational changes is critical to retaining talent, servicing clients and our 
business success overall. The failure to effectively manage such risks could adversely impact our resources or business or 
financial results.

Data security breaches or improper disclosure of confidential company or personal data could result in material financial 
loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

We depend on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to 
communicate among our locations around the world and with our alliance partners, insurance carriers/markets and clients. 
Additionally, one of our significant responsibilities is to maintain the security and privacy of our clients’ confidential and 
proprietary information and the personal data of their customers and/or employees. Our information systems, and those of our 
third-party service providers and vendors, are vulnerable to an increasing threat of continually evolving cybersecurity risks. 
Computer viruses, hackers and other external hazards, as well as improper or inadvertent staff behavior, could expose 
confidential company and personal data systems and information to security breaches.

Many of the software applications that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, 
third-party vendors. Our third-party applications include enterprise cloud storage and cloud computing application services 
provided and maintained by third-party vendors. These third-party applications store confidential and proprietary data of both 
the Company and our clients. We have processes designed to require third-party IT outsourcing, offsite storage and other 
vendors to agree to maintain certain standards with respect to the storage, protection and transfer of confidential, personal and 
proprietary information. However, we remain at risk of a data breach due to the intentional or unintentional non-compliance by 
a vendor’s employee or agent, the breakdown of a vendor’s data protection processes, or a cyber-attack on a vendor’s 
information systems. Further, the potential impact of a data breach of our third-party vendors’ systems increases as we move 
more of our and our clients’ data into our vendors’ cloud storage, we engage in IT outsourcing or we consolidate the group of 
third-party vendors that provide cloud storage or other IT services for the Company.

We have experienced a number of data incidents, resulting from human error or malfeasance, as well as attempts at 
unauthorized access to our information technology networks and systems, or our information through fraud or other means of 
deceiving our colleagues, third-party service providers and vendors, none of which to our knowledge have been material to our 
business or our clients. Over time, the sophistication of the attacks against us has increased. We maintain policies, procedures 
and technological safeguards designed to protect the security and privacy of this information. However, we cannot entirely 

21

eliminate the risk of data security breaches, improper access to or disclosure of confidential company or personally identifiable 
information. Our technology may fail to adequately secure the private information we hold and protect it from theft, computer 
viruses, hackers or inadvertent loss. 

If any person, including any of our colleagues, fails to comply with, disregards or intentionally breaches our established 
controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary 
damages, fines or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or employee data, whether 
through systems failure, accident, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us 
to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, 
whether by our colleagues or third parties, could result in significant additional expenses (including expenses relating to 
notification of data security breaches and costs of credit monitoring services), negative publicity, legal liability and damage to 
our reputation, as well as require substantial resources and effort of management, thereby diverting management’s focus and 
resources from business operations. In addition, our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to 
changing customer expectations and legal or regulatory requirements in this area, including changing legal or regulatory 
requirements that may be developed or revised due to the U.K.’s exit from the E.U. (‘Brexit’), could result in legal liability or 
impairment to our reputation or business.

The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems are also constantly changing 
and evolving; continue to become more sophisticated and complex; and may be difficult to anticipate or detect. For example, 
the Cyber Division of the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (‘FBI’) has noted that cyber criminals have targeted, and may 
increasingly target, assets held in Health Savings Accounts and Reimbursement Accounts to fraudulently acquire the assets held 
in those accounts. Assets held in Health Savings Accounts are expected to grow substantially over the next few years. Given the 
Company’s move toward managing more of these assets ourselves as a Non-Bank Custodian in connection with our Benefits 
Delivery and Administration Businesses, our reputation could be harmed and our business and results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected if we are the target of such fraud and it goes undetected for any period of time.

We have implemented and regularly review and update processes and procedures to protect against fraud or unauthorized 
access to or use of secured data and to prevent data loss. The ever-evolving threats mean we and our third-party service 
providers and vendors must continually evaluate, adapt, enhance and otherwise improve our respective systems and processes, 
and there is no guarantee that they will be adequate to safeguard against all fraud, data security breaches or misuses of data. 
Any future significant compromise or breach of our data security or fraud, whether external or internal, or misuse of client, 
colleague, supplier or company data, could result in additional significant costs, lost revenue opportunities, fines, lawsuits, and 
damage to our reputation.

We are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as the 
European Union Directive on Data Protection (and the General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’) once it supersedes the 
Directive on Data Protection in May 2018), regulations from other countries that prohibit the transmission of data outside of 
such country’s borders and various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other individually 
identifiable information. GDPR significantly increases our responsibilities when handling personal data, including, without 
limitation, requiring us to conduct privacy impact assessments, restricting the transmission of data and requiring public 
disclosure of significant data breaches. Laws and regulations in this area are evolving and generally becoming more stringent. 
For example, the New York State Department of Financial Services has issued cybersecurity regulations that outline a variety 
of required security measures for protection of data. Further, a U.K. exit from the E.U. will increase uncertainty regarding 
applicable laws and regulations pending more clarity on the terms of that exit. All of these evolving laws and regulations may 
restrict the manner in which we provide services to our clients, increase the risk of non-compliance and impose significant 
costs that are likely to increase over time, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of 
operations.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause 
material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, hurricane, terrorist attack, 
pandemic, security breach, power loss, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success 
will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, our office facilities, and the proper functioning of our computer, 
telecommunication and other related systems and operations. In such an event, we could experience near-term operational 
challenges with regard to particular areas of our operations.

A disaster on a significant scale or affecting certain of our key operating areas within or across regions, or our inability to 
successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our 

22

business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged 
client relationships or legal liability, particularly if any of these problems occur during peak times.

Interruption to or loss of our information processing capabilities or failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our 
information processing hardware or systems could cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or 
legal liability.

Our business depends significantly on effective information systems. Our capacity to service our clients relies on effective 
storage, retrieval, processing and management of information. Our information systems also rely on the commitment of 
significant resources to maintain and enhance existing systems, develop and create new systems and products in order to keep 
pace with continuing changes in information processing technology or evolving industry and regulatory standards and to be at 
the forefront of a range of technology relevant to our business.

In addition, many of the software applications that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and 
maintained by, third-party vendors. Our third-party applications include enterprise cloud storage and cloud computing 
application services provided and maintained by third-party vendors. These third-party applications store confidential and 
proprietary data of both the Company and our clients. A suspension or termination of certain of these licenses or the related 
support, upgrades and maintenance could cause temporary system delays or interruption that could adversely impact our 
business.

If the data we rely on to run our business were found to be inaccurate or unreliable or if we fail to maintain effective and 
efficient systems (including through a telecommunications failure, failure to replace or update redundant or obsolete computer 
hardware, applications or software systems, or the loss of skilled people with the knowledge needed to operate older systems, 
or if we experience other disruptions), this could result in material financial loss, regulatory action, reputational harm or legal 
liability.

In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, regulatory, cultural, market, 
operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.

In conducting our businesses and maintaining and supporting our global operations, we are subject to political, economic, legal, 
regulatory, market, operational and other risks. Our businesses and operations continue to expand into new regions throughout 
the world, including emerging markets. The possible effects of economic and financial disruptions throughout the world could 
have an adverse impact on our businesses and financial results. These risks include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the general economic and political conditions in foreign countries;

the imposition of controls or limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies or remittance of dividends and other 
payments by foreign subsidiaries;

the imposition of sanctions by both the U.S. and foreign governments;

the imposition of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments from subsidiaries;

the imposition or increase of investment and other restrictions by foreign governments;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates or our tax rate;

difficulties in controlling operations and monitoring employees in geographically dispersed and culturally diverse 
locations; and

the practical challenge and costs of complying, or monitoring compliance, with a wide variety of foreign laws (some 
of which are evolving or are not as well-developed as the laws of the U.S. or U.K. or which may conflict with U.S. or 
other sources of law), and regulations applicable to insurance brokers and other business operations abroad (in more 
than 140 countries and territories including many countries in Africa), including laws, rules and regulations relating to 
the conduct of business, trade sanction laws administered by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, the E.U., the 
U.K. and the United Nations (‘U.N.’), and the requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as other 
anti-bribery and corruption rules and requirements in all of the countries in which we operate.

Our business will be negatively affected if we are not able to anticipate and keep pace with rapid changes in government 
laws or regulations, or if government laws or regulations decrease the need for our services or increase our costs.

A material portion of our revenues are affected by statutory or regulatory changes. An example of a statutory or regulatory 
change that could materially impact us is any change to Healthcare Reform in the U.S. The new administration and certain key 
23

members of Congress have expressed a desire to replace or amend all or a portion of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 
Act (‘PPACA’), and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, (‘HCERA’), which we refer to collectively as 
‘Healthcare Reform’. While the U.S. Congress has not passed legislation replacing or significantly amending Healthcare 
Reform (other than changes to the individual mandate), such legislation, or another version of Healthcare Reform, could be 
implemented in the future. If we are unable to adapt our services to potential new laws and regulations with respect to 
Healthcare Reform or otherwise, our ability to provide effective services in these areas may be substantially impacted. In 
addition, more restrictive rules or interpretations of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services marketing rules, or judicial 
decisions that restrict or otherwise change existing provisions of U.S. healthcare regulation, could have a material adverse 
impact on our Benefits Delivery and Administration business.

Many areas in which we provide services are the subject of government regulation, which is constantly evolving. For example, 
our activities in connection with insurance brokerage services are subject to regulation and supervision by national, state or 
other authorities. Insurance laws in the markets in which we operate are often complex and generally grant broad discretion to 
supervisory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. That supervision generally includes the 
licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary 
capacity. Our continuing ability to provide insurance brokerage in the markets in which we currently operate is dependent upon 
our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the regulatory authorities in each of these 
locations.

Changes in government and accounting regulations in the U.S. and the U.K., two of our principal geographic markets, affecting 
the value, use or delivery of benefits and human capital programs may materially adversely affect the demand for, or the 
profitability of, various of our services. In addition, we have significant operations throughout the world, which further subject 
us to applicable laws and regulations of countries outside the U.S. and the U.K. Changes in legislation or regulations and 
actions by regulators in particular countries, including changes in administration and enforcement policies, could require 
operational improvements or modifications, which may result in higher costs or hinder our ability to operate our business in 
those countries.

Our compliance systems and controls cannot guarantee that we comply with all applicable federal and state or foreign laws 
and regulations, and actions by regulatory authorities or changes in applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in 
which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our activities are subject to extensive regulation under the laws of the U.S., the U.K., the E.U. and its member states, and the 
other jurisdictions around the world in which we operate. In addition, we own an interest in a number of associates where we 
do not exercise management control. Over the last few years, regulators across the world are increasingly seeking to regulate 
brokers who operate in their jurisdictions. The foreign and U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our operations are complex, 
continually evolving and may increase the costs of regulatory compliance, limit or restrict the products or services we sell or 
subject our business to the possibility of regulatory actions or proceedings. These laws and regulations include insurance and 
financial industry regulations, competition law regulations, economic and trade sanctions laws relating to countries in which 
certain subsidiaries do business or may do business (“Sanctioned Jurisdictions”) such as Cuba, Iran, Russia, Sudan and Syria, 
anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and similar local laws 
prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Hiring 
Incentives to Restore Employment Act in the U.S., as well as laws and regulations related to data privacy and cyber security.  
Because of changes in regulation and Company practice, our non-U.S. subsidiaries are providing more services with 
connections to various countries, including some Sanctioned Jurisdictions, that our U.S. subsidiaries are unable to perform.

In most jurisdictions, governmental and regulatory authorities have the ability to interpret and amend these laws and 
regulations and impose penalties for non-compliance, including sanctions, civil remedies, monetary fines, injunctions, 
revocation of licenses or approvals, suspension of individuals, limitations on business activities or redress to clients. While we 
believe that we have substantially increased our focus on the geographic breadth of regulations to which we are subject, 
maintain good relationships with our key regulators and our current systems and controls are adequate, we cannot assure that 
such systems and controls will prevent any violations of any applicable laws and regulations. While we strive to remain fully-
compliant with all applicable laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that we will fully comply at all times with all laws and 
regulations, especially in countries with developing or evolving legal systems or with evolving or extra-territorial regulations.  
In particular, given the challenges of integrating operations, many of which are de-centralized, we cannot assure that our newly-
acquired entities’ business systems and controls have prevented or will prevent any and all violations of applicable laws or 
regulations.

24

The decision by the United Kingdom to leave the European Union, and the risk that other countries may follow, could 
adversely affect us.

In 2017, approximately 22% of our revenues are generated in the U.K., although only about 13% of revenues are denominated 
in Pounds sterling as much of the insurance business is transacted in U.S. dollars. Approximately 19% of our expenses are 
denominated in Pounds sterling. Given the status of Brexit, at this time, we are not able to predict the impact that it will have on 
the economy; economic, regulatory and political stability; and market conditions in Europe, including in the U.K., or on Pound 
sterling, Euro or other European currencies, but any such impacts and others we cannot currently anticipate could materially 
adversely affect us and our operations. Among other things, we could experience: lower growth in the region due to indecision 
as businesses hold off on generating new projects or due to adverse market conditions; and reduced reported revenues and 
earnings because foreign currencies may translate into fewer U.S. dollars due to the fact that we translate revenue denominated 
in non-U.S. currencies such as Pounds sterling into U.S. dollars for our financial statements. In addition, there can be no 
assurance that our hedging strategies will be effective.

The British government began negotiating the terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the E.U. in 2017. While certain 
separation issues have been resolved, there is still significant uncertainty with respect to the terms of the future relationship 
between the E.U. and the U.K. Although we cannot anticipate what those terms will be, the Company is heavily invested in and 
focused on the U.K. in our businesses and activities. If Brexit negatively impacts the U.K., then it could have a material adverse 
impact on us. In addition, Brexit may result in greater restrictions on business between the U.K. and E.U. countries and 
increased regulatory complexities. This and other factors could cause us to move businesses or operations outside of the U.K. 
There is also uncertainty as to how the U.K.'s access to the E.U. Single Market and the wider trading, legal, regulatory, tax and 
labor environments, especially in the U.K. and E.U., will be impacted, including the resulting impact on our business and that 
of our clients. Any such changes may adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, any changes to the 
passporting or other regulations relating to doing business in various E.U. countries by relying on a regulatory permission in the 
U.K. (or doing business in the U.K. by relying on a regulatory permission in an E.U. country) could increase our costs of doing 
business, or our ability to do so. As another example, changes in labor laws may impact the ability to hire and retain non-U.K. 
staff in the U.K. or U.K. staff in the E.U. In addition, the outcome of the referendum has created uncertainty with regard to the 
regulation of data protection in the U.K. Among other things, it is unclear whether the U.K. will enact legislation similar to the 
pending European General Data Protection Regulation after Brexit, and how data transfers to and from the U.K. will be 
regulated. A change in such regulations, or other regulations, could increase our costs of doing business, or in some cases our 
ability to do business, and adversely impact our operations and financial results.

There is also a risk that other countries may decide to leave the E.U. We cannot predict the impact that any additional countries 
leaving the E.U. will have on us, but any such impacts could materially adversely affect us.

Our business performance and growth plans could be negatively affected if we are not able to effectively apply technology 
and analytics to drive value for our clients through technology-based solutions or gain internal efficiencies through the 
effective application of technology, analytics and related tools.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement technology and analytic solutions that anticipate, lead or 
keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry standards and client preferences. We may not be 
successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a timely and cost-effective manner, and our ideas may not be 
accepted in the marketplace. Additionally, the effort to gain technological expertise and develop new technologies or analytic 
techniques in our business requires us to incur significant cost. Our competitors are seeking to develop competing technologies, 
and their success in this space may impact our ability to differentiate our services to our clients through the use of unique 
technological solutions. If we cannot offer new technologies or analytic services or solutions as quickly or effectively as our 
competitors, or if our competitors develop more cost-effective technologies or analytic tools, it could have a material adverse 
effect on our ability to obtain and complete client engagements.

Our business may be harmed by any negative developments that may occur in the insurance industry or if we fail to 
maintain good relationships with insurance carriers.

Many of our businesses are heavily dependent on the insurance industry. Any negative developments that occur in the insurance 
industry may have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations. In addition, if we fail to maintain 
good relationships with insurance carriers, it may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The private health insurance industry in the U.S. has experienced a substantial amount of consolidation over the past several 
years, resulting in a decrease in the number of insurance carriers. In the future, it may become necessary for us to offer 
insurance plans from a reduced number of insurance carriers or to derive a greater portion of our revenues from a more 
concentrated number of carriers as our business and the health insurance industry evolve. The termination, amendment or 

25

consolidation of our relationship with our insurance carriers could harm our business, results of operations and financial 
condition.

Changes and developments in the health insurance system in the United States could harm our business.

In 2010, the Federal government enacted significant reforms to healthcare legislation through Healthcare Reform. Many of our 
lines of business depend upon the private sector of the U.S. insurance system, its role in financing health care delivery, and 
insurance carriers’ use of, and payment of commissions to, agents, brokers and other organizations to market and sell individual 
and family health insurance plans. Healthcare Reform contains provisions that have changed and will continue to change the 
industry in which we operate in substantial ways.

The new administration, and certain key members of Congress have expressed a desire to replace or amend all or a portion of 
Healthcare Reform. Any partial or complete repeal or amendment or implementation difficulties, or uncertainty regarding such 
events, could increase our costs of compliance, prevent or delay future adoption of our exchange platform, and adversely 
impact our results of operations and financial condition. Given the uncertainty relating to the potential repeal and replacement 
of Healthcare Reform, the impact is difficult to determine, but it could have negative effects on us, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

increasing our competition;

reducing or eliminating the need for health insurance agents and brokers or demand for the health insurance that we 
sell;

decreasing the number of types of health insurance plans that we sell, as well as the number of insurance carriers 
offering such plans;

causing insurance carriers to change the benefits and/or premiums for the plans they sell;

causing insurance carriers to reduce the amount they pay for our services or change our relationship with them in other 
ways; or

•  materially restricting our call center operations.

Any of these effects could materially harm our business and results of operations. For example, the manner in which the 
Federal government and the states implement health insurance exchanges and the process for receiving subsidies and cost-
sharing credits could substantially increase our competition and member turnover and substantially reduce the number of 
individuals who purchase insurance through us. Various aspects of Healthcare Reform could cause insurance carriers to limit 
the types of health insurance plans we are able to sell and the geographies in which we are able to sell them. In addition, the 
U.S. Congress may seek to find spending cuts, and such cuts may include Medicare. If cuts are made to Medicare, there may be 
substantial changes in the types of health insurance plans we are able to sell. Changes in the law could also cause insurance 
carriers to exit the business of selling insurance plans in a particular jurisdiction, to eliminate certain categories of products or 
to attempt to move members into new plans for which we receive lower commissions. If insurance carriers decide to limit our 
ability to sell their plans or determine not to sell individual health insurance plans altogether, our business, results of operations 
and financial condition would be materially harmed.

Our growth strategy depends, in part, on our ability to make acquisitions and we face risks when we acquire or divest 
businesses, and could have difficulty in acquiring, integrating or managing acquired businesses, or with effecting internal 
reorganizations, all of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or reputation.

Our growth depends in part on our ability to make acquisitions. We may not be successful in identifying appropriate acquisition 
candidates or consummating acquisitions on terms acceptable or favorable to us. We also face additional risks related to 
acquisitions, including that we could overpay for acquired businesses and that any acquired business could significantly 
underperform relative to our expectations. If we are unable to identify and successfully make, integrate and manage 
acquisitions, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face risks related to divesting businesses, 
including that we may not receive adequate consideration in return for the divested business, we may continue to be subject to 
the liabilities of the divested business after its divestiture (including with respect to work we might perform on behalf of the 
divested business), and we may not be able to reduce overhead or redeploy assets or retain colleagues after the divestiture 
closes.

In addition, we cannot be certain that our acquisitions will be accretive to earnings or that our acquisitions or divestitures will 
otherwise meet our operational or strategic expectations. Acquisitions involve special risks, including the potential assumption 
of unanticipated liabilities and contingencies and difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, and acquired businesses may 
not achieve the levels of revenue, profit or productivity we anticipate or otherwise perform as we expect. In addition, if the 

26

operating performance of an acquired business deteriorates significantly, we may need to write down the value of the goodwill 
and other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet.

We may be unable to effectively integrate an acquired business into our organization, and may not succeed in managing such 
acquired businesses or the larger company that results from such acquisitions. The process of integrating an acquired business 
may subject us to a number of risks, including, without limitation, an inability to retain the management, key personnel and 
other employees of the acquired business; an inability to establish uniform standards, controls, systems, procedures and policies 
or to achieve anticipated synergies; and exposure to legal claims for activities of the acquired business prior to acquisition.

We may also face similar challenges in effecting internal reorganizations. If acquisitions or internal reorganizations are not 
successfully integrated, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected, as 
well as our professional reputation. We also own an interest in a number of associates where we do not exercise management 
control and we are therefore limited in our ability to direct or manage the business to realize the anticipated benefits that we 
could achieve if we had full ownership.

Limited protection of our intellectual property could harm our business, and we face the risk that our services or products 
may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others.

We cannot guarantee that trade secret, trademark and copyright law protections are adequate to deter misappropriation of our 
intellectual property (including our software, which may become an increasingly important part of our business). Existing laws 
of some countries in which we provide services or products may offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights. 
Also, we may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of our intellectual property and take the necessary steps to enforce our 
rights, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot be 
sure that our services and products, or the products of others that we offer to our clients, do not infringe on the intellectual 
property rights of third parties, and we may have infringement claims asserted against us or our clients. These claims may harm 
our reputation, result in financial liability, consume financial resources to pursue or defend, and prevent us from offering some 
services or products.

Financial and Tax Risks

Our outstanding debt could adversely affect our cash flows and financial flexibility and we may not be able to obtain 
financing on favorable terms or at all.

Willis Towers Watson had total consolidated debt outstanding of approximately $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2017, and our 
interest expense was $188 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Although management believes that our cash flows will be sufficient to service this debt, there may be circumstances in which 
required payments of principal and/or interest on this debt could adversely affect our cash flows and this level of indebtedness 
may:

• 

• 

• 

• 

require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing 
the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, to pursue other acquisitions or investments, to pay dividends 
and for general corporate purposes;

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions, including when we borrow at variable interest rates, 
which makes us vulnerable to increases in interest rates generally;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes or challenges relating to our business and industry; and

put us at a competitive disadvantage against competitors who have less indebtedness or are in a more favorable 
position to access additional capital resources.

The terms of our current financings also include certain limitations. For example, the agreements relating to the debt 
arrangements and credit facilities contain numerous operating and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain 
minimum ratios of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated cash interest expense and maximum levels of consolidated funded 
indebtedness in relation to consolidated EBITDA, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The operating restrictions and 
financial covenants in our credit facilities do, and any future financing agreements may, limit our ability to finance future 
operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

A failure to comply with the restrictions under our credit facilities and outstanding notes could result in a default under the 
financing obligations or could require us to obtain waivers from our lenders for failure to comply with these restrictions. The 
occurrence of a default that is not cured or the inability to secure a necessary consent or waiver could cause our obligations 

27

with respect to our debt to be accelerated and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of 
operations.

The maintenance and growth of our business depends on our access to capital, which will depend in large part on cash flow 
generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt financing. There can be no assurance that our operations will 
generate sufficient positive cash flow to finance all of our capital needs or that we will be able to obtain equity or debt 
financing on favorable terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

A downgrade to our corporate credit rating and the credit ratings of our outstanding debt may adversely affect our 
borrowing costs and financial flexibility and, under certain circumstances, may require us to offer to buy back some of our 
outstanding debt.

A downgrade in our corporate credit rating or the credit ratings of our debt would increase our borrowing costs including those 
under our credit facilities, and reduce our financial flexibility. In addition, certain downgrades would trigger a step-up in 
interest rates under the indentures for certain of our senior notes, which would increase our interest expense. If we need to raise 
capital in the future, any credit rating downgrade could negatively affect our financing costs or access to financing sources.

In addition, under the indenture for our 3.600% senior notes due 2024, our 4.625% senior notes due 2023, our 6.125% senior 
notes due 2043, our 3.500% senior notes due 2021, our 4.400% senior notes due 2026, and our 2.125% senior notes due 2022, 
if we experience a ratings decline together with a change of control event, we would be required to offer to purchase these 
notes from holders unless we had previously redeemed those notes. We may not have sufficient funds available or access to 
funding to repurchase tendered notes in that event, which could result in a default under the notes. Any future debt that we 
incur may contain covenants regarding repurchases in the event of a change of control triggering event.

Legislative or regulatory action in the U.S. or abroad could materially adversely affect our ability to maintain a competitive 
worldwide effective corporate tax rate.

We cannot give any assurance as to what our effective tax rate will be in the future, because of, among other things, uncertainty 
regarding the tax policies of the jurisdictions where we operate. Our actual effective tax rate may vary from expectations and 
that variance may be material. Additionally, the tax laws of Ireland and other jurisdictions could change in the future, and such 
changes could cause a material change in our effective tax rate.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation commonly referred to as the Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act (the ‘U.S. Tax Reform’). The U.S. Tax Reform includes numerous changes to existing tax law, including a 
permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Although the rate reduction takes effect on 
January 1, 2018, the impact to the Company on the re-measurement of its deferred taxes was significant. Among other things, 
U.S. Tax Reform could cause us to lose the benefit of certain tax credits and deductions (including for performance-based 
compensation under Section 162(m)), limit our ability to deduct interest incurred in the U.S. and potentially increase our 
income taxes due to the base erosion and anti-abuse tax and one-time transition tax on unrepatriated earnings of certain foreign 
subsidiaries. While we recorded provisional estimates for 2017, we will continue to evaluate the overall impact of U.S. Tax 
Reform on our operations and tax position over the next twelve months. Our expectations of the impact of U.S. Tax Reform are 
also subject to change, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in interpretation or assumptions, and/or 
updated regulatory guidance. The U.S. Tax Reform could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Further legislative action may be taken by the U.S. Congress which, if ultimately enacted, could limit the availability of tax 
benefits or deductions that we currently claim, override tax treaties upon which we rely, or otherwise affect the taxes that the 
U.S. imposes on our worldwide operations. Regulations or administrative guidance from the U.S. Treasury Department could 
have similar consequences. Such changes could materially adversely affect our effective tax rate and/or require us to take 
further action, at potentially significant additional expense, to seek to preserve our effective tax rate. In addition, if proposals 
were enacted that have the effect of limiting our ability as an Irish company to take advantage of tax treaties with the U.S., we 
could incur additional tax expense and/or otherwise experience business detriment.

In addition, the U.S. Congress, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’), World Trade 
Organization and other government agencies in jurisdictions where we and our affiliates do business have had an extended 
focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations. One example is in the area of “base erosion and profit 
shifting”, where payments are made between affiliates from a jurisdiction with high tax rates to a jurisdiction with lower tax 
rates. In October 2015, the OECD released final reports addressing fifteen specific actions as part of a comprehensive plan to 
create an agreed set of international rules for fighting base erosion and profit shifting. Although the timing and methods of 
implementation vary, several jurisdictions have enacted legislation that is aligned with, and in some cases exceeds the scope of, 
the OECD’s recommendations. Ireland is currently conducting hearings on the Irish Corporate Tax System and is considering 
changes that could be adopted as part of its 2018 Budget, which could be effective as early as 2019. As a result, the tax laws in 

28

the U.S., Ireland, and other countries in which we and our affiliates do business could change on a prospective or retroactive 
basis, and any such changes could adversely affect us and our affiliates.

Our significant non-U.S. operations, particularly our London market operations, expose us to exchange rate fluctuations 
and various other risks that could impact our business.

A significant portion of our operations is conducted outside of the U.S.  Accordingly, we are subject to legal, economic and 
market risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates; 
imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into Pounds sterling or U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and 
other payments by foreign subsidiaries; hyperinflation in certain foreign countries; imposition or increase of investment and 
other restrictions by foreign governments; and the requirement of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws. Additionally 
and as noted above, the unknown impacts of Brexit may expose us to additional exchange rate fluctuations in the Pound 
Sterling.

We report our operating results and financial condition in U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenues and incur expenses 
primarily in U.S. dollars. In our London market operations, however, we earn revenues in a number of different currencies, but 
expenses are almost entirely incurred in Pounds sterling. Outside of the U.S. and our London market operations, we 
predominantly generate revenues and expenses in local currencies.

Because of devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign 
currencies into U.S. dollars, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to 
economic exposure. Furthermore, the mismatch between Pounds sterling revenues and expenses, together with any net Pound 
sterling balance sheet position we hold in our U.S. dollar denominated London market operations, creates an exchange 
exposure. While we do utilize hedging strategies to attempt to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, there can 
be no assurance that our hedging strategies will be effective.

Changes in accounting principles or in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial 
position and results of operations.

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America (‘U.S. GAAP’).  Any change to accounting principles, particularly to U.S. GAAP, could have a material adverse effect 
on us or our results of operations. For example, we adopted a new revenue recognition standard as of January 1, 2018. Changes 
in our revenues and costs on a year over year basis could occur as a result of such adoption, and in any event the standards will 
impact the presentation of our financial results.

U.S. GAAP accounting principles require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. We are also required to 
make certain judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We 
periodically evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those relating to revenue recognition, valuation of billed and 
unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary compensation, incurred but not reported liabilities, restructuring, pensions, 
goodwill and other intangible assets, contingencies, share-based payments and income taxes. We base our estimates on 
historical experience and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on specific circumstances. Actual results 
could differ from these estimates, and changes in accounting standards could have an adverse impact on our future financial 
position and results of operations.

In addition, we have a substantial amount of goodwill on our balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed, and 
we significantly increased goodwill as a result of the Merger. We review goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events 
or circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Application of the impairment test requires judgment, including the 
identification of reporting units, assignment of assets, liabilities and goodwill to reporting units and the determination of the 
fair value of each reporting unit. A significant deterioration in a key estimate or assumption or a less significant deterioration to 
a combination of assumptions or the sale of a part of a reporting unit could result in an impairment charge in the future, which 
could have a significant adverse impact on our reported earnings.

We have material pension liabilities that can fluctuate significantly and adversely affect our financial position or net income 
or result in other financial impact.

We have material pension liabilities, some of which represent unfunded and underfunded pension and postretirement liabilities. 
Movements in the interest rate environment, investment returns, inflation or changes in other assumptions that are used to 
estimate our benefit obligations and other factors could have a material effect on the level of liabilities in these plans at any 
given time. Most pension plans have minimum funding requirements that may require material amounts of periodic additional 
funding and accounting requirements that may result in increased pension expense. For example, in 2017 we were required to 

29

recognize a £27 million ($36 million) pension settlement expense related to transfer payments and the accelerated recognition 
of certain accumulated losses in our U.K. pension scheme. Depending on the above factors, among others, we could be 
required to recognize further pension expense in the future. Increased pension expense could adversely affect our earnings or 
cause earnings volatility. In addition, the need to make additional cash contributions may reduce our financial flexibility and 
increase liquidity risk by reducing the cash available to meet our other obligations, including the payment obligations under our 
credit facilities and other long-term debt, or other needs of our business.

Our quarterly revenues could fluctuate, including as a result of factors outside of our control, while our expenses are 
relatively fixed.

Quarterly variations in our revenues and results of operations have occurred in the past and could occur as a result of a number 
of factors, such as: the significance of client engagements commenced and completed during a quarter; seasonality of certain 
types of services; the number of business days in a quarter; colleague hiring and utilization rates; our clients’ ability to 
terminate engagements without penalty; the size and scope of assignments; and general economic conditions.

We derive significant revenues from commissions for brokerage services, but do not determine the insurance premiums on 
which our commissions are generally based. Commission levels generally follow the same trend as premium levels, as they are 
a percentage of the premiums paid by the insureds. Fluctuations in the premiums charged by the insurance carriers can 
therefore have a direct and potentially material impact on our results of operations. Due to the cyclical nature of the insurance 
market and the impact of other market conditions on insurance premiums, commission levels may vary widely between 
accounting periods. A period of low or declining premium rates, generally known as a ‘soft’ or ‘softening’ market, generally 
leads to downward pressure on commission revenues and can have a material adverse impact on our commission revenues and 
operating margin. We could be negatively impacted by soft market conditions across certain sectors and geographic regions. In 
addition, insurance carriers may seek to reduce their expenses by reducing the commission rates payable to insurance agents or 
brokers such as us. The reduction of these commission rates, along with general volatility and/or declines in premiums, may 
significantly undermine our profitability.

A sizeable portion of our total operating expenses is relatively fixed, encompassing the majority of administrative, occupancy, 
communications and other expenses, depreciation and amortization, and salaries and employee benefits excluding fiscal year-
end incentive bonuses. Therefore, a variation in the number of client assignments or in the timing of the initiation or the 
completion of client assignments or our inability to forecast demand can cause significant variations in quarterly operating 
results and could result in losses and volatility in our stock price.

The laws of Ireland differ from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our 
securities.

It may not be possible to enforce court judgments obtained in the U.S. against us in Ireland, based on the civil liability 
provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland 
would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities 
provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. We have 
been advised that the U.S. currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and 
enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by 
any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on U.S. federal or state securities laws, would 
not automatically be enforceable in Ireland.

As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally 
applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer 
transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to 
the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers 
of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, 
holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation 
incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States.

We are a holding company and, therefore, may not be able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts 
from our subsidiaries.

The Company is organized as a holding company, a legal entity separate and distinct from our operating subsidiaries. As a 
holding company without significant operations of our own, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our 
operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations for paying principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations, for paying 
dividends to shareholders, for repurchasing shares of common stock and for corporate expenses. Legal and regulatory 
restrictions, foreign exchange controls, as well as operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain 

30

cash from these subsidiaries. For example, Willis Limited, our U.K. brokerage subsidiary regulated by the FCA, is currently 
required to maintain $140 million in unencumbered and available financial resources, of which at least $79 million must be in 
cash, for regulatory purposes. In the event our operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends and other payments to the 
Company, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on, or repurchase shares of, common stock.

In the event we are unable to generate cash from our operating subsidiaries for any of the reasons discussed above, our overall 
liquidity could deteriorate.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2017, we operated offices in many countries and territories throughout the world and believe that our 
properties are generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used. The principal properties are located in 
the United States and the United Kingdom. Operations of each of our segments are carried out in owned or leased offices under 
operating leases that typically do not exceed 10 years in length except for certain properties in key locations. We do not 
anticipate difficulty in meeting our space needs at lease expiration.  

The fixed assets owned by us represented approximately 3% of total assets as of December 31, 2017 and consisted primarily of 
furniture and equipment, leasehold improvements, computer software, internally developed software and land and buildings.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, arbitrations or mediations that arise in the ordinary course of business. The 
disclosure called for by Item 3 regarding our legal proceedings is incorporated by reference herein from Note 13 — 
Commitments and Contingencies, within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

31

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Share Data

Our shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ‘WLTW’ on January 5, 2016. The high and 
low sale prices of our shares, as reported by NASDAQ, are set forth below for the periods indicated.

2016:
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
2017:
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
2018:
Through February 23, 2018

High

Low

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

$

126.25
129.70
133.40
132.74

132.13
150.47
156.14
165.00

164.99

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

$

104.11
112.59
118.08
112.76

120.87
125.66
143.10
150.64

145.80

On February 23, 2018, our share price as reported by the NASDAQ was $159.96 per share. As of February 23, 2018, there 
were approximately 1,319 shareholders of record of our shares.

Dividends

We normally pay dividends on a quarterly basis to shareholders of record on March 31, June 30, September 30 and 
December 31. The dividend payment dates and amounts are as follows:

Payment Date

April 15, 2016
July 15, 2016
October 17, 2016
January 17, 2017
April 17, 2017
July 17, 2017
October 16, 2017
January 16, 2018

$ Per Share

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.530
0.530
0.530
0.530

On February 23, 2018, the board of directors approved a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.60 per common share. The 
dividend is payable on or about April 16, 2018 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 31, 2018.

There are no governmental laws, decrees or regulations in Ireland that restrict the remittance of dividends or other payments to 
non-resident holders of the Company’s shares.

In circumstances where one of Ireland’s many exemptions from dividend withholding tax (‘DWT’) does not apply, dividends 
paid by the Company will be subject to Irish DWT (currently 20 percent). Residents of the United States should be exempt 
from Irish DWT provided relevant documentation supporting the exemption has been put in place. While the U.S.-Ireland 
Double Tax Treaty contains provisions reducing the rate of Irish DWT in prescribed circumstances, it should generally be 
unnecessary for U.S. residents to rely on the provisions of this treaty due to the wide scope of exemptions from Irish DWT 
available under Irish domestic law. Irish income tax may also arise in respect of dividends paid by the Company. However, U.S. 
residents entitled to an exemption from Irish DWT generally have no Irish income tax liability on dividends. 

With respect to non-corporate U.S. shareholders, certain dividends from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to 
reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends received 

32

 
 
from that corporation on shares that are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States, such as our 
shares. Non-corporate U.S. shareholders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement for our shares during which 
they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as investment income pursuant to 
section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign 
corporation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related 
payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum 
holding period has been met. U.S. shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules 
given their particular circumstances. 

Total Shareholder Return

The graphs below depict cumulative total shareholder returns for (i) Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson for the period 
from January 1, 2013 through January 4, 2016, the day prior to the commencement of trading of Willis Towers Watson’s 
ordinary shares, and (ii) Willis Towers Watson for the period from January 5, 2016 through December 31, 2017.  

Each graph also depicts the total return for the S&P 500 and for a peer group for Willis Towers Watson comprised of Accenture 
plc, Aon plc, Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., Brown & Brown Inc., Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Marsh & 
McLennan Companies, Inc. and Robert Half International Inc. The comparisons chart the performance of $100 invested on the 
initial dates indicated (January 1, 2013 and January 5, 2016, respectively), assuming full dividend reinvestment. 

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return Among
Willis Group Holdings, Towers Watson & Co.,
S&P 500, and a Peer Group

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

01/01/13

12/31/13

12/31/14

12/31/15

01/04/16

Willis Group Holdings plc

Towers Watson & Co.

S&P 500 Index

Peer Group

33

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return Among
Willis Towers Watson, S&P 500, and a Peer Group

$160

$150

$140

$130

$120

$110

$100

$90

01/05/16

03/31/16

06/30/16

09/30/16

12/31/16

03/31/17

06/30/17

09/30/17

12/31/17

Willis Towers Watson

S&P 500 Index

Peer Group

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

During the year ended December 31, 2017, no shares were issued by the Company without registration under the Securities Act 
of 1933, as amended.  

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, 
based on many factors, including market conditions.  

On April 20, 2016, the Willis Towers Watson board reconfirmed, reapproved and reauthorized the remaining portion of the 
Legacy Willis program to repurchase the Company’s ordinary shares on the open market or by way of redemption or otherwise. 

On November 10, 2016, the Company announced the board of directors approved an increase to the existing share repurchase 
program of $1 billion. The $1 billion increase is in addition to the remaining authority on the Legacy Willis program discussed 
in the preceding paragraph.

There are no expiration dates for these repurchase plans or programs. The following table presents specified information about 
the Company’s repurchases of ordinary shares in the fourth quarter and the Company’s repurchase authority.

Period

October 1, 2017 through October 31, 2017

November 1, 2017 through November 30, 2017

December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017

Total number of
shares purchased

Average price
paid per share

Total number of shares
purchased as part of publicly
announced plans or programs

Maximum number of shares that
may yet be purchased under the
plans or programs

306,264

$

136,745

$
— $

443,009

$

158.03

160.88
—

158.91

306,264

136,745
—

443,009

4,123,218

3,986,473
3,986,473

The maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the existing stock repurchase plan is 3,986,473. At 
December 31, 2017, approximately $601 million remained on the open-ended repurchase authorities granted by the board. An 

34

estimate of the maximum number of shares under the existing authority was determined using the closing price of our ordinary 
shares on December 31, 2017 of $150.69.

On February 23, 2018, the board of directors approved an increase to the existing share repurchase program of $400 million. 
The $400 million increase is in addition to the remaining authority of $601 million as of December 31, 2017. 

35

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial 
statements of the Company and the related notes and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 and 
as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Legacy Willis and 
Willis Towers Watson, as applicable, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report. Financial data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and at December 31, 2015, 
2014 and 2013, has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements with adjustment for the reverse stock split on 
January 4, 2016 and not included in this Annual Report. The Merger affects the comparability of this data.  See Note 3 — 
Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 

Statement of Comprehensive Income Data

Total revenues

Income from operations

Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings

of associates

Net income

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson
Earnings per share — basic (i)
Earnings per share — diluted (i)

Average number of shares outstanding

— basic

— diluted

Balance Sheet Data (end of year)

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net
Total assets (ii)

Total equity

Long-term debt

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

Additional paid-in capital

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

Other Financial Data

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

$

8,202

$

7,887

$

3,829

$

3,802

$

3,655

$

$

$

738

489

592

568

4.21

4.18

135

136

$

$

$

551

340

438

420

3.07

3.04

137

138

$

$

$

427

340

384

373

5.49

5.41

68

69

$

$

$

647

518

373

362

5.40

5.32

67

68

$

$

$

663

499

377

365

5.53

5.37

66

68

$

10,519

$

10,413

$

3,737

$

2,937

$

2,838

3,882

32,458

10,249

4,450

85

10,538

10,126

4,368

30,253

10,183

3,357

508

10,596

10,065

1,115

18,839

2,360

2,278

988

1,672

2,229

450

353

15,421

14,785

2,007

2,130

167

1,524

1,985

2,243

2,297

14

1,316

2,215

Capital expenditures (excluding capitalized software and capital

leases)

Cash dividends declared per share (i)

$

$

300

2.12

$

$

218

1.92

$

$

146

3.28

$

$

110

3.18

$

$

105

2.97

____________________
(i)  Basic and diluted earnings per share, and cash dividends declared per share, for 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 
reverse stock split on January 4, 2016.  See Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
further details.

(ii)  We collect premiums from insureds and, after deducting our commissions, remit the premiums to the respective insurers; the Company also collects 

claims or refunds from insurers which it then remits to insureds. Uncollected premiums from insureds and uncollected claims or refunds from insurers 
(‘fiduciary receivables’) are recorded as fiduciary assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Unremitted insurance premiums, claims or refunds 
(‘fiduciary funds’) are also recorded within fiduciary assets.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

This discussion includes forward-looking statements. See ‘Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements’ for certain 
cautionary information regarding forward-looking statements and ‘Risk Factors’ in Item 1A for a list of factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those predicted in those statements. 

This discussion includes references to non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (‘SEC’). We present such non-GAAP financial measures, specifically, adjusted, constant currency and organic 
non-GAAP financial measures, as we believe such information is of interest to the investment community because it provides 
additional meaningful methods of evaluating certain aspects of the Company’s operating performance from period to period on 
a basis that may not be otherwise apparent under U.S. GAAP, and these provide a measure against which our businesses may 
be assessed in the future. 

Our methods of calculating these measures may differ from those used by other companies and therefore comparability may be 
limited. These financial measures should be viewed in addition to, not in lieu of, the consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. 

See ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ below for further discussion of our adjusted, constant currency and organic non-GAAP 
financial measures. 

Executive Overview

Business Overview

Willis Towers Watson is a global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a 
path for growth. With roots dating to 1828, Willis Towers Watson has more than 43,000 employees and services clients in more 
than 140 countries and territories. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and 
expand the power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We believe our unique perspective allows us 
to see the critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance. 

We offer clients a broad range of services to help them to identify and control their risks, and to enhance business performance 
by improving their ability to attract, retain and engage a talented workforce. Our risk control services range from strategic risk 
consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), to a variety of due diligence services, to the provision of practical on-site 
risk control services (such as health and safety or property loss control consulting), as well as analytical and advisory services 
(such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We assist clients in planning how to manage incidents or crises 
when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. We help our clients 
enhance their business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that help organizations 
anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging opportunities in human capital management as well as investment advice to help 
our clients develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals. 

As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising our clients on their 
risk management requirements, helping clients determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing 
insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate the largest private Medicare exchange in 
the U.S. Through this exchange and those for active employees, we help our clients move to a more sustainable economic 
model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits.

We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account. 

We derive the majority of our revenue from either commissions or fees for broking or consulting services. No single client 
represented a significant concentration of our consolidated revenues for any of the periods presented. 

Our shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

Market Conditions

Due to the cyclical nature of the insurance market and the impact of other market conditions on insurance premiums, 
commission revenues may vary widely between accounting periods. A period of low or declining premium rates, generally 
known as a ‘soft’ or ‘softening’ market, generally leads to downward pressure on commission revenues and can have a material 
adverse impact on our commission revenues and operating margin. A ‘hard’ or ‘firming’ market, during which premium rates 
rise, generally has a favorable impact on our commission revenues and operating margin. Rates, however, vary by geography, 

37

industry and client segment. As a result, and due to the global and diverse nature of our business, we view rates in the 
aggregate. 

Market conditions in our broking industry are generally defined by factors such as the strength of the economies in the various 
geographic regions in which we serve around the world, insurance rate movements, and insurance and reinsurance buying 
patterns of our clients. 

Management has considered the U.K. referendum vote on June 23, 2016 to depart from the E.U., the triggering of Article 50 of 
the Treaty of Lisbon (providing the right to and procedures for a member to leave the E.U.) on March 29, 2017, the early 
general election held on June 8, 2017, and the uncertainties about the near-term and longer-term effects of Brexit on the 
Company. The terms of Brexit, and its impact, are highly uncertain. For a further discussion of the risks of Brexit to the 
Company, see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Typically, our business benefits from regulatory change, political risk or economic uncertainty. Insurance broking generally 
tracks the economy, but demand for both insurance broking and consulting services usually remains steady during times of 
uncertainty. We have some businesses, such as our health and benefits and administration businesses, which can be counter 
cyclical during the early period of a significant economic change. 

Although approximately 22% of our revenues are generated in the U.K. on an annual basis, only about 13% of revenues are 
denominated in Pounds sterling as much of the insurance business is transacted in U.S. dollars. Approximately 19% of our 
expenses are denominated in Pounds sterling, thus we generally benefit from a weakening Pound sterling in our income from 
operations. However, we have a Company hedging strategy for this aspect of our business, which is designed to mitigate 
significant fluctuations in currency. 

The markets for our consulting, technology and solutions, and marketplace services are subject to changes as a result of 
economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological developments, and increased competition from established and 
new competitors. We believe the primary factors in selecting a human resources or risk management consulting firm include 
reputation, the ability to provide measurable increases to shareholder value and return on investment, global scale, quality of 
service and the ability to tailor services to clients’ unique needs. With regard to the market for exchanges, we believe that 
clients base their decisions on a variety of factors that include the ability of the provider to deliver measurable cost savings for 
clients, a strong reputation for efficient execution and an innovative service delivery model and platform. Part of the employer 
sponsored insurance market has matured and become more fragmented while other segments remain in the entry phase. As 
these market segments continue to evolve, we may experience growth in intervals, with periods of accelerated expansion 
balanced by periods of modest growth. 

See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussions of risks that may affect our ability to 
compete. 

Business Strategy

Willis Towers Watson sees that a unified approach to people and risk can be a path to growth for our clients. Our integrated 
teams bring together our understanding of risk strategies and market analytics. This helps clients around the world to achieve 
their objectives. 

We operate in attractive markets - both growing and mature - with a diversified platform across geographies, industries, 
segments and lines of business. We aim to create and become the premier advisory, broking and solutions company of choice 
globally. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the power of capital 
to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We also help organizations improve performance through effective 
people, risk and financial management by focusing on providing human capital and financial consulting services. 

We believe we can achieve this by: 

•  Delivering a powerful client proposition with an integrated global platform. Our combined offerings provide 

comprehensive advice, analytics, specialty capabilities and solutions covering benefits, benefits delivery solutions, 
brokerage and advisory, risk and capital management, and talent and rewards; 

•  Leveraging our combined distribution strength and global footprint to enhance market penetration and provide a 

platform for further innovation; and 

•  Underpinning this growth through continuous operational improvement initiatives that help make us more effective 

and efficient and drive cost synergies. We do this by: 

38

continuing to modernize the way we run our business to better serve our clients, enable the skills of our staff, 
and lower our costs of doing business;  

  making the necessary changes to our processes, our IT, our real estate and workforce locations; and  

targeting and delivering identified, highly achievable cost savings as a direct consequence of the Merger. 

We care as much about how we work as we do about the impact that we make. This means commitment to shared values, a 
framework that guides how we run our business and serve clients.  

Through these strategies we aim to accelerate revenue, cash flow, EBITDA and earnings growth, and generate compelling 
returns for investors by delivering tangible growth in revenues and capitalizing on the identified cost synergies. 

Merger with Towers Watson

On January 4, 2016, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015, 
between Willis, Towers Watson, and Citadel Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis formed for the purpose of 
facilitating this transaction (‘Merger Sub’), Merger Sub merged with and into Towers Watson, with Towers Watson continuing 
as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis. 

At the effective time of the Merger (the ‘Effective Time’), each issued and outstanding share of Towers Watson common stock 
(the ‘Towers Watson shares’), was converted into the right to receive 2.6490 validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable 
ordinary shares of Willis (the ‘Willis ordinary shares’), $0.000115 nominal value per share, other than any Towers Watson 
shares owned by Towers Watson, Willis or Merger Sub at the Effective Time and the Towers Watson shares held by 
stockholders who are entitled to, and who properly exercised, dissenter’s rights under Delaware law. 

Immediately following the Merger, Willis effected (i) a consolidation (i.e., a reverse stock split under Irish law) of Willis 
ordinary shares whereby every 2.6490 Willis ordinary shares were consolidated into one Willis ordinary share ($0.000304635 
nominal value per share) and (ii) an amendment to its constitution and other organizational documents to change its name from 
Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company to Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company. 

We are continuing our integration of Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson, creating a unified platform for global growth, 
including positioning the Company to leverage our mutual distribution strength to enhance market penetration, expand our 
global footprint and create a strong platform for further innovation. 

39

 
 
As Reported Consolidated Financial Information

The table below sets forth our summarized consolidated statements of comprehensive income and data as a percentage of 
revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
($ in millions, except per share data) 

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses
Total costs of providing services

Income from operations

Interest expense

Other expense/(income), net

Benefit from income taxes

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS

WATSON

Diluted earnings per share

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$ 8,202

100 % $ 7,887

100 % $ 3,829

100 %

4,745

1,534

203

581

132

269
7,464

738

188

61
(100)

58 %

19 %

2 %

7 %

2 %

3 %

9 %

2 %

1 %

(1)%

3 — %
(24) — %

4,646

1,551

178

591

193

177
7,336

551

184

59 %

20 %

2 %

7 %

2 %

2 %

7 %

2 %

27 — %
(96)

(1)%

2 — %
(18) — %

60 %

19 %

2 %

2 %

3 %

2 %

2,303

718

95

76

126

84
3,402

427

11 %

4 %

(1)%

142
(55)
(33)
11 — %
(11) — %

(1)%

$

$

568

7 % $

420

5 % $

373

10 %

4.18

$

3.04

$

5.41

The Merger affects the comparability of this data between 2015 and other periods presented.  See ‘Supplementary Pro Forma 
Financial Information’ for additional analysis. 

Consolidated Revenues 

We derive the majority of our revenues from commissions from our brokerage businesses and fees for consulting services. 
Brokerage commissions and fees negotiated in lieu of commissions are recognized at the later of the policy inception date or 
when the policy placement is complete or as the fees are otherwise determined. Commissions on additional premiums and 
adjustments are recognized when approved by or agreed between the parties and collectability is reasonably assured. 
Consulting revenue is generally recognized as services are performed. No single client represented a significant concentration 
of our consolidated revenues for any of our three most recent fiscal years. 

The following table details our top five markets based on percentage of consolidated revenues (in U.S. dollars) from the 
countries where work is performed for the year ended December 31, 2017. These figures do not represent the currency of the 
related revenue, which is presented in the table below.

Geographic Region
United States

United Kingdom
France

Canada

Germany

40

% of
Revenues

47%
22%

4%

3%

3%

 
 
The table below details our revenues and expenses by transactional currency for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Transactional Currency

U.S. dollars

Pounds sterling

Euro

Other currencies

____________________ 

Revenues

55%

13%

15%

17%

Expenses (i)
50%

19%

13%

18%

(i)  These percentages exclude certain expenses for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core 
to our current or future operations. These items include Merger-related amortization of intangible assets, restructuring costs, and transaction and 
integration expenses. 

The following table sets forth the total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the components of the 
change in total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the prior year:

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

(in millions)

Total revenues

$

8,202

$

7,887

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

As
Reported
Change
4%

Currency
Impact

—%

Components of Change (i)
Constant
Currency
Change
4%

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

—%

Organic
Change

5%

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $8.2 billion, compared to $7.9 billion for the year ended 
December 31, 2016, an increase of $315 million or 4%. This growth in revenues was driven by strong performances in all 
segments. 

Our revenues can be materially impacted by changes in currency conversions, which can fluctuate significantly over the course 
of a calendar year. For the year ended December 31, 2017, currency translation decreased our consolidated revenues by $27 
million. The decrease was driven primarily by a weaker Pound sterling during the first half of the year, partially offset by 
increases in the Pound sterling, Euro, the Brazilian real and Canadian dollar in the second half of the year.  

The impact of acquisitions and divestitures did not have a significant impact on the change in total revenues for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 since most of these transactions happened in the latter part of the year. Prospectively, our 2018 revenues 
will exclude a net $65 million related to the impact of various acquisitions and divestitures initiated or completed in 2017. 

The following table sets out the total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the components of the 
change in total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the prior year: 

Years ended December 31,

2016

2015

(in millions)

Total revenues

$

7,887

$

3,829

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

As
Reported
Change
106%

Currency
Impact

(6)%

Components of Change (i)
Constant
Currency
Change
112%

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

112%

Organic
Change

—%

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $7.9 billion, compared to $3.8 billion for the year ended 
December 31, 2015, an increase of $4.1 billion, or 106%. This growth in revenues was driven by our merger with Towers 
Watson and our acquisition of Gras Savoye. 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the foreign currency impact resulted from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against a 
number of currencies, most significantly the Euro and the Pound sterling. 

Definitions of Constant Currency Change and Organic Change are included in the section entitled ‘Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures’ elsewhere within this Form 10-K.

As Reported Segment Revenues 

In 2016, we began managing our business across four integrated reportable operating segments: Human Capital and Benefits; 
Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration, formerly Exchange 
Solutions. 

41

Beginning in 2017, we made certain changes that affect our segment results. These changes, which are detailed in the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 7, 2017, include the realignment of certain businesses within our segments, as 
well as changes to certain allocation methodologies to better reflect the ongoing nature of our businesses. The prior period 
comparatives reflected in the tables below have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect our current segment presentation. See 
Note 4 — Segment Information within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a further discussion of these changes.

Segment revenues exclude amounts that were directly incurred on behalf of our clients and reimbursed by them (reimbursed 
expenses); however, these amounts are included in consolidated revenues. 

The Merger affects the comparability of this data between 2015 and other periods presented.  See ‘Supplementary Pro Forma 
Segment Revenues Analysis’ for additional analysis. 

Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’)

The HCB segment provides an array of advice, broking, solutions and software for our clients. 

HCB is the largest segment of the Company, generating approximately 39% of our segment revenues for the year ended 
December 31, 2017. HCB is focused on addressing our clients’ people and risk needs to help them take on the challenges of 
operating in a global marketplace. HCB is further strengthened with teams of international consultants that provide support 
through each of our business units to the global headquarters of multinational clients and their foreign subsidiaries. 

The HCB segment provides services through four business units: 

•  Retirement — The Retirement business provides actuarial support, plan design, and administrative services for 
traditional pension and retirement savings plans. Our colleagues help our clients assess the costs and risks of 
retirement plans on cash flow, earnings and the balance sheet, the effects of changing workforce demographics on their 
retirement plans and retiree benefit adequacy and security. 

•  Health and Benefits — The Health & Benefits (‘H&B’) business provides plan management consulting, broking and 

administration across the full spectrum of health and group benefit programs, including medical, dental, disability, life 
and other coverage. 

• 

• 

Talent & Rewards — Our Talent & Rewards (‘T&R’) business provides advice, data, software and products to address 
clients’ total rewards and talent issues. 

Technology and Administration Solutions — Our Technology and Administration Solutions (‘TAS’) business provides 
benefits outsourcing services to clients outside of the U.S. 

The table below presents segment commissions and fees and segment interest and other income for HCB for the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016.

December 31,

2017

2016

($ in millions)

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

$

$

3,163

29

3,192

$

$

3,100

17

3,117

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

As
Reported
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

2%

—%

2%

(1)%

3%

HCB commissions and fees, and total segment revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $3.2 billion, compared to 
$3.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016. Retirement revenues increased in Western Europe, International and Great 
Britain and were partially offset by a decline in North America. The decline in North America was expected as bulk lump sum 
projects declined year over year. Actuarial consulting projects in Great Britain were strong due to regulation changes. The 
growth in Talent & Rewards was flat. Healthcare consulting revenues in Health and Benefits were up significantly for all 
markets globally. North America grew due to increased consulting and product demand and Great Britain grew due to global 
benefits solutions implementations. Revenue in the Technology and Administration Solutions business in Great Britain 
experienced strong growth as a result of new administration clients and project activity.  

42

The table below presents segment commissions and fees and segment interest and other income for HCB for the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

December 31,

2016

2015

As reported
change

$

$

($ in millions)

3,100

17

3,117

$

$

583

1

584

432%

434%

HCB total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $3.1 billion, compared to $584 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $2.5 billion or 434%. This growth in revenues was driven by our Merger and our 
acquisition of Gras Savoye. See the ‘Supplementary Pro Forma Segment Revenues’ section below for additional discussion of 
our 2016 results. 

Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’)

The CRB segment provides a broad range of risk advice, insurance broking and consulting services to clients worldwide 
ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations.  The segment delivers integrated global solutions tailored to client 
needs and underpinned by data and analytics. 

CRB generated approximately 33% of Willis Towers Watson segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, and 
places more than $20 billion of premiums into the insurance markets, annually. 

CRB operates as an integrated global team comprising both functional and geographic leadership with three global offerings: 

•  Property and Casualty — Property and Casualty provides property and liability insurance brokerage services across a 

wide range of industries including construction, real estate, healthcare, and natural resources. 

•  Financial Lines — Financial Lines specializes in brokerage services for financial, political and credit risks. 

• 

Transport — Transport provides specialist expertise to the transportation, aerospace, marine and inspace industries. 

The table below presents segment commissions and fees, and segment interest and other income for CRB for the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016.

December 31,

2017

2016

($ in millions)

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income
Total segment revenues

$

$

2,625

23
2,648

$

$

2,519

28
2,547

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

As
Reported
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

4%

—%

4%

—%

4%

CRB commissions and fees, and total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $2.6 billion, compared to 
$2.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016. All regions contributed to the strong revenue growth led by International 
followed by Western Europe, North America and Great Britain. International’s growth was fueled by excellent client retention 
and strong new business. Western Europe, North America and Great Britain experienced good client retention and solid new 
business growth.

43

The table below presents segment commissions and fees and segment interest and other income for CRB for the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

December 31,

2016

2015

As reported
change

$

$

($ in millions)

2,519

28

2,547

$

$

2,332

17

2,349

8%

8%

CRB total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $2.5 billion, compared to $2.3 billion for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $198 million or 8%. The growth for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily 
due to the acquisition of Gras Savoye, which occurred on December 29, 2015. Great Britain led organic growth with solid 
revenue increases across all lines of business.  Western Europe contributed to organic growth with strong growth in Iberia, 
partially offset by softness in Italy.  North America was flat with strong retention offset by lower new business.  International 
organic revenue declined as a result of lower revenues in Asia and Australasia, partially offset by better performance in Latin 
America and Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa (‘CEEMEA’). 

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’)

The IRR segment uses a sophisticated approach to risk, which helps clients free up capital and manage investment complexity. 
The segment works closely with investors, reinsurers and insurers to manage the equation between risk and return. Blending 
advanced analytics with deep institutional knowledge, IRR identifies new opportunities to maximize performance. IRR 
provides investment consulting services and insurance specific services and solutions through reserves opinions, software, 
ratemaking, usage-based insurance, risk underwriting and reinsurance broking. 

This segment is our third largest segment and generated approximately 19% of segment revenues for the Company for the year 
ended December 31, 2017. With approximately 75% of the revenues for this segment split between North America and the 
U.K., this segment includes the following businesses and offerings: 

•  Willis Re — Willis Re provides reinsurance industry clients with an understanding of how risk affects capital and 

financial performance and advises on the best ways to manage related outcomes. 

• 

Insurance Consulting and Technology — Insurance Consulting and Technology, formerly Risk Consulting and 
Software, is a global business that provides advice and technology solutions to the insurance industry, as well as to 
corporate clients with respect to their insurance programs. Services include software and technology, risk and capital 
management, products and pricing, financial and regulatory reporting, financial and capital modeling, M&A, 
outsourcing and business management.  

• 

Investment — Investment provides advice to improve investment outcomes for asset owners using a broad and 
sophisticated framework for managing risk.  

•  Wholesale Insurance Broking — Wholesale Insurance Broking provides wholesale and specialist broking services to 

retail brokers. 

•  Portfolio and Underwriting Services — Portfolio and Underwriting Services acts on behalf of our insurance carrier 
partners and self-insured entities in product marketing and distribution, risk underwriting and selection, claims 
management and other general administrative responsibilities.  

•  Willis Towers Watson Securities — Willis Towers Watson Securities, formerly Capital Markets & Advisory, provides 

investment banking services to companies involved in the insurance and reinsurance industries for a broad array of 
merger and acquisition transactions as well as capital markets products.

•  Max Matthiessen — Max Matthiessen is a leading advisor and broker within insurance, benefits, human resources and 
savings in the Nordic region.  The business specializes in providing human capital and benefits administration together 
with providing market leading savings and insurance solutions. 

44

The table below presents segment commissions and fees, and segment interest and other income for IRR for the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016.

December 31,

2017

2016

($ in millions)

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

$

$

1,505

30

1,535

$

$

1,475

59

1,534

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

As
Reported
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

2%

(1)%

3%

—%

4%

IRR commissions and fees and total segment revenues for both years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $1.5 billion. 
Total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 included £28 million ($41 million) received for a settlement 
related to the Fine Arts, Jewellery and Specie Team. Wholesale Insurance Broking, Investment, Insurance Consulting and 
Technology, Max Matthiessen and Willis Re all posted commissions and fees revenue growth, primarily as a result of strong 
sales and increased performance fees. Willis Towers Watson Securities growth was flat. The reduction in Portfolio and 
Underwriting Services commissions and fees was driven by a loss of profit commissions following the Atlantic hurricanes, the 
cancellation of a key contract, and the divestiture of small programs in the portfolio.

The table below presents segment commissions and fees and segment interest and other income for IRR for the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

December 31,

2016

2015

As reported
change

$

$

($ in millions)

1,475

59

1,534

$

$

895

1

896

65%

71%

IRR total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $1.5 billion, compared to $896 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $638 million or 71%.  This growth in revenues was driven by the Merger and a full 
year of revenues from Miller, following our acquisition in May 2015. See the ‘Supplementary Pro Forma Segment Revenues’ 
section below for additional discussion of our 2016 results. 

Benefit Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’)

The BDA segment, formerly Exchange Solutions, provides primary medical and ancillary benefit exchange and outsourcing 
services to active employees and retirees across both the group and individual markets.  A significant portion of the revenues in 
this segment is recurring in nature, driven by either the commissions from the policies we sell, or from long-term service 
contracts with our clients that typically range from three to five years. Revenues across this segment may be seasonal, driven 
by the magnitude and timing of client transition activities, and we typically increase our membership levels significantly 
effective January 1, after calendar year-end benefits elections. 

BDA generated approximately 9% of our segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. BDA provides services 
across four integrated or related offerings to customers primarily in the U.S. through four business units: 

• 

Individual Marketplace (formerly Retiree & Access Exchanges) — This business provides solutions through a 
proprietary technology platform, OneExchange Retiree, which enables our employer clients to transition their retirees 
to individual, defined contribution health plans that provide individuals with a tax-free allowance or contribution to 
spend on healthcare services at an annual cost that the employer controls, as opposed to group-based, defined benefit 
health plans that provide groups of individuals with healthcare benefits at uncertain annual costs. 

•  Group Marketplace (formerly Active Exchanges) — This business is focused on delivering group benefit exchanges, 
serving the active employees of employers across the United States through our proprietary BenefitConnect or Bright 
Choices exchange platforms. 

45

•  Benefits Outsourcing (formerly Technology and Administration Solutions) — Through our proprietary BenefitConnect 
technology, this business provides a broad suite of health and welfare outsourcing services as well as decision support 
and modeling tools for pension users within the U.S. 

•  Benefits Accounts (formerly Consumer-Directed Accounts) — This business uses its SaaS-based technology and 

related services to deliver consumer-driven healthcare and reimbursement accounts, including health savings accounts, 
health reimbursement arrangements and other consumer-directed accounts. 

The table below presents segment commissions and fees, and segment interest and other income for BDA for the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016.

December 31,

2017

2016

($ in millions)

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

$

$

729

—

729

$

$

652

2

654

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

As
Reported
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

12%

—%

12%

—%

12%

BDA total segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $729 million and $654 million, 
respectively. Individual Marketplace revenues increased by 10%, and the rest of the segment grew by 14%, led by Group 
Marketplace and Benefits Outsourcing. Growth in the Individual and Group Marketplaces resulted from the additional 2017 
enrollments, and Benefits Outsourcing’s growth was a result of new client wins and special projects.

See the ‘Supplementary Pro Forma Segment Revenues’ section below for additional discussion of our 2016 results. 

Costs of Providing Services

Total costs of providing services were $7.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $7.3 billion for the year 
ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $128 million, or 2%. Total costs of providing services were $7.3 billion for the year 
ended December 31, 2016, compared to $3.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $3.9 billion. See the 
analysis below for further information.

Salaries and Benefits 

Salaries and benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $4.7 billion and $4.6 billion, 
respectively, an increase of $99 million. The increase was primarily a result of a $36 million pension settlement charge related 
to our U.K. pension plan as well as higher incentive accruals as compared to the prior year. Salaries and benefits for the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were $4.6 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, an increase of $2.3 billion. 
The increase in expenses was primarily driven by the Merger and our acquisition of Gras Savoye. As a percentage of revenues, 
salaries and benefits expenses represented 58%, 59% and 60% for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. 

Other Operating Expenses 

Other operating expenses include occupancy, legal, marketing, licenses, royalties, supplies, technology, printing and telephone 
costs, as well as insurance, including premiums on excess insurance and losses on professional liability claims, non-client-
reimbursed travel by colleagues, publications, professional subscriptions and development, recruitment, other professional fees 
and irrecoverable value added and sales taxes. 

Other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion, 
respectively, a decrease of $17 million. The decrease was due primarily to the Stanford litigation provision of $50 million in 
2016, partially offset by reserves for the City of Houston and CalPERS litigations and increases in other litigation reserves and 
professional services in 2017. Other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were 
$1.6 billion and $718 million, respectively, an increase of $833 million. The increase was primarily driven by the Merger and 
our acquisition of Gras Savoye. 

46

Depreciation  

Depreciation represents the expense incurred over the useful life of our tangible fixed assets and internally developed software. 
Depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $203 million and $178 million, respectively, 
an increase of $25 million. This increase was due primarily to a higher depreciable base of assets resulting from additional 
assets placed in service in 2016. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was 
$178 million and $95 million, respectively, an increase of $83 million. This increase was primarily driven by the Merger and 
our acquisition of Gras Savoye.

Amortization 

Amortization includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, including acquired internally developed software.  
Amortization for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $581 million and $591 million, respectively, 
a decrease of $10 million. Our intangible amortization is more heavily weighted to the initial years of the useful lives of the 
related intangibles, and therefore amortization expense will decrease over time.  Amortization for the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $591 million and $76 million, respectively, an increase of $515 million. The 
primary driver of the increase in amortization was our acquisition of approximately $4.0 billion in intangible assets in our 
Merger with Towers Watson and our acquisition of $231 million and $440 million of intangible assets related to our 
acquisitions of Miller and Gras Savoye, respectively. 

Restructuring Costs 

Restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $132 million, all of which related to the final year of the 
Operational Improvement Program (‘OIP’). Restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $193 million, of 
which $145 million related to the OIP and $48 million related to the Business Restructuring Program. Restructuring costs for 
the year ended December 31, 2015 were $126 million, all of which was related to the OIP. See our discussion in the 
Operational Improvement Program and Business Restructuring Program section herein and Note 5 — Restructuring Costs 
within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details about these expenses. 

Transaction and integration expenses 

Transaction and integration expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $269 million, which consists of costs 
associated with our information technology and finance initiatives and rationalization, property consolidation, benefits 
harmonization and costs associated with the settlement of the Merger-related appraisal demand lawsuit (see Note 13 — 
Commitments and Contingencies within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Transaction and integration expenses for 
the year ended December 31, 2016 were $177 million. Approximately $162 million of these expenses were related to the 
Merger and $15 million were related to the acquisition of Gras Savoye. Transaction and integration expenses for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 were $84 million. Approximately $58 million of these expenses were related to the Merger, $15 million 
were related to the acquisition of Gras Savoye and $11 million were related to our acquisition of Miller. 

Income from Operations 

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $738 million compared to $551 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2016, an increase of $187 million, or 34%. This increase resulted primarily from additional revenue of $315 
million driven by growth across all segments, partially offset by additional costs resulting primarily from our integration 
activities and additional salary and benefits costs. Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $551 
million compared to $427 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $124 million or 29%. The growth in 
income from operations compared to that of 2015 was primarily driven by the Merger and our acquisition of Gras Savoye. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $188 million, $184 million and $142 million, 
respectively. Interest expense is primarily related to interest on our senior notes and term loans. Interest expense increased by 
$4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which primarily resulted from additional levels of indebtedness. Interest 
expense increased by $42 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which was primarily related to additional debt 
acquired in the Merger and as part of the acquisition of Gras Savoye. 

Other Expense/(Income), Net 

Other expense/(income), net, includes other gains and losses, including gains and losses on foreign currency transactions. Other 
expense/(income), net for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was expense of $61 million and $27 million, 
respectively, which were primarily foreign currency transaction losses. Other expense/(income), net for the year ended 

47

December 31, 2015 was income of $55 million, which included gains on disposals of operations of $25 million, and a gain on 
re-measurement of equity interests related to the Gras Savoye acquisition of $59 million, partially offset by the $30 million 
impact of the Venezuelan currency devaluation.  

Benefit from Income Taxes 

Benefit from income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $100 million, $96 million and $33 
million, respectively. The benefit in 2017 was primarily due to the impact of U.S. Tax Reform. The provisional net benefit of 
$204 million includes a $208 million net benefit due to the reduction in the federal corporate tax rate and re-measurement of 
net U.S. deferred tax liabilities primarily related to acquisition-based intangibles. The benefit from income taxes in 2016 was 
primarily due to the release of a portion of U.S. valuation allowances and shifts in the global mix of income as a result of the 
Merger. This shift resulted in additional deductions in jurisdictions with high statutory income tax rates, which reduced the 
global effective tax rate. The benefit from income taxes in 2015 was primarily due to an income tax benefit from the release of 
a portion of U.S. valuation allowances. 

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson 

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $568 million, an increase of $148 
million compared to $420 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily driven by an 
improvement of $187 million in income from operations partially offset by a $34 million increase to expense in other expense/
(income), net. Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $420 million, an 
increase of $47 million compared to $373 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The growth was primarily driven by 
an improvement of $124 million in income from operations and an increase of $63 million in the benefit from income taxes, 
partially offset by a $42 million increase in interest expense and an $82 million increase to expense in other expense/(income), 
net. 

Supplementary Pro Forma Financial Information 

To assist the reader in understanding our comparative analysis, we have included discussion and analysis of pro forma financial 
information for Willis Towers Watson as if the Towers Watson Merger had occurred on January 1, 2015.   

The pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2015 combines: (i) the historical consolidated statement 
of operations of Willis Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2015 and (ii) the historical consolidated statement of 
operations of Towers Watson for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 less the historical consolidated statement of operations of 
Towers Watson for the six months ended December 31, 2014, plus the historical consolidated statement of operations of Towers 
Watson for the six months ended December 31, 2015. 

The pro forma financial information is only for Willis and Towers Watson and does not include Gras Savoye or other merger or 
acquisition activity on a pro forma basis. 

Pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only, and is based on adjustments that are estimates based upon 
available information and certain assumptions that Willis Towers Watson management believes are reasonable under the 
circumstances, as described in ‘Pro Forma Adjustments’ below. The pro forma financial information has not been adjusted to 
give effect to certain expected financial benefits of the Merger, such as revenue synergies, tax savings and cost synergies, or the 
anticipated costs to achieve these benefits, including the cost of integration activities. The pro forma financial information does 
not purport to represent what the actual consolidated results of operations of Willis Towers Watson would have been had the 
Merger occurred on the date indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations. The actual 
results of operations will differ, potentially significantly, from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of 
factors, including access to additional information, changes in value not currently identified and changes in operating results 
following the date of the unaudited pro forma financial information. 

48

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data) 

Total costs of providing services

7,336

93%

3,402

3,164

2016

Years ended December 31,

2015

Willis Towers Watson

Legacy
Willis

Legacy
Towers
Watson

Pro Forma
Adjustments

Pro Forma Willis
Towers Watson

$

7,887

100% $ 3,829

$ 3,664 b $

(1) a

$

7,492

100%

4,646

1,551

59%

20%

178

591

193

177

2%

7%

2%

2%

2,303

718

95

76

126

84

2,161

725 b

110

71

—

97

551

184

7%

2%

27 —%

(96)

(1)%

2 —%

438

6%

(18) —%

427

142
(55)
(33)
11

384

(11)

500

9
(57)
217
(2)
329

(1)

(33) c

3 a, d

(46) e
388 f

—
(151) k
161
(162)

13 g

—
(114) h
—
(61)

4,431

1,446

159

535

126

59%

19%

2%

7%

2%

30 —%

6,727

765

164
(112)
70

90%

10%

2%

(1)%

1%

9 —%

652

9%

—

(12) —%

$

$

$

420

5% $

373

3.07

3.04

$

$

5.49

5.41

$

$

$

328

$

(61)

4.75

4.75

$

$

$

640

9%

4.67

4.64

i, j

i, j

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Income from operations

Interest expense

Other expense/(income), net

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Net income

Income attributable to non-controlling

interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Pro Forma Adjustments 

The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the following adjustments: 

a. 

Intercompany trading. Adjustments to eliminate trading between Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson of $1 
million for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

b.  Conforming reclassifications and adjustments. Certain reclassifications have been made to amounts in the Towers 
Watson historical statement of operations to conform to Willis’ presentation, including reclassifying certain contra 
revenue accounts and Towers Watson’s professional and subcontracted services, occupancy and general and 
administrative expenses within the relevant Willis captions. 

c.  Pension and post-retirement benefit amortization. Adjustments to remove the net periodic benefit costs of $33 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2015 associated with the amortization of net actuarial losses and prior service credits/
costs for Towers Watson’s pension and other post-retirement benefit plans.

d.  Rent. Adjustment to eliminate $5 million of historical rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 offset by $1 

million amortization of our favorable and unfavorable lease agreements. 

e.  Depreciation. Adjustment related to depreciation on internally developed software of $57 million partially offset by an 

increase of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to an increase in the estimated fair value for 
leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and computer hardware and software. 

f.  Amortization. Historical amortization expense of $71 million was removed and amortization expense of $459 million 
has been recorded to reflect the estimated fair values of Towers Watson’s identifiable intangible assets and related 

49

 
 
amortization. See Item 8, Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures and Note 8 — Goodwill and Other 
Intangible Assets. 

g. 

h. 

Interest Expense. Net adjustments to interest expense include additional interest and amortization of related deferred 
debt issuance costs. Approximately $13 million incremental interest expense was recorded for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 related to a borrowing under a $340 million term loan as part of the funding for the pre-Merger 
special dividend on December 29, 2015 and the portion of the senior notes issuance used to repay Towers Watson’s 
existing debt at the time of the Merger.  

Income taxes. Adjustments to record the income tax impact of the pro forma adjustments, including the removal of the 
tax consequences of the repatriation of foreign earnings to partially fund the pre-Merger special dividend. The income 
tax expense was calculated based on the U.S. and foreign statutory rates applicable to adjustments made. Where 
applicable, a U.S. statutory rate of 40% was used. Pro forma adjustments for income tax purposes have been 
determined without regard to potential tax planning strategies that may result from the Merger of Towers Watson with 
Willis. Tax benefits from the Merger have not been considered in our pro forma adjustments. 

i.  Willis ordinary shares issuance. Approximately 184 million Willis ordinary shares (prior to the reverse stock split) were 
issued to Towers Watson stockholders as the Merger Consideration in connection with the Merger, based on Towers 
Watson shares of common stock outstanding as of January 4, 2016, at a per share price of $47.18, which was the 
closing share price on that date, for a total value of approximately $8.7 billion.  

j.  Earnings per share. The pro forma consolidated basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 

2015 are calculated as follows: 

Willis historic average basic shares in issue (i)
Shares issued for Towers Watson (ii)
Willis historic average basic shares in issue

Dilutive effect of securities

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

Pro forma net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Year Ended 
 December 31, 2015

(in millions, except
per share data)

68

69

137

1

138

640

4.67

4.64

$

$

$

____________________ 
(i)  After taking into account the impact of the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016. 
(ii)  Shares issued for Towers Watson based on approximately 69 million Towers Watson shares outstanding at January 4, 2016. 

k.  Transaction and integration expenses. Transaction and integration costs related to the Merger and have been 

eliminated. 

Consolidated Revenues 

The following table sets out the total revenues generated for the year ended December 31, 2016, pro forma revenues generated 
for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the components of the change for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared 
to the pro forma prior year. 

Years ended December 31,

Components of Change

2016

Pro Forma

2015

Pro Forma
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

(in millions)

Total revenues

$

7,887

$

7,492

5%

(3)%

8%

7%

1%

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $7.9 billion, compared to $7.5 billion pro forma revenues for the 
year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $395 million, or 5%. This growth was driven by a 7% increase due to our 
acquisitions of Gras Savoye and Miller and 1% organic revenue growth, partially offset by adverse foreign currency exchange 
movements of 3%. The primary drivers of our growth were within our Corporate Risk and Broking and Benefits Delivery and 

50

Administration, formerly Exchange Solutions, segments. See our segment revenues analysis for a further discussion of our 
segment results. 

Our results can be materially impacted by changes in currency conversions, which can fluctuate significantly over the course of 
a calendar year. For the year ended December 31, 2016, currency translation decreased our consolidated revenues by $202 
million on a constant currency basis from the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. The primary currency driving the 
change was the Pound sterling which weakened against the U.S. dollar during 2016. 

The organic change presented above includes the reduction to revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 related to the 
fair value adjustment for deferred revenue made during purchase accounting for the Merger. If this revenue had not been 
reduced, the constant currency change would have been an increase of 9% and the organic change would have been an increase 
of 2%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Definitions of Constant Currency Change and Organic Change are included in the section entitled ‘Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures’ in this Form 10-K. 

Costs of Providing Services 

Total costs of providing services were $7.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $6.7 billion for the pro 
forma year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $609 million or 9%. See the analysis below for further information. 

Salaries and Benefits 

Salaries and benefits were $4.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $215 million, or 5%, compared to 
$4.4 billion for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily related to our acquisitions of Gras 
Savoye and Miller, which contributed approximately $291 million of the increase, partially offset by increased net periodic 
benefit credits from the adoption of the granular approach to calculating service and interest costs of $51 million. 

Other Operating Expenses 

Other operating expenses include occupancy, legal, marketing, licenses, royalties, supplies, technology, printing and telephone 
costs, as well as insurance, including premiums on excess insurance and losses on professional liability claims, non-client-
reimbursed travel by colleagues, publications, professional subscriptions and development, recruitment, other professional fees 
and irrecoverable value added and sales taxes. 

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $1.6 billion, compared to $1.4 billion for the pro forma 
year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $105 million or 7%. The increase was primarily related to our acquisitions of 
Gras Savoye and Miller, which contributed approximately $135 million of the increase. In 2016, we accrued $50 million for the 
Stanford litigation, which was $20 million less than the $70 million accrued in 2015. 

Depreciation 

Depreciation represents the expense incurred over the useful life of our tangible fixed assets and internally developed software. 
Depreciation was $178 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $19 million, or 12%, compared to $159 
million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily related to our acquisitions of Gras Savoye 
and Miller and our normal capital expenditures.  

Amortization 

Amortization includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, including acquired internally developed software. 
Amortization was $591 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $56 million, or 10%, compared to $535 
million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in amortization in 2016 is primarily due to amortization 
of the intangible assets acquired in our acquisitions of Gras Savoye and Miller. We acquired approximately $231 million and 
$440 million in intangible assets in our acquisitions of Miller and Gras Savoye, respectively. These intangible assets are 
amortized over their expected lives which range from 4 to 25 years. See Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures and 
Note 8 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information 
about our intangible assets.  

Transaction and integration expenses  

Transaction and integration expenses were $177 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $147 million 
compared to $30 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in 2016 is primarily due to integration 
expenses incurred subsequent to the Merger. For the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately $162 million of these 

51

expenses were related to the Merger and $15 million were related to the integration of Gras Savoye. For the pro forma year 
ended December 31, 2015, transaction expenses related to the Merger of $151 million have been eliminated as part of the pro 
forma adjustments. Of the remaining $30 million of transaction and integration expenses, approximately $15 million were 
related to Gras Savoye, $11 million were related to Miller, and $4 million were related to other miscellaneous M&A activity. 

Restructuring costs and Interest expense 

Please see the discussion in the ‘As Reported Consolidated Financial Information’ section above. 

Income from Operations 

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $551 million, compared to $765 million for the pro forma 
year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $214 million. The decrease was primarily due to increases in transaction and 
integration expenses of $147 million and restructuring costs of $67 million. 

Other Expense/(Income), Net 

Other expense/(income), net, includes other gains and losses, including gains and losses on foreign currency transactions. Other 
expense/(income), net, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $27 million of net expense, which was primarily foreign 
currency transaction losses. Other expense/(income), net for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 was $112 million of 
net income, which was primarily due to $80 million of gains on disposals of operations and $59 million in the gain on the re-
measurement of equity interests, partially offset by $30 million in foreign currency transaction losses in 2015.  

(Benefit from)/Provision for Income Taxes 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, there was a $96 million benefit from income taxes, due primarily to a benefit from the 
release of a portion of our U.S. valuation allowances and shifts in the global mix of income as a result of the Merger.  This shift 
creates additional deductions in jurisdictions with high statutory income tax rates, which reduces the global effective tax rate. 
For the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015, there was a provision for income taxes of $70 million. Legacy Willis had a 
benefit from income taxes due to the release of a portion of U.S. valuation allowances in 2015 which was more than offset by 
the provision for income taxes for Legacy Towers Watson.  

Net Income Attributable to Willis Towers Watson 

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $420 million, a decrease of $220 
million compared to $640 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily driven by 
increased transaction and integration expenses of $147 million and restructuring costs of $67 million in 2016 and gains on 
disposals of $80 million and re-measurement of equity interests of $59 million in 2015, partially offset by a decrease in income 
tax expense of $166 million. 

Supplementary Pro Forma Segment Revenues 

Beginning in 2017, we made certain changes that affect our segment results. These changes, which are detailed in the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 7, 2017, include the realignment of certain businesses within our segments, as 
well as changes to certain allocation methodologies to better reflect the ongoing nature of our businesses. The prior period 
comparatives reflected in the tables below have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect our current segment presentation. See 
Note 4 — Segment Information within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a further discussion of these changes.

Human Capital and Benefits  

The following table sets out the components of HCB revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma revenues 
for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the components of the change in commissions and fees for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 as compared to the pro forma prior year.

Years ended December 31,

Components of Change

2016

Pro Forma

2015

Pro Forma
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income
Total segment revenues

$

$

(in millions)

3,100

17
3,117

$

$

3,038

16
3,054

52

2%

(3)%

5%

5%

—%

HCB total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 
$3.1 billion; commissions and fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $3.1 billion, compared with pro forma $3.0 
billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $63 million to total segment revenues and an 
increase of $62 million to commissions and fees. Pro forma and constant currency revenue growth were driven by the 
acquisition of Gras Savoye, which occurred on December 29, 2015. In an effort to align resources and market demand, a 
significant restructuring across all lines of business took place during the second half of 2016, which caused disruption in our 
billable hours. Across the segment, performance was mixed, resulting in flat organic growth. Retirement revenues declined 
slightly as a result of reduced actuarial consulting, primarily in the fourth quarter. The Health and Benefits North America 
consulting business continued to see demand for plan design projects and increased product revenue. The Talent and Rewards 
advisory business was down period-over-period as the M&A market softened. The Technology and Administration Solutions 
Great Britain business had strong performance, led by increased project and administration activity along with new 
clients. Internationally, Global Wealth Solutions has been negatively impacted by adverse conditions in the Greater China 
market. 

Corporate Risk and Broking 

The following table sets out the components of CRB revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma revenues 
for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the components of the change in commissions and fees for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 as compared to the pro forma prior year.

Years ended December 31,

Components of Change

2016

Pro Forma

2015

Pro Forma
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

$

$

(in millions)

2,519

28

2,547

$

$

2,331

17

2,348

8%

(3)%

11%

12%

(1)%

CRB total segment and commissions and fees revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $2.5 billion, compared to 
pro forma $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. The growth for the year ended December 31, 2016 was due to the 
acquisition of Gras Savoye, which occurred on December 29, 2015. International organic revenue declined as a result of lower 
revenues in Asia and Australasia, partially offset by better performance in Latin America and CEEMEA. Offsetting the 
International decline was Great Britain’s organic growth as a result of solid revenue increases across all lines of business.  
Western Europe contributed to organic growth with strong revenue gains in Iberia, partially offset by softness in Italy. North 
America was flat with strong retention offset by lower new business.  

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance 

The following table sets out the components of IRR revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma revenues 
for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the components of the change in commissions and fees for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 as compared to the pro forma prior year.

Years ended December 31,

Components of Change

2016

Pro Forma

2015

Pro Forma
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

$

$

(in millions)

1,475

59

1,534

$

$

1,482

—%

(3)%

3%

6%

(3)%

12

1,494

IRR total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 
$1.5 billion. Included in total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 is a previously disclosed settlement with 
JLT of £28 million ($41 million) related to the Fine Art, Jewellery and Specie team. Commissions and fees for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 and pro forma for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $1.5 billion, representing a decrease of $7 
million. The organic decline was primarily related to the following factors: soft market conditions and renewal factors 
impacting our Willis Re and Portfolio and Underwriting Services businesses, particularly in North America; a decline in overall 
insurance industry M&A activity impacting our Willis Towers Watson Securities business after a record year in 2015; and a 
decline arising from lower demand in risk consulting projects. 

53

Benefit Delivery and Administration 

The following table sets out the components of BDA revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma revenues 
for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the components of the change in commissions and fees for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 as compared to the pro forma prior year.

Years ended December 31,

Components of Change

2016

Pro Forma

2015

Pro Forma
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total segment revenues

$

$

(in millions)

652

2

654

$

$

484

3

487

35%

—%

35%

2%

33%

BDA total segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $654 million, compared to pro forma $487 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2015; and commissions and fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $652 million, 
compared to pro forma $484 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Individual Marketplace commissions and fees 
increased by 41%, primarily as a result of the record 2016 annual enrollment season. The rest of the segment commissions and 
fees increased by 27%, primarily due to Benefits Outsourcing adding new clients and experiencing higher project activity.  

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as U.S. Tax 
Reform. U.S. Tax Reform makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to: (1) requiring a 
one-time transition tax on certain unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries that may be payable over eight years; (2) bonus 
depreciation that will allow for a full expensing of qualified property; (3) reduction of the federal corporate tax rate from 35% 
to 21%; (4) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (‘GILTI’), which allows for the possibility of 
using foreign tax credits (‘FTCs’) and a deduction of up to 50% to offset the income tax liability (subject to some limitations); 
(5) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (6) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; (7) 
limitations on the use of FTCs to reduce the U.S. income tax liability; (8) the creation of the base erosion anti-abuse tax 
(‘BEAT’), a new minimum tax; and (9) a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign 
subsidiaries.

Also on December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (‘SAB 118’), which provides guidance on 
accounting for the tax effects of the U.S. Tax Reform. SAB 118 provides for a measurement period that should not extend 
beyond one year from the U.S. Tax Reform enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under Accounting 
Standards Codification (‘ASC’) 740, Income Taxes (‘ASC 740’). In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the 
income tax effects of those aspects of U.S. Tax Reform for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. Adjustments to 
incomplete and unknown amounts will be recorded and disclosed prospectively during the measurement period. To the extent 
that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete but it is able to determine a 
reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a 
provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the 
provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of U.S. Tax Reform.

At December 31, 2017, there are no material elements of U.S. Tax Reform for which the Company’s accounting is complete. 
While the Company's accounting for the following elements of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete, the Company was able to make 
reasonable estimates of certain effects. Accordingly, the Company recorded provisional adjustments for the following 
significant items:

Reduction of the federal corporate tax rate – Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company’s U.S. income will be taxed at a 
21% federal corporate tax rate. Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recalculated as of the 
enactment date using current tax laws and rates expected to be in effect when the deferred tax items reverse in future 
periods, which is 21%.  Consequently, the Company has recorded a provisional decrease in its net deferred tax liabilities 
of $208 million, with a corresponding deferred income tax benefit of $208 million. While the Company is able to make a 
reasonable estimate of the impact of the reduction in the federal corporate tax rate, it may be affected by other analyses 
related to U.S. Tax Reform that could result in other adjustments to U.S. federal deferred tax balances, including analysis 
of tax amounts in other comprehensive income and any future guidance issued.

One-time transition tax – The one-time transition tax is based on the Company’s total post-1986 earnings and profits 
(‘E&P’) that it previously deferred from U.S. income taxes. The Company recorded a provisional amount for the one-

54

time transition tax liability for its foreign subsidiaries owned by U.S. corporate shareholders, resulting in an increase in 
U.S. federal income tax expense of $70 million and state income tax expense of $2 million. The Company has a 
significant number of foreign subsidiaries and therefore has not yet completed its calculation of the total post-1986 E&P 
as well as non-U.S. income taxes paid for these foreign subsidiaries. Further, the transition tax is based in part on the 
amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets, including trade receivables based on estimates. The 
Company expects to revise its estimates of E&P, non-U.S. income taxes and cash balances throughout 2018 when actual 
results are available. In addition, guidance may be released which could also impact these estimates.

Indefinite reinvestment assertion – Beginning in 2018, U.S. Tax Reform provides a 100% deduction for dividends 
received from 10-percent owned foreign corporations by U.S. corporate shareholders, subject to a one-year holding 
period. Although dividend income is now exempt from U.S. federal tax for U.S. corporate shareholders, companies must 
still account for the tax consequences of outside basis differences and other tax impacts of their investments in non-U.S. 
subsidiaries. As a result of U.S. Tax Reform we have analyzed our global working capital and cash requirements and the 
potential tax liabilities attributable to a repatriation and have determined that we may repatriate up to $219 million, the 
majority of which was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. For those investments from which we were able to 
make a reasonable estimate of the tax effects of such repatriation, we have recorded a provisional estimate for foreign 
withholding and state income taxes of $1 million. In addition, we re-measured the existing deferred tax liability accrued 
on certain acquired Towers Watson subsidiaries and released the deferred tax liability relating to the outside basis 
difference. This resulted in an income tax benefit of $76 million as these foreign earnings were subject to the one-time 
transition tax which reduced the outside basis difference.

Bonus Depreciation – While the Company has not completed its determination of all capital expenditures that qualify for 
immediate expensing, for the year ended  December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a provisional tax deduction of $40 
million based on its current intent to fully expense all qualifying expenditures. The Company will analyze the dates all 
capital expenditures were placed in service or acquired and consider any future guidance within the next twelve months 
to finalize the deduction. This resulted in an increase of approximately $14 million to the Company's U.S. federal current 
income taxes receivable and a corresponding increase in its net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $14 million.

Executive compensation –  Starting with compensation paid in 2018, Section 162(m) will limit the Company from 
deducting compensation, including performance-based compensation, in excess of $1 million paid to anyone who, 
starting in 2018, serves as the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, or who is among the three most highly 
compensated executive officers. The only exception to this rule is for compensation that is paid pursuant to a binding 
contract in effect on November 2, 2017 that would have otherwise been deductible under the prior Section 162(m) rules. 
Accordingly, any compensation paid in the future pursuant to new compensation arrangements entered into after 
November 2, 2017, even if performance-based, will count towards the $1 million deduction limit if paid to a covered 
executive. The Company recorded a provisional income tax expense of $8 million relating to our compensation plans not 
qualifying for the binding contract exception. We are in the process of obtaining additional information needed to 
complete our analysis of the binding contract requirement on the various compensation plans to determine the full 
impact of the law change. In addition, guidance may be released which could also impact our estimates.

The Company's accounting for the following law changes of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete, and it is not yet able to make 
reasonable estimates of the effects. Therefore, no provisional adjustment was recorded.

GILTI – U.S. Tax Reform creates a new requirement that certain income (i.e., GILTI) earned by controlled foreign 
corporations (‘CFCs’) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. GILTI is the excess 
of the shareholder’s ‘net CFC tested income’ over the net deemed tangible income return, which is currently defined as 
the excess of (1) 10 percent of the aggregate of the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of the qualified business asset 
investment of each CFC with respect to which it is a U.S. shareholder over (2) the amount of certain interest expense 
taken into account in the determination of net CFC-tested income. Because of the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules, 
the Company is continuing to evaluate this provision of U.S. Tax Reform and the application of ASC 740. Under U.S. 
GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. 
inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the ‘period cost method’) or 
(2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the ‘deferred method’). The Company’s 
selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on analyzing its global 
income of its CFCs to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI 
and, if so, what the impact is expected to be. Because whether the Company expects to have future U.S. inclusions in 
taxable income related to GILTI depends on not only its current structure and estimated future results of global 
operations but also its intent and ability to modify its structure and/or its business, the Company is not yet able to 
reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of U.S. Tax Reform. Therefore, it has not made any adjustments related 
to potential GILTI tax in its consolidated financial statements and has not made a policy decision.

55

Valuation allowances – The Company must assess whether valuation allowances assessments are affected by various 
aspects of U.S. Tax Reform (e.g., limitation on net interest expense in excess of 30% of adjusted taxable income). As of 
December 31, 2017, no changes to valuation allowances have been recorded as a result of U.S. Tax Reform.

Restructuring Programs

Operational Improvement Program 

In April 2014, Legacy Willis announced a multi-year operational improvement program designed to strengthen its client service 
capabilities and deliver future cost savings. The main elements of the program, which was completed during 2017, included: 
moving more than 3,500 support roles from higher cost locations to facilities in lower cost locations; net workforce reductions 
in support positions; lease consolidation in real estate; and information technology systems simplification and rationalization.  

The Company is expecting to deliver $325 million of annual cost savings beginning in 2018. To achieve these savings, it has 
incurred cumulative restructuring charges of $441 million for the program since it began in the second quarter of 2014.

An analysis of cumulative restructuring costs recognized for the Operational Improvement Program from its commencement 
through the year ended December 31, 2017 by segment is as follows:

HCB

CRB

IRR

BDA

Corporate

Total

(in millions)

2014

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

2015

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

2016

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

2017

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

____________________

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

—

$

$

2

1

1

1

— $

3

3

5

8

$

$

15

3

24

57

18

81

25

63

82

204

286

$

$

$

$

$

$

1

—

7

2

3

4

4

6

15

12

27

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

—

— $

—

— $

—

— $

—

— $

—

— $

— $

17

3

30

1

36

19

14

23

97

120

$

$

$

$

$

16

20

36

90

23

122

48

86

123

318

441

(i)  Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the programs.

Business Restructuring Program 

In the second quarter of 2016, we began planning targeted staffing reductions in certain portions of the business due to a 
reduction in business demand or change in business focus (hereinafter referred to as the Business Restructure Program). The 
main element of the program included workforce reductions, and was completed in 2016. 

56

Restructuring costs related to the Business Restructuring Program for the year ended December 31, 2016 by segment are as 
follows:

2016

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

____________________

HCB

CRB

IRR

BDA

Corporate

Total

(in millions)

$

$

32

3

35

$

$

8

—

8

$

$

3

—

3

$

$

1

—

1

$

$

1

—

1

$

$

45

3

48

(i)  Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the programs. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Executive Summary 

Our principal sources of liquidity are funds generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and amounts 
available under our revolving credit facilities or new debt offerings.  

Based on our balance sheets, combined cash flows, current market conditions and information available to us at this time, we 
believe that Willis Towers Watson has sufficient liquidity, which includes our undrawn revolving credit facilities, to meet our 
cash needs for the next twelve months, including investing in the business for growth, creating value through the integration of 
Willis, Towers Watson and Gras Savoye, scheduled debt repayments, dividend payments, and contemplated share repurchases, 
subject to market conditions and other factors. 

The Company recognizes deferred tax balances related to the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when the Company expects 
that it will recover those undistributed earnings in a taxable manner, such as through receipt of dividends or sale of the 
investments. Beginning in 2016, as a result of our plan to restructure or distribute accumulated earnings of certain acquired 
Towers Watson foreign operations, we accrued deferred taxes on the historical and current year earnings of those subsidiaries.  
The historical cumulative earnings of our other subsidiaries had been reinvested indefinitely and therefore we had not provided 
deferred tax liabilities on these amounts. As a result of U.S. Tax Reform we have analyzed our global working capital and cash 
requirements and the potential tax liabilities attributable to a repatriation. For those investments from which we were able to 
make a reasonable estimate of the tax effects of such repatriation, we have recorded a provisional estimate for foreign 
withholding and state income taxes. In addition, we re-measured the existing deferred tax liability accrued on certain acquired 
Towers Watson subsidiaries and released the deferred tax liability relating to the outside basis difference.  If future events, 
including material changes in estimates of cash, working capital, long-term investment requirements or additional guidance 
relating to U.S. Tax Reform necessitate that these earnings be distributed, an additional provision for income and foreign 
withholding taxes, net of credits, may be necessary. Other potential sources of cash may be through the settlement of 
intercompany loans or return of capital distributions in a tax-efficient manner.

Events that could change the historical cash flow dynamics discussed above include significant changes in operating results, 
potential future acquisitions or divestitures, material changes in geographic sources of cash, unexpected adverse impacts from 
litigation or regulatory matters, or future pension funding during periods of severe downturn in the capital markets. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we (i) entered into a $1.25 billion revolving credit facility to replace our previous 
$800 million revolving credit facility. Borrowings against the $1.25 billion facility of $409 million and €45 million were used 
to repay all outstanding borrowings against the $800 million facility and the 7-year term loan due July 23, 2018; (ii)  repaid our 
6.200% senior notes due 2017 totaling $407 million, including accrued interest; and (iii) completed an offering of $650 million 
of 3.600% Senior Notes due 2024. Net proceeds of $644 million were used to pay down amounts outstanding under our 
revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2017 totaled $1.0 billion, compared to $870 million at December 31, 2016. The 
increase in cash from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 was primarily due to the strengthening of various currencies 
against the U.S. dollar, particularly the Pound sterling and Euro and less net debt payments made in the current year. 

Additionally, at December 31, 2017, $362 million was available to draw against our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility as 
compared to $557 million, which was available to draw against our previous $800 million revolving credit facility at 
December 31, 2016. 

57

Included within cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are amounts held for regulatory 
capital adequacy requirements, including $90 million and $87 million, respectively, held within our regulated U.K. entities. 

Summarized Consolidated Cash Flows 

The following table presents the summarized consolidated cash flow information for the years ended: 

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

(in millions)

Net cash from/(used in):

     Operating activities

     Investing activities

     Financing activities

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

$

862
(335)
(479)
48

112

870

$

933

$

195
(775)
353
(15)
532

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

$

1,030

$

870

$

244
(943)
640
(59)
(44)
635

532

Cash Flows From Operating Activities 

Cash flows from operating activities were $862 million for 2017, compared to cash flows from operating activities of $933 
million for 2016. The $862 million net cash from operating activities for 2017 included net income of $592 million, adjusted 
for $548 million of non-cash adjustments, partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $278 million. The 
$548 million non-cash adjustments primarily include depreciation, amortization, and the benefit from deferred income taxes. 
The $71 million decrease in cash from operations in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily resulted from changes in working capital 
and higher discretionary compensation payments made in 2017 for the 2016 compensation cycle. These discretionary 
compensation payments were lower in 2016 because they included only a partial payment to Legacy Towers Watson colleagues 
due to the timing of the Merger. 

Cash flows from operating activities were $933 million for 2016, compared to cash flows of from operating activities of $244 
million for 2015. The $933 million net cash from operating activities for 2016 included net income of $438 million, adjusted 
for $590 million of non-cash adjustments, partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $95 million. The $590 
million of non-cash adjustments primarily include depreciation, amortization, net defined benefit pension credits, share-based 
compensation, and the benefit from deferred income taxes. The $689 million increase in cash from operations in 2016 
compared to 2015 was primarily due to cash from operations from Legacy Towers Watson and Gras Savoye.  

Cash flows from operating activities for 2015 was $244 million, which included net income of $384 million, adjusted for $38 
million of non-cash adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities, offset by changes in operating 
assets and liabilities of $178 million.  

Cash Flows (Used In)/From Investing Activities 

Cash flows used in investing activities for 2017 were $335 million, largely driven by $375 million of capital expenditures and 
capitalized software costs. 

Cash flows from investing activities for 2016 were $195 million, largely driven by $476 million of cash acquired as a result of 
our Merger with Towers Watson, which was a non-cash transaction as it was consummated through the issuance of shares. Cash 
inflows were partially offset by $303 million of fixed assets and software for internal use and capitalized costs of developing 
software. 

Cash flows used in investing activities of $943 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 were primarily driven by $857 
million used in the acquisitions of operations and $146 million for capital expenditures. 

Cash Flows (Used In)/From Financing Activities 

Cash flows used in financing activities for 2017 were $479 million. The significant financing activities included the payment of 
$177 million related to the cancellation of Towers Watson shares in connection with the settlement of the Merger-related 
appraisal demand lawsuit (consisting of the portion of the settlement equal to the value of consideration that would have been 

58

due to the shareholders at the closing of the Merger if they had exchanged their shares; see Part II, Item 8. Note 13 - 
Commitments and Contingencies - Legal Proceedings for additional information), share repurchases of $532 million and 
dividend payments of $277 million, which were partially offset by net borrowings of $580 million.

Net cash used in financing activities in 2016 was $775 million. The primary drivers during the period were debt issuance of 
$2.0 billion, debt repayments of $1.9 billion, net payments on the revolving credit facility of $237 million, dividend payments 
of $199 million, and share repurchases of $396 million. The debt issuance of $2.0 billion was primarily the issuance of $450 
million of senior notes due 2021, $550 million of senior notes due 2026, €540 million ($609 million) of senior notes due 2022 
and a $400 million drawdown on the 1-year term loan facility. The debt repayments of $1.9 billion were primarily $300 million 
repayment of senior notes due 2016, $400 million repayment of Legacy Towers Watson debt and repayments of $592 million 
and $400 million on the 1-year term loan facility.  

Net cash from financing activities in 2015 was $640 million, primarily due to $469 million net drawings on the revolving credit 
facility, a $592 million term loan draw down to fund the acquisition of Gras Savoye, and the issuance of shares of $131 million, 
partially offset by dividends paid of $277 million and repurchase of shares of $82 million. 

Indebtedness

Total debt, total equity, and the capitalization ratio at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were as follows:

Long-term debt
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
Total debt

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

Capitalization ratio

December 31,

2017

2016

(in millions)

$

$

$

4,450
85
4,535

10,126

$

$

$

3,357
508
3,865

10,065

30.9%

27.7%

At December 31, 2017, our material mandatory debt repayments over the next twelve months consist of scheduled repayments 
of $85 million on our term loan maturing in 2019. 

In March 2017, we entered into a $1.25 billion revolving credit facility replacing our previous $800 million revolving credit 
facility. Borrowings against the $1.25 billion facility of $409 million and €45 million  were used to repay all outstanding 
borrowings against the $800 million facility and the 7-year term loan due July 23, 2018.

Additionally in March 2017, the Company repaid the 6.200% senior notes due 2017 totaling $407 million, including accrued 
interest.

In May 2017, we completed an offering of $650 million of 3.600% senior notes due 2024. Net proceeds of $644 million were 
used to pay down amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes.

 At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. 

Fiduciary Funds 

As an intermediary, we hold funds, generally in a fiduciary capacity, for the account of third parties, typically as the result of 
premiums received from clients that are in transit to insurers and claims due to clients that are in transit from insurers. We 
report premiums, which are held on account of, or due from, clients as assets with a corresponding liability due to the insurers. 
Claims held by, or due to, us which are due to clients are also shown as both Fiduciary assets and Fiduciary liabilities on our 
balance sheets.

Fiduciary funds are generally required to be kept in regulated bank accounts subject to guidelines which emphasize capital 
preservation and liquidity; such funds are not available to service the Company’s debt or for other corporate purposes. 
Notwithstanding the legal relationships with clients and insurers, the Company is entitled to retain investment income earned 
on fiduciary funds in accordance with industry custom and practice and, in some cases, as supported by agreements with 
insureds. 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had fiduciary funds of $3.3 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. 

59

Share Repurchase Program

The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, 
based on many factors, including market conditions.  

On April 20, 2016, the Willis Towers Watson board reconfirmed, reapproved and reauthorized the remaining portion of the 
Legacy Willis program to repurchase the Company’s ordinary shares on the open market or by way of redemption or otherwise.    

On November 10, 2016, the Company announced the board of directors approved an increase to the existing share repurchase 
program of $1 billion. The $1 billion increase was in addition to the remaining authority on the Legacy Willis program 
discussed in the preceding paragraph. At December 31, 2017, approximately $601 million remained on the current repurchase 
authority. The maximum number of shares that could be repurchased based on the closing price of our ordinary shares on 
December 31, 2017 of $150.69 was 3,986,473.

On February 23, 2018, the board of directors approved an increase to the existing share repurchase program of $400 million. 
The $400 million increase is in addition to the remaining authority of $601 million as of December 31, 2017. 

There are no expiration dates for these repurchase plans or programs. The following table presents specified information about 
the Company’s repurchases of ordinary shares for the year ended December 31, 2017: 

Shares repurchased

Average price per share

Aggregate repurchase cost (excluding broker costs)

Year Ended 
 December 31, 2017

3,797,491

$140.19

$532 million

In addition to the shares reported in the table above, the Company canceled 1,415,199 Towers Watson common shares at issue 
in the settlement of the Merger-related appraisal demand lawsuit (see Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies located 
within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information) and an equivalent number of ordinary shares 
represented in the Company’s issued and outstanding share count up until the settlement date. As a result, the litigation 
settlement and related share cancellation had a similar impact to a share repurchase in that it reduced the number of outstanding 
shares of the Company. However, it did not impact the remaining authority under the share repurchase program. 

Capital Commitments 

The Company has no material commitments for capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures for fixed assets and software for 
internal use were $300 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Expected capital expenditures for fixed assets and 
software for internal use are approximately $285 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. We expect cash from 
operations to adequately provide for these cash needs. 

Dividends

Total cash dividends of $277 million were paid during the year ended December 31, 2017. In February 2018, the board of 
directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.60 per share ($2.40 per share annualized rate), which will be paid on or 
about April 16, 2018 to shareholders of record as of March 31, 2018. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions  

Apart from commitments, guarantees and contingencies, as disclosed herein and Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies 
located within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference, as of December 31, 2017, the 
Company had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect 
on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. 

60

Contractual Obligations 

The Company’s material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:

Debt and related interest obligations

Senior notes

Term loans

Revolving $1.25 billion credit facility

Interest on senior notes

Total debt and related interest obligations

Operating leases

U.K. pension contractual obligations

Acquisition liabilities
Other contractual obligations (i)
Total contractual obligations

____________________ 

Total

2018

Payments due by

2019-2020

(in millions)

2021-2022

After 2022

$

3,506

$

— $

187

$

1,594

$

1,725

170

884

1,078

5,638

1,403

442

103

95

85

—

147

232

204

76

101

39

85

—

278

550

356

140

2

12

—

884

189

2,667

258

120

—

12

—

—

464

2,189

585

106

—

32

$

7,681

$

652

$

1,060

$

3,057

$

2,912

(i)  Other contractual obligations include capital lease commitments, put option obligations and investment fund capital call obligations, the timing of 

which are included at the earliest point they may fall due.

Debt obligations and facilities — The Company’s material debt and related interest obligations at December 31, 2017 are 
shown in the above table. Mandatory repayments of debt over the next 12 months include the scheduled repayment of the 
current portion of the Company’s 2019 term loan. The Company also has the right, at its option, to prepay indebtedness under 
the credit facility without further penalty and to redeem the senior notes by paying a ‘make-whole’ premium as provided under 
the applicable debt instrument. 

Operating Leases — We lease office space and furniture under operating lease agreements with terms typically ranging from 
three to twenty years. We have determined that there is not a large concentration of leases that will expire in any one fiscal year. 
Consequently, management anticipates that any increase in future rent expense on leases will be mainly market-driven. We also 
lease cars and selected computer equipment under operating lease agreements. For acquired operating leases, intangible assets 
or liabilities have been recognized for the difference between the contractual cash obligations and the estimated market rates at 
the time of acquisition. These intangibles are amortized to rent expense but do not affect our contractual cash obligations. See 
further discussion in Item 8, Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Pension Contributions — The Company has agreed with Trustees of certain plans in the U.K. to contribute deficit funding and 
minimum ongoing accrual of benefits funding and presented those obligations in the table above. These obligations exclude 
employee contributions and any potential funding level contributions, which are dependent on future funding level assessments. 
There are no contractual obligations for our U.S. pension plans. Our total expected contributions to all qualified pension plans, 
including amounts presented above, for the year ending December 31, 2018 are projected to be $150 million. Additionally, the 
Company expects to pay $54 million in benefits directly to participants for the year ended 2018.  

Tax Related Liabilities — 

•  Uncertain Tax Positions — The table above does not include liabilities for uncertain tax positions under ASC 740, 
Income Taxes. The settlement period for the $59 million liability, which excludes interest and penalties, cannot be 
reasonably estimated since it depends on the timing and possible outcomes of tax examinations with various tax 
authorities. 

• 

Transition Tax — The table above excludes a $72 million provisional transition tax payable resulting from U.S. Tax 
Reform. The Company can and will elect to pay this one-time tax liability over an eight-year period without interest.  
The one-time transition tax cannot be reasonably estimated because the Company has a significant number of foreign 
subsidiaries and therefore has not yet completed its calculation of the total post-1986 E&P as well as non-U.S. income 
taxes paid for these foreign subsidiaries. The Company expects to revise its estimates throughout 2018 when actual 
results become available. Future guidance may be released which could also impact these estimates.

61

 
Guarantees, Acquisition Liabilities and Other Contractual Obligations — Information regarding guarantees and other 
contractual obligations and their impact on the financial statements is set forth in Item 8, Note 13 — Commitments and 
Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Claims, Lawsuits and Other Proceedings, including Stanford Financial Group Litigation — Information regarding claims, 
lawsuits and other proceedings, including the Stanford Financial Group litigation, and their impact on the consolidated 
financial statements is set forth in Item 8, Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In order to assist readers of our consolidated financial statements in understanding the core operating results that Willis Towers 
Watson’s management uses to evaluate the business and for financial planning purposes, we present the following non-GAAP 
measures and their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure: 

Most Directly Comparable U.S. GAAP Measure

Non-GAAP Measure

Total revenues

As reported change

As reported change

Income from operations

Net income

Adjusted revenues

Constant currency change

Organic change

Adjusted operating income

Adjusted EBITDA

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson
Diluted earnings per share

Income from operations before income taxes and interest in

earnings of associates

Adjusted net income
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Adjusted income before taxes

Provision for income taxes/U.S. GAAP tax rate

Adjusted income taxes/tax rate

Net cash from operating activities

Free cash flow

The Company believes that these measures are relevant and provide useful information widely used by analysts, investors and 
other interested parties in our industry to provide a baseline for evaluating and comparing our operating performance, and in 
the case of free cash flow, our liquidity results. 

Within the measures referred to as “adjusted”, we have adjusted for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which 
we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include the following:

•  Restructuring costs and transaction and integration expenses - Management believes it is appropriate to adjust for 

restructuring costs and transaction and integration expenses when they relate to a specific significant program with a 
defined set of activities and costs that are not expected to continue beyond a defined period of time, or one-time 
Merger-related transaction expenses. We believe the adjustment is necessary to present how the Company is 
performing, both now and in the future when these programs will have concluded.

• 

• 

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses - Adjustment to remove significant pension settlement and 
curtailment gains and losses to better present how the Company is performing.  

Fair value adjustment to deferred revenue - Adjustment in 2016 to normalize for the deferred revenue written down as 
part of the purchase accounting for the Merger. 

•  Gains and losses on disposals of operations - Adjustment to remove the gain or loss resulting from disposed 

operations. 

• 

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation - The 2016 provision for the Stanford litigation matter, which we 
consider to be a non-ordinary course litigation matter. We will also include other litigation matters which we believe 
are not representative of our core business operations. 

•  Venezuelan currency devaluation - Foreign exchange losses incurred as a consequence of the Venezuelan 

government’s enforced changes to exchange rate mechanisms.  

•  Tax effects of internal reorganizations - Relates to the U.S. income tax expense resulting from the completion of 
internal reorganizations of the ownership of certain businesses that reduced the investments held by our U.S.-
controlled subsidiaries.

62

•  Tax effect of U.S.Tax Reform - Relates to the (1) U.S. income tax adjustment of deferred taxes upon the change in the 
federal corporate tax rate, (2) the impact of the one-time transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings net of foreign 
tax credits, and (3) the re-measurement of our net deferred tax liabilities associated with the U.S. tax on certain foreign 
earnings offset with a write-off of deferred tax assets that will no longer be realizable under U.S. Tax Reform.

•  Deferred tax valuation allowance - Adjustment to remove the effects of a release of the valuation allowance against 

certain U.S. deferred tax assets. 

•  Gain on re-measurement of equity interests - The Company recognized a gain as a result of re-measuring its prior 

equity interest in Gras Savoye held before the business combination in 2015. 

These non-GAAP measures are not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly 
titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the 
information contained within our consolidated financial statements. 

The pro forma financial information for 2015 is only for Willis and Towers Watson and does not include Gras Savoye or other 
M&A activity on a pro forma basis. 

Adjusted Revenues 

We consider adjusted revenues to be an important financial measure, which is used to internally evaluate and assess our core 
operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.  

Adjusted revenues is defined as total revenues adjusted for the fair value adjustment for deferred revenues that would otherwise 
have been recognized but for the purchase accounting treatment of these transactions. U.S. GAAP accounting requires the 
elimination of this revenue.  

We have included the reconciliation of total revenues to adjusted revenues in the table below, together with our reconciliation 
of the pro forma revenues change to the constant currency and organic changes. 

Constant Currency Change and Organic Change 

We evaluate our revenues on an as reported (U.S. GAAP), constant currency and organic basis. We believe providing constant 
currency and organic information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our comparable results, consistent 
with how we evaluate our performance internally. 

•  Constant Currency Change - Represents the year over year change in revenues excluding the impact of foreign 

currency fluctuations. To calculate this impact, the prior year local currency results are first translated using the current 
year monthly average exchange rates. The change is calculated by comparing the prior year revenues, translated at the 
current year monthly average exchange rates, to the current year as reported revenues, for the same period. We believe 
constant currency measures provide useful information to investors because they provide transparency to performance 
by excluding the effect that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have on period-over-period comparability 
given volatility in foreign currency exchange markets. 

•  Organic Change - Excludes both the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as described above, as 
well as the period-over-period impact of acquisitions and divestitures. We believe that excluding transaction-related 
items from our U.S. GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information to our investors, and it is 
important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been had we not incurred these transaction-related 
items, since the nature, size and number of these transaction-related items can vary from period to period. 

The constant currency and organic change results, and a reconciliation from the reported results for consolidated revenues, are 
included in the Consolidated Revenues section within this Form 10-K. These measures are also reported by segment in the ‘As 
Reported Segment Revenues’ and ‘Supplementary Pro Forma Segment Revenues’ sections within this Form 10-K. 

63

A reconciliation of total revenues to adjusted revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and a reconciliation of 
the reported change to the constant currency and organic changes for the year ended December 31, 2017 from the prior year is 
as follows:

Years Ended December 31, 

2017

2016

($ in millions)

Components of Revenue Change(i)

As
Reported
Change

Currency
Impact

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

Total revenues

Fair value adjustment for
deferred revenue

Adjusted revenues

$

$

8,202

$

7,887

4%

—%

4%

—%

5%

—

58

8,202

$

7,945

3%

—%

4%

—%

4%

____________________
(i)   Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. 

A reconciliation of total revenues to adjusted revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma 2015, and a 
reconciliation of the pro forma change to the constant currency and organic changes for the year ended December 31, 2016 
from the prior year is as follows:

Year Ended 
 December 31,

Pro Forma

2016

2015

(in millions)

Pro Forma
Change

Currency
Impact

Components of Change

Constant
Currency
Change

Acquisitions/
Divestitures

Organic
Change

7,887

$

7,492

5%

(3)%

8%

58

—

7,945

$

7,492

6%

(3)%

9%

7%

7%

1%

2%

Total revenues

Fair value adjustment for
deferred revenue

Adjusted revenues

$

$

Adjusted Operating Income 

We consider adjusted operating income to be an important financial measure, which is used to internally evaluate and assess 
our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.  

Adjusted operating income is defined as income from operations adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and 
integration expenses, significant litigation settlements, significant pension settlement and curtailment activity, the fair value 
adjustment for deferred revenue and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-
period assessment of operating results. 

A reconciliation of income from operations to adjusted operating income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as 
follows:

Income from operations

Adjusted for certain items:

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses
Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses

Years Ended December 31, 

2017

2016

$

(in millions)

738

$

581

132

269
11

—

36

551

591

193

177
50

58

—

Adjusted operating income

$

1,767

$

1,620

64

Adjusted operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased to $1.8 billion, from $1.6 billion for the year ended 
December 31, 2016, an increase of $147 million, or 9%. Income from operations increased by $187 million, largely due to 
revenue growth across all segments partially offset by higher salary and benefits costs. The prior year also included settlement 
income of  £28 million ($41 million) related to the Fine Arts, Jewellery and Specie team. 

A reconciliation of income from operations to adjusted operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma 
year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows: 

Income from operations

Adjusted for certain items:

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Adjusted operating income

_____________________ 

Year Ended 
 December 31, 2016

Year Ended 
 December 31, 2015

Willis Towers
Watson

Legacy Willis

Pro Forma
Towers Watson (i)

Pro Forma Willis
Towers Watson

$

551

$

591

193

177

50

58

(in millions)

427

76

126

73

70

—

338

$

459

—
(58)
—

—

765

535

126

15

70

—

$

1,620

$

772

$

739

$

1,511

(i) 

Includes pro forma adjustments made in the Supplementary Pro Forma Financial Information section in this Form 10-K. 

Adjusted operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1.6 billion, compared to pro forma $1.5 billion for the 
year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $109 million. The increase in adjusted operating income for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by our acquisition of Gras Savoye, the settlement with JLT of £28 million ($41 
million) related to the Fine Art, Jewellery and Specie team, and the performance of our Benefits Delivery and Administration 
segment. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

We consider adjusted EBITDA to be an important financial measure, which is used to internally evaluate and assess our core 
operations, to benchmark our operating results against our competitors, and to evaluate and measure our performance-based 
compensation plans. 

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income/(loss) adjusted for provision for/(benefit from) income taxes, interest expense, 
depreciation and amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, significant litigation settlements, 
significant pension settlement and curtailment activity, the fair value adjustment for deferred revenue, loss/(gain) on disposal of 
operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of 
operating results. 

65

A reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows: 

NET INCOME

Benefit from income taxes

Interest expense

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation

Adjusted EBITDA

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

$

(in millions)

$

592
(100)
188

203

581

132

269

11

—

36
(13)
2

438
(96)
184

178

591

193

177

50

58

—
(2)
—

$

1,901

$

1,771

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1.9 billion, compared to $1.8 billion for the year ended 
December 31, 2016, an increase of $130 million, or 7%. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 
2017 was largely due to revenue growth across all segments partially offset by higher salary and benefits costs. The prior year 
also included settlement income of  £28 million ($41 million) related to the Fine Arts, Jewellery and Specie team. 

A reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 and pro forma year ended 
December 31, 2015 is as follows: 

Year Ended 
 December 31, 2016

Year Ended 
 December 31, 2015

Willis Towers
Watson

Legacy Willis

Pro Forma
Towers Watson (i)

Pro Forma Willis
Towers Watson

(in millions)

NET INCOME

$

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

Interest expense

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs
Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation

Gain on re-measurement of equity interests

$

438
(96)
184

178

591

193
177

50

58
(2)
—

—

Adjusted EBITDA

____________________ 

$

1,771

$

384
(33)
142

95

76

126
73

70

—
(25)
30
(59)
879

$

$

268

103

22

64

459

—
(58)
—

—
(55)
—

—

$

803

$

652

70

164

159

535

126
15

70

—
(80)
30
(59)
1,682

 (i)   Includes pro forma adjustments made in the Supplementary Pro Forma Financial Information section in this Form 10-K.

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1.8 billion, compared to pro forma $1.7 billion for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $89 million. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 
2016 was primarily driven by our acquisition of Gras Savoye, the settlement with JLT of £28 million ($41 million) related to 
the Fine Art, Jewellery and Specie team, and the performance of our Benefits Delivery and Administration segment. 

66

 
 
Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share 

Adjusted net income is defined as net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson adjusted for amortization, restructuring 
costs, transaction and integration expenses, significant litigation settlements, significant pension settlement and curtailment 
activity, the fair value adjustment of deferred revenue, loss/(gain) on disposal of operations and non-recurring items that, in 
management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results and the related tax effect of 
those adjustments, the tax effects of internal reorganizations and U.S. Tax Reform. This measure is used solely for the purpose 
of calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share. 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share is defined as adjusted net income divided by the weighted average number of shares of 
common stock, diluted. Adjusted diluted earnings per share is used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to 
benchmark our operating results against our competitors. 

67

A reconciliation of net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson to adjusted diluted earnings per share for the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

$

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

($ in millions)

568

$

Adjusted for certain items:

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation
Tax effect on certain items listed above (i)
Tax effects of internal reorganizations

Tax effect of U.S. Tax Reform

Deferred tax valuation allowance

Adjusted net income

Weighted average shares of common stock — diluted (millions of shares)

Diluted earnings per share, as reported from operations

Adjusted for certain items:

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation
Tax effect on certain items listed above (i)
Tax effects of internal reorganizations

Tax effect of U.S. Tax Reform

Deferred tax valuation allowance

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

____________________ 

581

132

269

11

—

36
(13)
2
(275)
48
(204)
—

$

$

1,155

$

136

4.18

$

4.28

0.97

1.98

0.08

—

0.27
(0.09)
0.01
(2.02)
0.35
(1.50)
—

$

8.51

$

420

591

193

177

50

58

—
(2)
—
(320)
—

—
(69)
1,098

138

3.04

4.28

1.40

1.28

0.36

0.42

—
(0.01)
—
(2.31)
—

—
(0.50)
7.96

(i)  The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item. 

Our adjusted diluted earnings per share increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year 
primarily due to revenue growth across all segments partially offset by higher salary and benefits costs. The prior year also 
included settlement income of  £28 million ($41 million) related to the Fine Arts, Jewellery and Specie team. 

68

A reconciliation of net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson to adjusted diluted earnings per share for the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,

2016

Willis Towers
Watson

2015 (ii)

Legacy Willis

(in millions, except per share amounts)

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

$

420

$

Adjusted for certain items:

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation

Gain on re-measurement of equity interests
Tax effect on certain items listed above (i)
Deferred tax valuation allowance

Adjusted net income

Weighted average shares of common stock — diluted (millions of shares)

Diluted earnings per share, as reported from operations

Adjusted for certain acquisition related items:

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation

Gain on re-measurement of equity interests
Tax effect on certain items listed above (i)
Deferred tax valuation allowance

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

____________________ 

591

193

177

50

58
(2)
—

—
(320)
(69)
1,098

$

138

3.04

$

4.28

1.40

1.28

0.36

0.42
(0.01)
—

—
(2.31)
(0.50)
7.96

$

$

$

$

373

76

126

73

70

—
(25)
30
(59)
(83)
(96)
485

69

5.41

1.10

1.83

1.06

1.01

—
(0.36)
0.43
(0.86)
(1.20)
(1.39)
7.03

(i)  The tax effect was calculated using the statutory tax rate applicable to the item being adjusted for in the jurisdiction from which each adjustment 

arises. 

(ii)  We have not presented this measure on a comparative pro forma basis because it is not practical to present the 2015 adjusted income tax effects on a 

pro forma basis, as making tax-effected non-GAAP adjustments on a proforma basis would be highly speculative in nature. 

Adjusted Income Before Taxes and Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate 

Adjusted income before taxes is defined as income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates 
adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, significant litigation settlements, significant 
pension settlement and curtailment activity, the fair value adjustment of deferred revenue, (gain)/loss on disposal of operations 
and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating 
results. Adjusted income before taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate. 

Adjusted income taxes/tax rate is defined as the provision for/(benefit from) income taxes adjusted for taxes on certain items of 
amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, significant litigation settlements, significant pension 

69

settlement and curtailment activity, the fair value adjustment for deferred revenue, loss/(gain) on disposal of operations, tax 
effects of internal reorganizations and U.S. Tax Reform, and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly 
affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results, divided by adjusted income before taxes. Adjusted income taxes 
is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate.  

Management believes the adjusted income tax rate presents a rate that is more closely aligned to the rate we would incur if not 
for the reduction of pre-tax income for the adjusted items, the tax effects of our internal reorganizations and the tax effect of 
U.S. Tax Reform, which are not core to our current and future operations. 

Reconciliations of income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates to adjusted income before 
taxes and provision for/(benefit from) income taxes to adjusted income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 
are as follows:

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN

EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

Adjusted for certain items:

Amortization
Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses

Gain on disposal of operations

Venezuela currency devaluation

Adjusted income before taxes

Benefit from income taxes

Tax effect on certain items listed above(i)
Tax effects of internal reorganizations

Tax effect of U.S. Tax Reform

 Deferred tax valuation allowance

Adjusted income taxes

U.S. GAAP tax rate
Adjusted income tax rate

____________________ 

Years Ended December 31,
2016 (ii)

2017

($ in millions)

$

489

$

581
132

269

11

—

36

(13)

2

1,507

(100)

275

(48)

204

—

331

$

$

$

$

$

$

340

591
193

177

50

58

—

(2)

—

1,407

(96)

320

—

—

69

293

(20.5)%
21.9 %

(28.1)%
20.8 %

(i)    The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item. 
(ii)   We have not presented this measure on a comparative basis with 2015 because it is not practical to present the 2015 adjusted income tax rate on a pro 

forma basis, as making tax-effected non-GAAP adjustments on a proforma basis would be highly speculative in nature. 

Our adjusted income tax rates were 21.9% and 20.8% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The 
lower adjusted tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to a prior year tax benefit resulting from an 
enacted statutory tax rate reduction in the U.K.

Free Cash Flow 

Free cash flow is defined as cash flows from operating activities less cash used to purchase fixed assets and software for 
internal use and is used to evaluate our liquidity. 

70

Reconciliations of cash flows from operating activities to free cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 
2015 are as follows: 

Cash flows from operating activities

Less: Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use

Free Cash Flow

__________________________

Years ended December 31,
2016(i)

2015(i)

2017

(in millions)

$

$

862
(300)
562

$

$

933
(218)
715

$

$

244
(146)
98

(i) As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-09, cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 increased by $13 

million and $1 million, respectively, increasing free cash flow by the same amount. See Item 8, Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting 
Policies of this Form 10-K report for a further discussion of this change. 

The decrease in free cash flows in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily resulted from higher capital expenditures and higher 
discretionary compensation payments made in 2017 for the 2016 compensation cycle. These discretionary compensation 
payments were lower in 2016 because they included only a partial payment to Legacy Towers Watson colleagues due to the 
timing of the Merger. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

These consolidated financial statements conform to U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date 
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, 
judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of 
estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas that we believe 
are critical accounting policies include valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary compensation, 
income taxes, commitments, contingencies and accrued liabilities, pension assumptions, and goodwill and intangible assets. 
The critical accounting policies discussed below involve making difficult, subjective or complex accounting estimates that 
could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. These critical accounting policies require us to 
make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time of the estimate or assumption. Different estimates that we 
could have used, or changes in estimates that are reasonably likely to occur, may have a material effect on our financial 
condition and results of operations.

Valuation of Billed and Unbilled Receivables from Clients

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to reflect estimated losses resulting from the clients’ failure to pay for the 
services after the services have been rendered, including allowances when client disputes may exist. The related provision is 
recorded as a reduction to revenue. Our allowance policy is based on the aging of the billed and unbilled client receivables and 
has been developed based on the write-off history. Facts and circumstances such as the average length of time the receivables 
are past due, general market conditions, current economic trends and our clients’ ability to pay may cause fluctuations in our 
valuation of billed and unbilled receivables.

Discretionary Compensation

Our compensation program includes a discretionary bonus that is determined by management and has historically been paid 
once per fiscal year in the form of cash and/or deferred stock units after our annual operating results are finalized.

An estimated annual bonus amount is initially developed at the beginning of each fiscal year in conjunction with our budgeting 
process. Estimated annual operating performance is reviewed quarterly and the discretionary annual bonus amount is then 
adjusted, if necessary, by management to reflect changes in the forecast of pre-bonus profitability for the year.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to 
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and 
operating and capital loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates in 
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and 
liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which the change is 
enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance at such time as, based on available 
evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company adjusts valuation allowances 

71

to measure deferred tax assets at the amount considered realizable in future periods if the Company’s facts and assumptions 
change. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future 
reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and the results of 
recent financial operations. We place more reliance on evidence that is objectively verifiable.

Commitments, Contingencies and Accrued Liabilities

We have established provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally 
to alleged errors and omissions in connection with the placement of insurance and reinsurance and consulting services in the 
ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also claims that have been 
incurred but not reported. These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews 
and are believed to be adequate in the light of current information and legal advice. In certain cases, where a range of loss 
exists, we accrue the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount.  

See Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Pension Assumptions

We maintain defined benefit pension plans for employees in several countries, with the most significant defined benefit plans 
offered in the U.S. and U.K.  Our disclosures in Note 12 — Retirement Benefits contain additional information about our other 
less significant but material retirement plans. Within our critical accounting policy discussion, we have excluded analysis for 
plans outside of those noted in the description below, as any variance of recorded information based on management’s 
estimates would be immaterial. 

Descriptions of our U.S. and U.K. plans, which comprise 91% of our projected benefit obligations and 93% of our plan assets, 
are below:

United States

Legacy Willis – This plan was frozen in 2009. Approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the 
United States have a frozen accrued benefit under this plan.

Willis Towers Watson Plan – Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in this plan. Benefits are 
provided under a stable value pension plan design. The original stable value design came into effect on January 1, 
2012. As of July 1, 2017, existing plan participants earn benefits without having to make employee contributions, and 
all newly eligible employees are required to contribute 2% of pay to participate in the plan. 

United Kingdom

Legacy Willis – This plan covers approximately one third of the Legacy Willis employees in the United Kingdom. The 
plan is now closed to new entrants. New employees in the United Kingdom are offered the opportunity to join a 
defined contribution plan. 

Legacy Towers Watson – Benefit accruals earned under the Legacy Watson Wyatt defined benefit plan (predominantly 
pension benefits) ceased on February 28, 2015, although benefits earned prior to January 1, 2008 retain a link to salary 
until the employee leaves the Company. Benefit accruals earned under the legacy Towers Perrin defined benefit plan 
(predominantly lump sum benefits) were frozen on March 31, 2008. All participants now accrue defined contribution 
benefits. 

Legacy Miller – The plan provides retirement benefits based on members’ salaries at the point at which they ceased to 
accrue benefits under the scheme. 

The determination of the Company’s obligations and annual expense under the plans is based on a number of assumptions that, 
given the longevity of the plans, are long-term in focus. A change in one or a combination of these assumptions could have a 
material impact on our projected benefit obligation. However, certain of these changes, such as changes in the discount rates 
and other actuarial assumptions, are not recognized immediately in net income, but are instead recorded in other comprehensive 
income. The accumulated gains and losses not yet recognized in net income are amortized into net income as a component of 
the net periodic benefit cost/(credit) based on the average working life expectancy of each of the plan’s active participants to 
the extent that the net gains or losses as of the beginning of the year exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of 
plan assets or the projected benefit obligation. 

Willis Towers Watson considers several factors prior to the start of each fiscal year when determining the appropriate annual 
assumptions, including economic forecasts, relevant benchmarks, historical trends, portfolio composition and peer company 
comparisons. These assumptions, used to determine our pension liabilities and pension expense are reviewed annually by senior 

72

management and changed when appropriate. A discount rate will be changed annually if underlying rates have moved, whereas 
the expected long-term return on assets will be changed less frequently as longer term trends in asset returns emerge or long 
term target asset allocations are revised. To calculate the discount rate, we use the granular approach to determining service cost 
and interest cost. We began using this method to calculate the discount rate in 2016. This was treated as a change in accounting 
estimate, and resulted in a credit of $51 million included in our total net periodic benefit income. The expected rate of return 
assumptions for all plans are supported by an analysis of the weighted-average yield expected to be achieved with the 
anticipated makeup of investments. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, and the expected long-
term rate of compensation and pension increases.

Funding is based on actuarially determined contributions and is limited to amounts that are currently deductible for tax 
purposes, or as agreed to with the plan trustees for the U.K. plans. Since funding calculations are based on different 
measurements than those used for accounting purposes, pension contributions are not equal to net periodic benefit cost. 

We recorded a combined $113 million net periodic benefit income for our U.S. and U.K. plans for the year ended December 31, 
2017. For the U.S. and U.K. plans, the following table presents our estimated net periodic benefit income for 2018 and the 
impact to both plans of a 0.25% increase and decrease to both the expected return on assets (‘EROA’) and the discount rate 
assumptions, and the projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2017 and the impact of a 0.25% increase and decrease to 
the discount rates:

Totals -
current
estimates

Impact of 0.25% change to
EROA

Impact of 0.25% change to
discount rate

Increase

Decrease

Increase

Decrease

Estimated 2018 (income):

U.S. Plans

U.K. Plans

Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2017:

U.S. Plans

U.K. Plans

$

$

$

$

(56) $
(164) $

(9) $
(12) $

9

12

$

$

2
$
(9) $

4,476

4,165

N/A

N/A

N/A $

N/A $

(139) $
(190) $

3

11

146

203

Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effects of changes in key 
assumptions are not necessarily linear.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Impairment Review

In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and 
liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. 
Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of 
intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for 
impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of 
October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise. The fair value of the intangible assets is compared with their carrying 
value and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. 
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise. 

Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, and the Company had nine reporting units as of October 1, 2017.

During fiscal year 2017, the Company performed Step 1 of the two-step impairment test for all reporting units. Each of the 
reporting units' estimated fair values were in excess of their carrying values. To perform the test, we used valuation techniques 
to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit that fall under income or market approaches. Under the discounted cash flow 
method, an income approach, the business enterprise value is determined by discounting to present value the terminal value 
which is calculated using debt-free after-tax cash flows for a finite period of years. Key estimates in this approach were internal 
financial projection estimates prepared by management, business risk, and expected rates of return on capital. The guideline 
company method, a market approach, develops valuation multiples by comparing our reporting units to similar publicly traded 
companies. Key estimates and selection of valuation multiples rely on the selection of similar companies, obtaining estimates 
of forecast revenues and EBITDA estimates for the similar companies and selection of valuation multiples as they apply to the 
reporting unit characteristics. Under the similar transactions method, a market approach, actual transaction prices and operating 
data from companies deemed reasonably similar to the reporting units is used to develop valuation multiples as an indication of 
how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for the business units.

73

If the Company was required to perform Step 2, we would determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit used in Step 1 
to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit (including any recognized or unrecognized intangible assets) as if the 
reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then the implied fair value of goodwill would be compared to the 
carrying amount of goodwill to determine if goodwill is impaired. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we did not record 
any impairment losses of goodwill or intangibles.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

While we are still in the process of analyzing the various Accounting Standards Updates (‘ASU’) issued by the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’), those which we believe will have a material impact to our financial statements are 
listed below. See Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements 
within Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information.

•  ASU No. 2014-09 ‘Revenue From Contracts With Customers’

  The Company has adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach on January 1, 2018, and 

has applied the new standard only to contracts that are not completed as of the transition date.  

  Certain revenue streams have accelerated revenue recognition timing. In particular, the revenue recognition 
for our Individual Marketplace (formerly Retiree & Access Exchanges) has moved from monthly ratable 
recognition over the policy period, to the recognition upon placement of the policy. Consequently, the 
Company will now recognize the majority of one calendar year of expected commissions during its fourth 
quarter of the preceding calendar year. Therefore, at the adoption date, we have reflected an adjustment to 
retained earnings for the portion of the revenue that would otherwise have been recognized during our 2018 
calendar year since our earnings process was largely completed during the fourth quarter of 2017.  

  Additionally, the revenue recognition for proportional treaty broking commissions has moved from 

recognition upon the receipt of the monthly or quarterly statements, to the recognition of an estimate of 
expected commissions upon the policy effective date. Since the majority of revenue recognized historically 
based on these monthly or quarterly statements was received over a two-year period, we will reflect an 
adjustment to retained earnings at the adoption date for the portion of revenue that would otherwise have 
been recognized during our 2018 calendar year related to policies effective in 2017 or prior.

  Revenue recognition for certain other revenue streams has changed from recognizing revenue at a point in 

time to recognizing revenue over time. Specifically, certain arrangements in our Health and Benefits broking 
business will now be recognized evenly over the year to reflect the nature of the ongoing obligations to our 
customers as well as receipt of the monthly commissions. These contracts are monthly or annual in nature 
and are considered complete as of the transition date. Therefore, no retained earnings adjustment is required. 

  Our accounting for deferred costs will change. First, for those portions of the business that previously 

deferred costs (related to system implementation activities), the length of time over which we amortize those 
costs will extend to a longer estimated contract term. For 2017 calendar year and prior, these costs were 
amortized over a typical period of  3-5 years in accordance with the initial stated terms of the customer 
agreements. Second, other types of arrangements with associated costs now meet the criteria for cost deferral 
under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This guidance will now apply to our broking 
arrangements and certain consulting engagements. We have calculated a retained earnings adjustment to 
reflect this cumulative change for contracts not complete as of the transition date. 

  Although we are still finalizing the impact to retained earnings as of January 1, 2018, we expect the total 

range of adjustment, before the effect of taxes, to be an increase to retained earnings of $375 million to $475 
million.  

•  ASU No. 2016-02 ‘Leases’

  The majority of our leases are currently considered operating leases and will be capitalized as a lease asset on 
our balance sheets with a related lease liability for the obligated lease payments when the ASU is adopted. 
The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of the 2019 fiscal year; early adoption is 
permitted.

74

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. In order to manage the risk 
arising from these exposures, we enter into a variety of interest rate and foreign currency derivatives. We do not hold financial 
or derivative instruments for trading purposes. 

A discussion of our accounting policies for financial and derivative instruments is included in Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, 
Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments 
within Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Foreign Exchange Risk  

Because of the large number of countries and currencies we operate in, movements in currency exchange rates may affect our 
results. 

We report our operating results and financial condition in U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenues and incur expenses 
primarily in U.S. dollars. Outside the United States, we predominantly generate revenues and expenses in the local currency 
with the exception of our London market operations which earn revenues in several currencies but incur expenses 
predominantly in Pounds sterling. 

The table below gives an approximate analysis of revenues and expenses by currency in 2017.

Revenues
Expenses (i)

____________________ 

U.S.
dollars

55%

50%

Pounds
sterling

13%

19%

Euro

15%

13%

Other
currencies

17%

18%

(i)  These percentages exclude certain expenses for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core 
to our current or future operations. These items include Merger-related amortization of intangible assets, restructuring costs, transaction and 
integration expenses, and significant pension settlements. 

Our principal exposures to foreign exchange risk arise from: 

• 

• 

our London market operations; and 

translation. 

London market operations 

The Company’s primary foreign exchange risks in its London market operations arise from changes in the exchange rate 
between the U.S. dollar and Pound sterling as its London market operations earn the majority of its revenues in U.S. dollars but 
incurs expenses predominantly in Pounds sterling, and may also hold a significant net sterling asset or liability position on the 
balance sheet. In addition, the London market operations earn significant revenues in Euro and Japanese yen. 

The foreign exchange risks in our London market operations are hedged to the extent that: 

• 

• 

forecast Pounds sterling expenses exceed Pounds sterling revenues, in which case the Company limits its exposure to this 
exchange rate risk by the use of forward contracts matched to forecast Pounds sterling outflows arising in the ordinary 
course of business. In addition, we are also exposed to foreign exchange risk on any net Pounds sterling asset or liability 
position in our London market operations;  

the U.K. operations also earn significant revenues in Euro and Japanese yen. The Company limits its exposure to changes 
in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and these currencies by the use of foreign exchange contracts matched to a 
proportion of forecast cash inflows in these specific currencies and periods; and 

•  Miller Insurance Services LLP, which is a Pounds sterling functional entity, earns significant non-functional currency 
revenues, in which case the Company limits its exposure to exchange rate changes by the use of foreign exchange 
contracts matched to a proportion of forecast cash inflows in specific currencies and periods. 

Translation risk 

Outside our U.S. and London market operations, we predominantly earn revenues and incur expenses in the local currency. 
When we translate the results and net assets of these operations into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes, movements in 

75

exchange rates will affect reported results and net assets. For example, if the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Euro, the 
reported results of our Eurozone operations in U.S. dollar terms will be lower. 

With the exception of foreign currency hedges for certain intercompany loans that are not designated as hedging instruments, 
we do not hedge translation risk. 

The table below provides information about our foreign currency forward exchange contracts, which are sensitive to exchange 
rate risk. The table summarizes the U.S. dollar equivalent amounts of each currency bought and sold forward and the weighted 
average contractual exchange rates. All forward exchange contracts mature within three years.

December 31, 2017

Foreign currency sold

U.S. dollars sold for Pounds
sterling

Euros sold for U.S. dollars
Japanese yen sold for U.S.
dollars
Euros sold for Pounds sterling

Total
Fair value (i)

Contract
amount

(millions)

$

$

$

392

78

29

15

514

(25)

2018
Average contractual
exchange rate

Settlement date before December 31,

Contract
amount

(millions)

2019
Average contractual
exchange rate

Contract
amount

(millions)

2020
Average contractual
exchange rate

$1.40 = £1

$

€1 = $1.16

¥110.67 = $1

€1 = £1.22

$

$

236

47

17

9

309

3

$1.36 = £1

$

€1 = $1.20

¥105.19 - $1

€1 = £1.13

91

15

4

4

$1.37 = £1

€1 = $1.23

¥104.11 = $1

€1 = £1.10

$

$

114

1

____________________ 
(i)  Represents the difference between the contract amount and the cash flow in U.S. dollars which would have been receivable had the foreign currency 

forward exchange contracts been entered into on December 31, 2017 at the forward exchange rates prevailing at that date. 

Income earned within foreign subsidiaries outside of the United Kingdom is generally offset by expenses in the same local 
currency but the Company does have exposure to foreign exchange movements on the net income of these entities. 

Interest Rate Risk  

The Company has access to (i) $1.25 billion under a revolving credit facility expiring March 7, 2022, and (ii) $20 million 
available under another revolving credit facility which is only available for specific regulatory purposes. As of December 31, 
2017, $884 million was drawn on these facilities. We are also subject to market risk from exposure to changes in interest rates 
based on our investing activities where our primary interest rate risk arises from changes in short-term interest rates in both 
U.S. dollars and Pounds sterling. 

As a result of our operating activities, we receive cash for premiums and claims which we deposit in short-term investments 
denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies. We earn interest on these funds, which is included in our consolidated 
financial statements as interest income. These funds are regulated in terms of access and the instruments in which they may be 
invested, most of which are short-term in maturity.  

The table below provides information about our derivative instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to 
changes in interest rates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional principal amounts and average interest rates 
analyzed by expected maturity dates. Notional principal amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be 
exchanged under the contracts. The duration of the interest rate swaps was three years, with re-fixing periods of three months. 
Average fixed and variable rates are, respectively, the weighted-average actual and market rates for the interest rate hedges in 
place. Market rates are the rates prevailing at December 31, 2017. We have evaluated the need for a sensitivity analysis, and 
based on the Company's debt, we believe this to be immaterial. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed rate debt
  Principal
  Fixed rate payable
Floating rate debt
  Principal
  Variable rate payable (ii) 
Derivatives - interest rate swaps
  Notional principal
  Fixed rate receivable
  Variable rate payable

Expected to mature before December 31,

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total

($ millions, except percentages)

Fair 
Value(i)

— $
—

187
7.000%

— $
—

950
4.684%

$

644
2.125%

$ 1,725

$ 3,506

$

3,737

4.406%

4.201%

$

$

85
3.339%

85
3.597%

— $
—
—

300
1.167%
0.567%

—
—

—
—
—

— $
—

884
3.965%

— $ 1,054
—

3.885%

$

1,054

—
—
—

—
—
—

— $
—
—

300
1.167%
0.567%

—

 ____________________ 
(i)  Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest or quoted market rates as appropriate.

(ii)  Represents the estimated interest rate payable.

Credit Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed to perform as contracted. 
The Company currently does not anticipate non-performance by its counterparties. The Company generally does not require 
collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. 

Concentrations of credit risk that arise from financial instruments exist for groups of customers or counterparties when they 
have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by 
changes in economic or other conditions. Financial instruments on the balance sheet that potentially subject the Company to 
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, fiduciary funds, accounts receivable and derivatives 
which are recorded at fair value. 

The Company maintains a policy providing for the diversification of cash and cash equivalent investments and places such 
investments in an extensive number of financial institutions to limit the amount of credit risk exposure. These financial 
institutions are monitored on an ongoing basis for credit quality predominantly using information provided by credit agencies.  

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of clients and markets in which the 
Company does business, as well as the dispersion across many geographic areas. Management does not believe significant risk 
exists in connection with the Company’s concentrations of credit as of December 31, 2017. 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

For the year ended December 31, 2017  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

79

81

82

83

84

86

78

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of 
Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes 
in equity and cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
"financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended December 31, 
2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission and our report dated February 28, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Philadelphia, PA
February 28, 2018 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

79

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of 
Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company
Dublin, Ireland

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting discussed in Note 2 
and before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of reportable segments 
discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated balance sheet of Willis Towers Watson Public 
Limited Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (the 2016 and 2015 
consolidated financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial 
statements are not presented herein). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such 2016 and 2015 consolidated financial statements, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively 
apply the changes in accounting discussed in Note 2 and before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures 
for a change in the composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We were not engaged to audit, review or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in 
accounting discussed in Note 2 or to the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of 
reportable segments discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion 
or any other form of assurance about whether such retrospective adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. 
Those retrospective adjustments were audited by other auditors.

/s/ Deloitte LLP
London, United Kingdom
March 1, 2017 

80

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Revenues

Commissions and fees
Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services
Salaries and benefits
Other operating expenses
Depreciation
Amortization
Restructuring costs
Transaction and integration expenses
Total costs of providing services

Income from operations

Interest expense
Other expense/(income), net

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN

EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

Benefit from income taxes

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF

ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
NET INCOME
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

EARNINGS PER SHARE (i)
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Cash dividends declared per share (i)

NET INCOME
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation
Defined pension and post-retirement benefits
Derivative instruments

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, before non-controlling interests
Comprehensive income/(loss) before non-controlling interests
Comprehensive (income)/loss attributable to non-controlling interests
Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

8,116
86
8,202

4,745
1,534
203
581
132
269
7,464
738
188
61

489
(100)

589
3
592
(24)
568

4.21
4.18

2.12

592

295
14
75
384
976
(37)
939

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

7,778
109
7,887

4,646
1,551
178
591
193
177
7,336
551
184
27

340
(96)

436
2
438
(18)
420

3.07
3.04

1.92

438

$

$

$
$

$

$

(353) $
(439)
(75)
(867)
(429)
2
(427) $

3,809
20
3,829

2,303
718
95
76
126
84
3,402
427
142
(55)

340
(33)

373
11
384
(11)
373

5.49
5.41

3.28

384

(133)
180
(28)
19
403
(1)
402

____________________ 
(i)  Basic and diluted earnings per share and cash dividends declared per share, for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been retroactively adjusted to 

reflect the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016.  See Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

81

 
 
WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Total current assets

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net

Pension benefits assets

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

1,030

$

$

$

$

$

12,155

2,246

430

15,861

985

10,519

3,882

764

447

16,597

32,458

12,155

1,711

85

804

14,755

4,450

1,259

615

558

544

7,426

22,181

870

10,505

2,080

337

13,792

839

10,413

4,368

488

353

16,461

30,253

10,505

1,481

508

876

13,370

3,357

1,321

864

575

532

6,649

20,019

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
EQUITY (i)

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

Treasury shares, at cost, 17,519 in 2017 and 795,816 in 2016, and 40,000 shares, €1

nominal value, in 2017 and 2016

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

28

51

10,538

1,104
(1,513)

(3)
10,126

123

10,249

$

32,458

$

10,596

1,452
(1,884)

(99)
10,065

118

10,183

30,253

____________________
(i)  Equity includes (a) Ordinary shares $0.000304635 nominal value; Authorized 1,510,003,775; Issued 132,139,581 (2017) and 137,075,068 (2016); 

Outstanding 132,139,581 (2017) and 136,296,771 (2016); (b) Ordinary shares, €1  nominal value; Authorized and Issued 40,000 shares in 2017 and 2016; 
and (c) Preference shares, $0.000115 nominal value; Authorized 1,000,000,000 and Issued none in 2017 and 2016.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

82

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

NET INCOME
Adjustments to reconcile net income to total net cash from operating

activities:
Depreciation
Amortization
Net periodic benefit of defined benefit pension plans
Provision for doubtful receivables from clients
Benefit from deferred income taxes
Share-based compensation
Non-cash foreign exchange loss/(gain)
Net gain on disposal of operations and fixed and intangible assets and

gain on re-measurement of equity interests

Other, net

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of

subsidiaries:
Accounts receivable
Fiduciary assets
Fiduciary liabilities
Other assets
Other liabilities
Provisions

Net cash from operating activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
Capitalized software costs
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
Net disposals of operations
Other, net

Net cash (used in)/from investing activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings/(payments) on revolving credit facility
Senior notes issued
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
Debt issuance costs
Repayments of debt
Repurchase of shares
Proceeds from issuance of shares
Payments for share cancellation related to legal settlement
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to

acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
Dividends paid
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

$

592

$

438

$

384

252
581
(91)
17
(285)
67
77

(13)
(57)

(64)
(1,167)
1,167
(128)
(51)
(35)
862

(300)
(75)
(13)
57
(4)
(335)

642
649
32
(9)
(734)
(532)
61
(177)

(65)
(18)
(277)
(51)
(479)
48
112
870
1,030

$

178
591
(93)
36
(244)
123
(28)

—
27

(101)
(249)
249
(233)
174
65
933

(218)
(85)
476
(1)
23
195

(237)
1,606
404
(14)
(1,901)
(396)
63
—

(67)
(13)
(199)
(21)
(775)
353
(15)
532
870

$

$

95
76
(78)
5
(99)
64
73

(90)
(8)

(155)
(508)
508
(5)
(61)
43
244

(146)
—
(857)
44
16
(943)

469
—
592
(5)
(166)
(82)
131
—

—
(1)
(277)
(21)
640
(59)
(44)
635
532

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

83

 
 
4
8
3

9
1

l
a
t
o
T

8
3
4

)
7
6
8
(

$

$

$

$

9
5

—

3

)
5
(

)
4
(

—

—

—

—

3
5

—

7

)
5
(

)
4
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

1
5

)
i
i
i
(

e
l
b
a
m
e
e
d
e
R

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

y
t
i
u
q
e

l
a
t
o
T

$

7
0
0
,
2

$

)
2
8
(

1
8
3

)
5
3
2
(

3
2

8
2
1

4
6

5
6

9

N
O
S
T
A
W
S
R
E
W
O
T
S
I
L
L
I
W

y
t
i

u
q
E
n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
C

f
o

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
C

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t

n
i

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o

r
e
b
m
u
n

d
n
a

s
r
a
l
l
o
d

.

.

S
U

f
o

s
n
o
i
l
l
i

m
n
I
(

-
n
o
N

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

W
T
W

l
a
t
o
T

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

y
t
i
u
q
e

)
i
i
(

L
C
O
A

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

s
e
r
a
h
s

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
i
-
d
i
a
p

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

)
i
(

s
e
r
a
h
S

g
n
i
d
n
a
t
s
t
u
o

2
2

—

8

)
1
1
(

)
6
(

—

—

8
1
1

—

$

5
8
9
,
1

$

)
6
6
0
,
1
(

$

)
3
(

$

0
3
5
,
1

$

4
2
5
,
1

$

0
6
4
,
7
6

5
1
0
2

,
1

y
r
a
u
n
a
J

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
2
8
(

3
7
3

)
4
2
2
(

9
2

8
2
1

4
6

)
3
5
(

9

—

—

—

9
2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
2
8
(

3
7
3

)
4
2
2
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8
2
1

4
6

)
3
5
(

9

—

—

—

)
6
4
6
(

—

—

—

1
1
8
,
1

k
c
o
t
s

e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e

r
e
d
n
u

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
n
a
l
p

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

)
s
s
o
l
(
/
e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

s
e
r
a
h
S

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

$

0
6
3
,
2

$

1
3
1

$

9
2
2
,
2

$

)
7
3
0
,
1
(

$

)
3
(

$

7
9
5
,
1

$

2
7
6
,
1

$

5
2
6
,
8
6

5
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

)
6
9
3
(

1
3
4

)
4
7
2
(

)
3
6
8
(

6
6

6
8
6
,
8

7
3

3
2
1

8

5

—

1
1

)
9
(

)
6
1
(

—

—

—

—

1

—

)
6
9
3
(

0
2
4

)
5
6
2
(

)
7
4
8
(

6
6

6
8
6
,
8

7
3

3
2
1

7

5

—

—

—

)
7
4
8
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
6
9
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
0
0
3
(

0
2
4

)
5
6
2
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6
6

7
3

3
2
1

7

5

6
8
6
,
8

—

—

—

)
0
7
1
,
3
(

2
4
3
,
1

0
0
5
,
9
6

—

—

—

—

k
c
o
t
s

e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e

r
e
d
n
u

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
n
a
l
p

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

s
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a

r
o
f

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

84

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

s
e
r
a
h
S

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
s

t
n
e
m
e
c
a
l
p
e
R

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a

n
o

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
d
r
a
w
a

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C

(

$

3
8
1
,
0
1

$

8
1
1

$

5
6
0
,
0
1

$

)
4
8
8
,
1
(

$

)
9
9
(

$

2
5
4
,
1

$

6
9
5
,
0
1

$

7
9
2
,
6
3
1

6
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
l
a
t
o
T

2
9
5

4
8
3

$

$

—

—

—

8

)
3
(

6

—

—

)
4
3
(

—

8
2

)
i
i
i
(

e
l
b
a
m
e
e
d
e
R

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
N

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

y
t
i
u
q
e

l
a
t
o
T

N
O
S
T
A
W
S
R
E
W
O
T
S
I
L
L
I
W

y
t
i

u
q
E
n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
C

f
o

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d

i
l
o
s
n
o
C

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t

n
i

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o

r
e
b
m
u
n

d
n
a

s
r
a
l
l
o
d

.

.

S
U

f
o

s
n
o
i
l
l
i

m
n
I
(

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
C

(

-
n
o
N

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

W
T
W

l
a
t
o
T

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

y
t
i
u
q
e

)
i
i
(

L
C
O
A

y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

s
e
r
a
h
s

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
i
-
d
i
a
p

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

)
3
(

)
2
3
5
(

)
7
7
1
(

4
8
5

)
0
0
3
(

8
7
3

2
6

7
6

)
3
(

)
0
1
(

—

—

—

6
1

)
5
1
(

7

—

—

)
3
(

—

)
3
(

)
2
3
5
(

)
7
7
1
(

8
6
5

)
5
8
2
(

1
7
3

2
6

7
6

—

)
0
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

1
7
3

—

—

—

—

—

—

6
9

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
3
(

)
2
3
5
(

)
6
9
(

8
6
5

)
5
8
2
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
7
7
1
(

—

—

—

2
6

7
6

—

)
0
1
(

)
i
(

—

s
e
r
a
h
S

g
n
i
d
n
a
t
s
t
u
o

)
2

e
t
o
N
e
e
S
(

6
1
-
6
1
0
2
U
S
A

f
o

n
o
i
t
p
o
d
A

)
7
9
7
,
3
(

)
5
1
4
,
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

5
5
0
,
1

k
c
o
t
s

e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e

r
e
d
n
u

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
n
a
l
p

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

e
m
o
c
n
i

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

f
o

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c

n
g
i
e
r
o
F

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r

s
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
l
e
c
n
a
c

s
e
r
a
h
S

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f

d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

e
h
t

o
t

s
e
t
o
n

g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
e
S

3

e
t
o
N
e
e
S

.
6
1
0
2

,
4

y
r
a
u
n
a
J

n
o

t
i
l
p
s

k
c
o
t
s

e
s
r
e
v
e
r

e
h
t

t
c
e
l
f
e
r

o
t

d
e
t
s
u
j
d
a

y
l
e
v
i
t
c
a
o
r
t
e
r

n
e
e
b

e
v
a
h

5
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
d
e
d
n
e

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

n
i

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
e
r
a
h
s

y
r
a
n
i
d
r
o

f
o
r
e
b
m
u
n

e
h
t

d
n
a

s
e
r
a
h
s

y
r
a
n
i
d
r
o
e
h
t

f
o

e
u
l
a
v

l
a
n
i
m
o
n

e
h
T

)
i
(

_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_

.

B
A
g
n
i
d
l
o
H
n
e
s
s
e
i
h
t
t
a

M
x
a
M
o
t

d
e
t
a
l
e
r

s
i

t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i

g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
-
n
o
n

e
h
T

.
)
’
L
C
O
A

‘
(

x
a
t

f
o

t
e
n

,
s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
o

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

.
s
l
i
a
t
e
d

r
e
h
t
r
u
f

r
o
f

s
e
r
u
t
i
t
s
e
v
i
D
d
n
a

s
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A

,
r
e
g
r
e

M
—

)
i
i
(

)
i
i
i
(

85

$

9
4
2
,
0
1

$

3
2
1

$

6
2
1
,
0
1

$

)
3
1
5
,
1
(

$

)
3
(

$

4
0
1
,
1

$

8
3
5
,
0
1

$

0
4
1
,
2
3
1

7
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o

s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Tabular amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

Note 1 — Nature of Operations

Willis Towers Watson plc is a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn 
risk into a path for growth. Willis Towers Watson has more than 43,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 
countries and territories. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the 
power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We believe our broad perspective allows us to see the 
critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance. 

We offer our clients a broad range of services to help them identify and control their risks, and to enhance business 
performance by improving their ability to attract, retain and engage a talented workforce. Our risk control services range from 
strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), to a variety of due diligence services, to the provision of 
practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety or property loss control consulting), as well as analytical and 
advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We assist clients in planning how to manage 
incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. 
We help our clients enhance their business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that help 
them anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging opportunities in human capital management as well as investment advice 
to help our clients develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals. 

As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising our clients on their 
risk management requirements, helping them determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing insurance 
with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate the largest private Medicare exchange in the United 
States (‘U.S.’). Through this exchange and those for active employees, we help our clients move to a more sustainable 
economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits. 

We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account.  

The Merger with Towers Watson that closed on January 4, 2016 affects the comparability between 2015 and the later periods 
presented. See Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for additional information. 

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Willis Towers 
Watson and those of our majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated.

We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting 
interest entity or a variable interest entity (‘VIE’). Variable interest entities are entities that lack one or more of the 
characteristics of a voting interest entity and therefore require a different approach in determining which party involved with 
the VIE should consolidate the entity. With a VIE, either the entity does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its activities 
without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or the equity holders, as a group, do not have the power to 
direct the activities that most significantly impact its financial performance, the obligation to absorb expected losses of the 
entity, or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The entity that has a controlling financial interest in a 
VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. 

Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide equity investors voting rights that give them the 
power to make significant decisions related to the entity’s operations. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in 
a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly, we consolidate our voting interest entity 
investments in which we hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights.  

Use of Estimates — These consolidated financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America (‘U.S. GAAP’), which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are 
continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial 
reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for revenue recognition, 
the selection of useful lives of fixed and intangible assets, impairment testing, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from 

86

clients, discretionary compensation, income taxes, pension assumptions, incurred but not reported claims, legal reserves and 
goodwill and intangible assets. 

Going Concern — Management evaluates at each annual and interim period whether there are conditions or events, considered 
in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that 
the consolidated financial statements are issued. Management’s evaluation is based on relevant conditions and events that are 
known and reasonably knowable at the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued. Management has concluded 
that there are no conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a 
going concern within one year after the date of these financial statements. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The carrying values of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accrued 
expenses, revolving lines of credit and term loans approximate their fair values because of the short maturity and liquidity of 
those instruments. We consider the difference between carrying value and fair value to be immaterial for our senior notes. The 
fair value of our senior notes are considered Level 2 financial instruments as they are corroborated by observable market data.  
See Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements for additional information about our measurements of fair value.  

Investments in Associates — Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, included within other non-
current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not 
control, over the investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company has an equity ownership in the 
voting stock of the investee between 20 and 50 percent, although other factors, such as representation on the board of directors 
and the impact of commercial arrangements, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is 
appropriate. Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is carried at the cost of acquisition, plus the Company’s 
equity in undistributed net income since acquisition, less any dividends received since acquisition.  

The Company periodically reviews its investments in associates for which fair value is less than cost to determine if the decline 
in value is other than temporary. If the decline in value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment is 
written down to fair value. The amount of any write-down is included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 

Common Shares Split — On January 4, 2016, the Company effected a 1 to 2.6490 reverse share split to shareholders of record 
as of January 4, 2016. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse share split and 
show the new number of shares. See Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for additional information about our 
Merger and reverse share split.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of time deposits with original maturities of 90 days 
or less. Willis Limited, our U.K. brokerage subsidiary regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, is currently required to 
maintain $140 million in unencumbered and available financial resources, of which at least $79 million must be in cash, for 
regulatory purposes. Term deposits and certificates of deposits with original maturities greater than 90 days are considered to 
be short-term investments. There is no restricted cash included in our cash and cash equivalents balance, as these amounts are 
included in fiduciary assets. 

Fiduciary Assets and Liabilities — Fiduciary funds represent unremitted premiums received from insureds and unremitted 
claims or refunds received from insurers. Fiduciary funds are generally required to be kept in certain regulated bank accounts 
subject to guidelines which emphasize capital preservation and liquidity. Such funds are not available to service the Company’s 
debt or for other corporate purposes. Notwithstanding the legal relationships with insureds and insurers, the Company is 
entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds in accordance with industry custom and practice and, in some 
cases, as supported by agreements with insureds. The period for which the Company holds such funds is dependent upon the 
date the insured remits the payment of the premium to the Company, or the date the Company receives refunds from the 
insurers, and the date the Company is required to forward such payment to the insurer, or insured, respectively. In certain 
instances, the Company advances premiums, refunds or claims to insurance underwriters or insureds prior to collection. Such 
advances are made from fiduciary funds and are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as fiduciary assets. Fiduciary 
liabilities represent the obligations to remit fiduciary funds and fiduciary receivables to insurers or insureds. Certain of our 
health and welfare benefits administration outsourcing agreements require us to hold funds on behalf of clients to pay 
obligations on their behalf. These amounts are included in fiduciary assets and fiduciary liabilities on the consolidated balance 
sheets. 

Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable includes both billed and unbilled receivables and is stated at estimated net 
realizable values. Provision for billed receivables is recorded, when necessary, in an amount considered by management to be 
sufficient to meet probable future losses related to uncollectible accounts. Accrued and unbilled receivables are stated at net 
realizable value which includes an allowance for accrued and unbillable amounts. See Note 14 — Supplementary Information 
for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts for additional information about our accounts receivable. 

87

Income Taxes — The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective 
tax bases and operating and capital loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period 
in which the change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance at such time 
as, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company adjusts 
valuation allowances to measure deferred tax assets at the amounts considered realizable in future periods if the Company’s 
facts and assumptions change. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative 
evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning 
strategies and the results of recent financial operations. We place more reliance on evidence that is objectively verifiable. 

Positions taken in the Company’s tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. The 
Company recognizes the benefit of uncertain tax positions in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the 
position will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position assuming the tax authorities have full knowledge 
of the position and all relevant facts. Recognition also occurs upon either the lapse of the relevant statute of limitations, or 
when positions are effectively settled. The benefit recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent 
likely to be realized on settlement with the tax authority. The Company adjusts its recognition of uncertain tax benefits in the 
period in which new information is available impacting either the recognition or measurement of its uncertain tax positions. 
Such adjustments are reflected as increases or decreases to income taxes in the period in which they are determined.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits within income taxes. See Note 6 — 
Income Taxes for additional information regarding the Company’s income taxes.

Foreign Currency — Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are recorded at the rates of 
exchange prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than the functional 
currency are translated at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date and the related transaction gains and losses 
are reported as income or expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Certain intercompany loans are 
determined to be of a long-term investment nature. The Company records transaction gains and losses from re-measuring such 
loans as other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 

Upon consolidation, the results of operations of subsidiaries and associates whose functional currency is other than the U.S. 
dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates and assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange 
rates. Translation adjustments are presented as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the financial statements 
and are included in net income only upon sale or liquidation of the underlying foreign subsidiary or associated company. 

Derivatives — The Company uses derivative financial instruments for other than trading purposes to alter the risk profile of an 
existing underlying exposure. Interest rate swaps have been used to manage interest risk exposures. Forward foreign currency 
exchange contracts are used to manage currency exposures arising from future income and expenses. The fair values of 
derivative contracts are recorded in other assets and other liabilities. The effective portions of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income. Amounts are 
reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings. If the derivative is 
designated and qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item 
associated with the hedged risk are both recognized in earnings. The amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings is 
based on the extent to which an offset between the fair value of the derivative and hedged item is not achieved. Changes in fair 
value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, together with any hedge ineffectiveness on those that do qualify, 
are recorded in other operating expenses or interest expense as appropriate. 

The Company evaluates whether its contracts include clauses or conditions which would be required to be separately accounted 
for at fair value as embedded derivatives. See Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information about the 
Company’s derivatives. 

Commitments, Contingencies and Provisions for Liabilities — The Company establishes provisions against various actual and 
potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in the ordinary course of 
business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also unasserted claims and related legal fees. 
These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews and are believed to be 
adequate in light of current information and legal advice. In certain cases, where a range of loss exists, we accrue the minimum 
amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. To the extent such losses can be 
recovered under the Company’s insurance programs, estimated recoveries are recorded when losses for insured events are 
recognized and the recoveries are likely to be realized. Significant management judgment is required to estimate the amounts of 
such unasserted claims and the related insurance recoveries. The Company analyzes its litigation exposure based on available 

88

information, including consultation with outside counsel handling the defense of these matters, to assess its potential liability. 
These contingent liabilities are not discounted. See Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies and Note 14 — 
Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts for additional information about our commitments, 
contingencies and provisions for liabilities.

Share-Based Compensation — The Company has equity-based compensation plans that provide for grants of restricted stock 
units and stock options to employees and non-employee directors of the Company. 

The Company expenses equity-based compensation, which is included in Salaries and benefits in the consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income, primarily on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The significant assumptions 
underlying our expense calculations include the fair value of the award on the date of grant, the estimated achievement of any 
performance targets and estimated forfeiture rates. The awards under equity-based compensation are classified as equity and 
included as a component of equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, as the ultimate payment of such awards will 
not be achieved through use of the Company’s cash or other assets. See Note 17 — Share-based Compensation for additional 
information about the Company’s share-based compensation.

Fixed Assets — Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized; 
repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method 
based on the estimated useful lives of assets. 

Depreciation on internally developed software is amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset ranging from 3 to 10 
years. Buildings include assets held under capital leases and are depreciated over the lesser of 50 years, the asset lives or the 
lease terms. Depreciation on leasehold improvements is calculated over the lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the 
remaining lease terms. Depreciation on furniture and equipment is calculated based on a range of 3 to 10 years. Land is not 
depreciated. 

Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that their carrying amounts 
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and 
exceeds its fair value. Recoverability is determined based on the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and 
eventual disposition of the asset or asset group. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be disposed of are 
reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. See Note 7 — Fixed Assets for additional information 
about our fixed assets.

Operating Leases —Rentals payable on operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis to Other operating expenses in the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the lease term. See Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies for 
additional information about our operating leases.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts 
assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the 
remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods 
appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives 
and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for 
impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are 
compared with their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount 
exceeds its fair value.  

Acquired intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Client relationships

In line with underlying cash flows

Amortization basis

Software

Product

Trademark and trade name

Favorable agreements

Management contracts

In line with underlying cash flows or straight-line basis

In line with underlying cash flows

Straight-line basis

Straight-line basis

Straight-line basis

Expected life
(years)

5 to 20

4 to 7

17.5

14 to 25

7

18

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill is tested at 
the reporting unit level, and the Company had nine reporting units as of October 1, 2017. In the first step of the impairment test, 
the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting 

89

unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of an impairment loss, if any, is calculated in the second step of the impairment test by 
comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The Company’s 
goodwill impairment tests for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have not resulted in any impairment charges. See 
Note 8 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for additional information about our goodwill and other intangible assets.

Pensions — The Company has multiple defined benefit pension and defined contribution plans. The net periodic cost of the 
Company’s defined benefit plans are measured on an actuarial basis using various methods and actuarial assumptions.  The 
most significant assumptions are the discount rates (calculated from the 2016 fiscal year and forward using the granular 
approach to calculating service and interest cost) and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. Other material 
assumptions include rates of participant mortality, the expected long-term rates of compensation and pension increases and 
rates of employee termination. Gains and losses occur when actual experience differs from actuarial assumptions. If such gains 
or losses exceed ten percent of the greater of plan assets or plan liabilities, the Company amortizes those gains or losses over 
the average remaining service period or average remaining life expectancy, as appropriate, of the plan participants. In 
accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company records on its consolidated balance sheets the funded status of its pension plans 
based on the projected benefit obligation. 

Contributions to the Company’s defined contribution plans are recognized as incurred. Differences between contributions 
payable in the year and contributions actually paid are shown as either other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated 
balance sheets. See Note 12 — Retirement Benefits for additional information about our pensions.

Revenue Recognition — Revenues include insurance commissions, fees in lieu of commission, fees for consulting services 
rendered, hosted and delivered software, survey sales, interest and other income. 

Revenue recognized in excess of billings is recorded as unbilled accounts receivable. Cash collections in excess of revenue 
recognized are recorded as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are met. Client reimbursable expenses, 
including those relating to travel, other out-of-pocket expenses and any third-party costs, are included in revenue, and an 
equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses is included in other operating expenses as a cost of revenue. Taxes collected from 
customers and remitted to government authorities are recorded net and are excluded from revenue. 

Commissions and fees 

Commissions revenue. Brokerage commissions and fees negotiated in lieu of commissions are recognized at the later of the 
policy inception date or when the policy placement is complete. In situations in which our fees are not fixed and 
determinable due to the uncertainty of the commission fee per policy, we recognize revenue as the fees are determined. 
Commissions on additional premiums and adjustments are recognized when approved by or agreed between the parties and 
collectability is reasonably assured.  

Consulting revenue. The majority of our consulting revenues consists of fees earned from providing consulting services. 
We recognize revenues from these consulting engagements when hours are worked, either on a time-and-expense basis or 
on a fixed-fee basis, depending on the terms and conditions defined at the inception of an engagement with a client. We 
have engagement letters with our clients that specify the terms and conditions upon which the engagements are based. 
These terms and conditions can only be changed upon agreement by both parties. Individual billing rates are principally 
based on a multiple of salary and compensation costs. 

Revenues for fixed-fee arrangements are based upon the proportional performance method to the extent estimates can be 
made of the remaining work required under the arrangement. If we do not have sufficient information to estimate 
proportional performance, we recognize the fees straight-line over the contract period. We typically have four types of 
fixed-fee arrangements: annual recurring projects, projects of a short duration, stand-ready obligations and non-recurring 
system projects.  

•  Annual recurring projects and projects of short duration. These projects are typically straightforward and highly 

predictable in nature. As a result, the project manager and financial staff are able to identify, as the project status is 
reviewed and bills are prepared monthly, the occasions when cost overruns could lead to the recording of a loss 
accrual. 

• 

Stand-ready obligations. Where we are entitled to fees (whether fixed or variable based on assets under management 
or a per-participant per-month basis) regardless of the hours, we generally recognize this revenue on either a straight-
line basis or as the variable fees are calculated.  

•  Non-recurring system projects. These projects are longer in duration and subject to more changes in scope as the 
project progresses. Certain software or outsourced administration contracts generally provide that if the client 

90

terminates a contract, we are entitled to an additional payment for services performed through termination designed to 
recover our up-front cost of implementation. 

Revenue recognition for fixed-fee engagements is affected by a number of factors that change the estimated amount of 
work required to complete the project such as changes in scope, the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client 
participation. The periodic engagement evaluations require us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall 
profitability and stage of project completion that, in turn, affect how we recognize revenue. We recognize a loss on an 
engagement when estimated revenues to be received for that engagement are less than the total estimated costs associated 
with the engagement. Losses are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and the amount of the loss is 
reasonably estimable. 

Hosted software. We have developed various software programs and technologies that we provide to clients in connection 
with consulting services. In most instances, such software is hosted and maintained by us and ownership of the technology 
and rights to the related code remain with us. We defer costs for software developed to be utilized in providing services to 
a client, but for which the client does not have the contractual right to take possession, during the implementation stage. 
We recognize these deferred costs from the go live date, signaling the end of the implementation stage, until the end of the 
initial term of the contract with the client. We determined that the system implementation and customized ongoing 
administrative services are one combined service. Revenue is recognized over the service period, after the go live date, on 
a straight-line basis. As a result, we do not recognize revenue during the implementation phase of an engagement. 

Delivered software. We deliver software under arrangements with clients who take possession of our software. The 
maintenance associated with the initial software fees is a fixed percentage which enables us to determine the stand-alone 
value of the delivered software separate from the maintenance. We recognize the initial software fees as software is 
delivered to the client, and we recognize the maintenance fees ratably over the contract period based on each element’s 
relative fair value. For software arrangements in which initial fees are received in connection with mandatory maintenance 
for the initial software license to remain active, we determined that the initial maintenance period is substantive. Therefore, 
we recognize the fees for the initial license and maintenance bundle ratably over the initial contract term, which is 
generally one year. Each subsequent renewal fee is recognized ratably over the contractually stated renewal period. 

Surveys. We collect, analyze and compile data in the form of surveys for our clients who have the option of participating in 
the survey. The surveys are published online via a web tool that provides simplistic functionality. We have determined that 
the web tool is inconsequential to the overall arrangement. We record the survey revenues when the results are delivered 
online and made available to our clients who have a contractual right to the data. If the data is updated more frequently 
than annually, we recognize the survey revenues ratably over the contractually stated period. 

Interest and other income 

Interest income. Interest income is recognized as earned. 

Other Income. Other income includes gains on disposal of intangible assets, which primarily arise from settlements 
through enforcing non-compete agreements in the event of losing accounts through producer defection or the disposal of 
books of business.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

Not yet adopted 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’) issued Accounting Standard Update (‘ASU’) No. 2014-09, 
Revenue From Contracts With Customers. The new standard supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance and 
eliminates most industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict 
the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be 
entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing 
and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in 
judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full 
retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. Additional ASUs have since been 
issued which provide further guidance, examples and technical corrections for the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09. All 
related guidance has been codified into, and is now known as, Accounting Standards Codification (‘ASC’) 606. The guidance 
was effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2018 fiscal year, with early adoption permitted.  

As a result of analyzing our various revenue streams to determine the full impact this standard will have on our revenue 
recognition, cost deferral, systems and processes, the Company has determined the following: 

91

•  The Company has adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach on January 1, 2018, and has applied 

the new standard only to contracts that are not completed as of the transition date.  

•  Certain revenue streams have accelerated revenue recognition timing. In particular, the revenue recognition for our 

Individual Marketplace (formerly Retiree & Access Exchanges) has moved from monthly ratable recognition over the 
policy period, to the recognition upon placement of the policy. Consequently, the Company will now recognize the 
majority of one calendar year of expected commissions during its fourth quarter of the preceding calendar year. 
Therefore, at the adoption date, we have reflected an adjustment to retained earnings for the portion of the revenue that 
would otherwise have been recognized during our 2018 calendar year since our earnings process was largely 
completed during the fourth quarter of 2017.  

Additionally, the revenue recognition for proportional treaty broking commissions has moved from recognition upon 
the receipt of the monthly or quarterly statements, to the recognition of an estimate of expected commissions upon the 
policy effective date. Since the majority of revenue recognized historically based on these monthly or quarterly 
statements was received over a two-year period, we will reflect an adjustment to retained earnings at the adoption date 
for the portion of revenue that would otherwise have been recognized during our 2018 calendar year related to policies 
effective in 2017 or prior. 

•  Revenue recognition for certain other revenue streams has changed from recognizing revenue at a point in time to 
recognizing revenue over time. Specifically, certain arrangements in our Health and Benefits broking business will 
now be recognized evenly over the year to reflect the nature of the ongoing obligations to our customers as well as 
receipt of the monthly commissions. These contracts are monthly or annual in nature and are considered complete as 
of the transition date. Therefore, no retained earnings adjustment is required. 

•  Our accounting for deferred costs will change. First, for those portions of the business that previously deferred costs 
(related to system implementation activities), the length of time over which we amortize those costs will extend to a 
longer estimated contract term. For 2017 calendar year and prior, these costs were amortized over a typical period of 
3-5 years in accordance with the initial stated terms of the customer agreements. Second, other types of arrangements 
with associated costs now meet the criteria for cost deferral under ASC 606. This guidance will now apply to our 
broking arrangements and certain consulting engagements. We have calculated a retained earnings adjustment to 
reflect this cumulative change for contracts not complete as of the transition date. 

Although we are still finalizing the impact to retained earnings as of January 1, 2018, we expect the total range of adjustment, 
before the effect of taxes, to be an increase to retained earnings of $375 million to $475 million.  

In preparation for the additional disclosure requirements that will be included in our quarterly and annual filings beginning with 
our calendar year 2018 first quarter filing, we have implemented additional tools and technologies to support our revenue 
recognition and data collection processes. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which requires a lessee to recognize in the statement of financial 
position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the 
underlying asset for the lease term. The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2019 calendar year, at 
which time the Company will adopt it, although early adoption is permitted. While the Company continues to assess the impact 
of the ASU to its consolidated financial statements, the majority of its leases are currently considered operating leases and will 
be capitalized as a lease asset on its balance sheet with a related lease liability for the obligated lease payments.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows - Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash Payments, which amends guidance on presentation and classification of eight specific cash flow issues with the objective 
of reducing diversity in practice. The ASU became effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2018 calendar year, at 
which time the Company adopted it. Consistent with the transition guidance, the Company will reflect the new guidance as of 
the beginning of 2018 in our first quarter Form 10-Q. The Company is still assessing the impact of this ASU, but it believes the 
impact on its financial statements will be immaterial.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the 
subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair 
value of goodwill under Step 2, current U.S. GAAP requires the performance of procedures to determine the fair value at the 
impairment testing date of assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that 
would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, 
the amendments under this ASU require the goodwill impairment test to be performed by comparing the fair value of a 
reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill 

92

allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. The amendments in this ASU 
should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed 
on testing dates after January 1, 2017, and the Company is still evaluating when to adopt this ASU. The Company does not 
expect an immediate impact to its consolidated financial statements upon adopting this ASU since the most recent Step 1 
goodwill impairment test resulted in fair values in excess of carrying values for all reporting units at October 1, 2017. 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic 
Postretirement Benefit Cost, which requires entities to (1) disaggregate the current service-cost component from the other 
components of net benefit cost (the ‘other components’) and present it in the income statement with other current compensation 
costs for related employees and (2) present the other components elsewhere in the income statement and outside of income 
from operations if that subtotal is presented. In addition, the ASU requires entities to disclose the income statement lines that 
contain the other components if they are not presented or included in appropriately described separate lines. The ASU became 
effective for the Company on January 1, 2018, at which time the Company adopted it, and will apply the standard 
retrospectively beginning in its 2018 first quarter Form 10-Q. The Company has determined that, while the classification of 
some components of net benefit cost will change within the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
there is no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Stock Compensation - Scope of Modification Accounting, which provides 
guidance on which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification 
accounting. The ASU requires that an entity should account for the effects of a modification unless the fair value (or calculated 
value or intrinsic value, if used), vesting conditions and classification (as equity or liability) of the modified award are all the 
same as for the original award immediately before the modification. The ASU became effective for the Company on January 1, 
2018, at which time the Company adopted it, and should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption 
date. There is no immediate impact to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, until such time as an award may be 
modified in 2018 or forward. 

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging: Targeted Improvements to Accounting for 
Hedging Activities, which provides amendments under six specific objectives to better align risk management activities and 
financial reporting, and to simplify disclosure, presentation, hedging and the testing and measurement of ineffectiveness. The 
ASU becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, and any adjustments should be 
reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently assessing when it 
will adopt this standard, and the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income: Reclassification 
of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows for a reclassification from accumulated 
other comprehensive income to retained earnings for ‘stranded’ tax effects (those tax effects of items within accumulated other 
comprehensive income resulting from the historical corporate income tax rate reduction) resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs 
Act. The amendments within this ASU also require certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. The ASU becomes effective 
for the Company on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, and any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning 
of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently assessing when it will adopt this standard, and the 
impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Adopted 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation, which simplifies several aspects of 
the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either 
equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The ASU became effective for the Company on January 
1, 2017. In accordance with the prospective adoption of the recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income, we recognized a $7 million tax benefit in provision for income taxes during 
the year ended December 31, 2017. In addition, we elected to prospectively adopt the amendment to present excess tax benefits 
on share-based compensation as an operating activity, resulting in the recognition of a $7 million excess tax benefit as an 
operating activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017. We elected to continue to 
estimate expected forfeitures. We also retrospectively adopted the amendment to present cash payments to tax authorities in 
connection with shares withheld to meet statutory tax withholding requirements as a financing activity. As a result, these $13 
million and $1 million uses of cash were reclassified from net cash from operating activities to net cash used in financing 
activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, 
respectively. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets 
Other than Inventory, which amends guidance regarding the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for intra-entity 

93

asset transfers. Current U.S. GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset 
transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The ASU states that an entity should recognize the income tax 
consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The amendments in this ASU 
should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of 
the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company elected to early adopt this standard on January 1, 2017, and recorded a 
cumulative reduction to retained earnings of $3 million.

Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures 

Merger

On January 4, 2016, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015, 
between Willis, Towers Watson, and Citadel Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis formed for the purpose of 
facilitating this transaction (‘Merger Sub’), Merger Sub merged with and into Towers Watson, with Towers Watson continuing 
as the surviving corporation and as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis.  

Towers Watson was a leading global professional services firm operating throughout the world, dating back more than 100 
years. The Merger allows the combined firm to go to market with complementary strategic product and services offerings.  

At the effective time of the Merger (the ‘Effective Time’), each issued and outstanding share of Towers Watson common stock 
(the ‘Towers Watson shares’), was converted into the right to receive 2.6490 validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable 
ordinary shares of Willis (the ‘Willis ordinary shares’), $0.000115 nominal value per share, other than any Towers Watson 
shares owned by Towers Watson, Willis or Merger Sub at the Effective Time and the Towers Watson shares held by 
stockholders who are entitled to and who properly exercised dissenter’s rights under Delaware law.  

Immediately following the Merger, Willis effected (i) a consolidation (i.e., a reverse stock split under Irish law) of Willis 
ordinary shares whereby every 2.6490 Willis ordinary shares were consolidated into one Willis ordinary share ($0.000304635 
nominal value per share) and (ii) an amendment to its constitution and other organizational documents to change its name from 
Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company to Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company.  

On December 29, 2015, the third business day immediately prior to the closing date of the Merger, Towers Watson declared and 
paid a pre-merger special dividend of $10.00 per share of its common stock, and approximately $694 million in the aggregate 
based on approximately 69 million Towers Watson shares issued and outstanding at December 29, 2015. 

On December 30, 2015, all Towers Watson treasury stock was canceled. 

The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, with Willis considered the accounting acquirer of 
Towers Watson.  

The table below presents the final calculation of aggregate Merger consideration.

Number of shares of Towers Watson common stock outstanding as of January 4, 2016

Exchange ratio
Number of Willis Group Holdings shares issued (prior to reverse stock split)

Willis Group Holdings price per share on January 4, 2016

Fair value of 184 million Willis ordinary shares

Value of equity awards assumed

Aggregate Merger consideration

January 4, 2016

69 million

2.6490
184 million

$

$

$

47.18

8,686

37

8,723

94

A summary of the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, of Towers Watson at January 4, 2016 
are summarized in the following table.

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Other current assets

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Pension benefits assets

Other non-current assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Liability for pension benefits
Other current liabilities (i)
Other non-current liabilities (ii)
Long term debt, including current portion (iii)
Net assets acquired

Non-controlling interests acquired

Allocated aggregate Merger consideration

____________________ 

January 4, 2016

$

$

476

825

82

204

6,783

3,991

67

115
(1,151)
(923)
(667)
(331)
(740)
8,731
(8)
8,723

(i) 

(ii) 

Includes $348 million in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred revenue, $308 million in employee-related liabilities and $11 million in 
other current liabilities. 

Includes acquired contingent liabilities of $242 million. See Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies for a discussion of our material acquired 
contingencies related to Legacy Towers Watson.  

(iii)  Represents both debt due upon change of control of $400 million borrowed under Towers Watson’s term loan ($188 million) and revolving credit 

facility ($212 million) and a draw down under a new term loan of $340 million.  The $400 million debt was repaid by Willis’ borrowings under the 
1-year term loan facility on January 4, 2016.  The $340 million new term loan partially funded the $694 million Towers Watson pre-merger special 
dividend.  

The purchase price allocation as of the date of acquisition was based on a valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed in the acquisition. The purchase price allocation was complete as of December 31, 2016. 

Goodwill was calculated as the difference between the aggregate Merger consideration and the acquisition date fair value of the 
net assets acquired, and represents the value of the Legacy Towers Watson assembled workforce and the future economic 
benefits that we expect to realize as a result of the Merger. None of the goodwill recognized on the transaction is tax deductible. 

95

The acquired intangible assets are attributable to the following categories:

Customer relationships

Multiple period excess earnings

In line with underlying cash flows

$

2,221

15.0

Valuation Methodology

Amortization Basis

Fair
Value

Expected
Life
(Years)

Software - income approach

Multiple period excess earnings

straight-line basis

Software - cost approach

Cost of reproduction

Straight-line basis

In line with underlying cash flows or

Product

IPR&D (i)
Trade name

Relief from royalty

Favorable lease agreements

Market approach

____________________ 

Multiple period excess earnings

In line with underlying cash flows

Multiple period excess earnings or

cost of reproduction

n/a

Straight-line basis

Straight-line basis

567

108

42

39

1,003

11

$

3,991

6.4

4.9

17.5

n/a

25.0

6.5

(i)  Represents individual in-process research and development (‘IPR&D’) software components not placed into service as of the acquisition date.  
These assets were subsequently placed into service during the three months ended March 31, 2017, were reclassified into finite-lived software 
intangible assets, and are being amortized in line with underlying cash flows or on a straight-line basis.  

The following pro forma financial information is unaudited and is intended to reflect the impact of the Merger on Willis Towers 
Watson’s consolidated financial statements as if the Merger had taken place on January 1, 2015 and presents the results of 
operations of Willis Towers Watson based on the historical financial statements of Willis and Towers Watson after giving effect 
to the Merger and pro forma adjustments. Pro forma adjustments are included only to the extent they are (i) directly attributable 
to the Merger, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) with respect to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, expected 
to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The accompanying unaudited pro forma financial information is presented 
for illustrative purposes only and has not been adjusted to give effect to certain expected financial benefits of the Merger, such 
as revenue synergies, tax savings and cost synergies, or the anticipated costs to achieve these benefits, including the cost of 
integration activities. The unaudited pro forma results are not indicative of what would have occurred had the Merger taken 
place on the indicated date.

Total revenues

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

Diluted earnings per share

Years ended December 31,

Pro Forma

As reported

(Unaudited)

2016

2015

$

$

$

7,887

420

3.04

$

$

$

7,492

640

4.64

The above pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2015 does not include pro forma adjustments for 
the Gras Savoye or other acquisitions as their revenues and results of operations were immaterial to the consolidated financial 
statements. 

Revenues attributable to Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $3.6 billion. Net income attributable to 
Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $111 million. 

Acquired Share-Based Compensation Plans 

In connection with the Merger, we assumed certain stock options and restricted stock units (‘RSUs’) issued under the Towers 
Watson & Co. 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’), the Liazon Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and the Extend 
Health, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Stock Options. The outstanding unvested employee stock options were converted into 592,486 Willis Towers Watson stock 
options using the conversion ratios stated in the Merger agreement for the number of options. The fair value of the stock 
options was calculated using the Black-Scholes model with a volatility and risk-free interest rate over the expected term of each 
group of options and Willis Towers Watson’s closing share price on the date of acquisition. We determined the fair value of the 
portion of the outstanding options related to pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line expense methodology from 
the date of grant to the acquisition date to be $7 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the 

96

remaining portion of options related to the post-acquisition employee services was $13 million, and will be recognized over the 
future vesting periods.  

Restricted Stock Units. The outstanding unvested RSUs were converted into 597,307 Willis Towers Watson RSUs using the 
conversion ratios as stated in the Merger agreement. The fair value of these RSUs was calculated using Willis Towers Watson’s 
closing share price on the date of acquisition. We determined the fair value of the portion of the outstanding RSUs related to 
pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line expense methodology from the date of grant to the acquisition date to 
be $30 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the remaining portion of RSUs related to 
the post-acquisition employee services was $32 million, and will be recognized over the future vesting periods. 

Gras Savoye Acquisition

On December 29, 2015, Legacy Willis completed the transaction to acquire substantially all of the remaining 70% of the 
outstanding share capital of Gras Savoye, the leading insurance broker in France, for total consideration of €544 million  ($592 
million) of which $582 million in cash was paid at closing. Additionally, the previously held equity interest in Gras Savoye was 
re-measured to a fair value of €221 million  ($241 million) giving a total fair value on a 100% basis of €765 million  ($833 
million). 

The union combines the Company’s global insurance broking footprint with Gras Savoye’s particularly strong presence in 
France, Central and Eastern Europe, and across Africa. Gras Savoye’s expertise in high-growth markets and industry sectors 
complements the Company’s global strengths, creating value for clients. 

The Company funded the cash consideration with a 1-year term loan. The term loan was repaid in its entirety on May 26, 2016, 
from the proceeds from the issuance of new senior notes discussed in Note 10 — Debt to these consolidated financial 
statements.  

Deferred consideration is payable on the first and second anniversary of the acquisition. In December 2017, the Company made 
final consideration payments of $3 million. The discounted fair value of the deferred consideration at December 31, 2016 was 
$4 million. None of the goodwill recognized on the transaction is tax deductible.   

The following table presents the Company’s allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based 
on their fair values:

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Other assets

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
Short and long-term debt

Net deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Net assets acquired

Decrease in paid-in capital for purchase of non-controlling interest

Non-controlling interest acquired

Purchase price allocation

December 29, 2015

$

$

87

625

89

584

440

56
(625)
(80)
(80)
(87)
(179)
830

43
(40)
833

The purchase price allocation as of the date of acquisition was based on a valuation and was subject to revision within the 
purchase price allocation period as more detailed analysis was completed and additional information about the value of assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed became available. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the assessment outlined above 
was updated to reflect the final estimates of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. The purchase price allocation is 
final. 

97

The acquired intangible assets are attributable to the following categories:

Valuation Methodology

Amortization Basis

Fair Value

Customer relationships

Multiple period excess earnings

In line with underlying cash flows

$

Software and other intangibles Cost of reproduction

Trade name

Relief from royalty

Straight-line basis

Straight-line basis

$

339

66

35

440

Expected
Life (Years)

20

5

14

Miller Insurance Services LLP Acquisition

On May 31, 2015, Legacy Willis completed the transaction to acquire an 85 percent interest in Miller, a leading London 
wholesale specialist insurance broking firm, for total consideration of $401 million, including cash consideration of $232 
million.

Deferred consideration is payable at the first, second and third anniversaries of the acquisition. Contingent consideration is 
payable at the third anniversary of the acquisition and is contingent on meeting certain earnings before interest, taxes, 
depreciation and amortization (‘EBITDA’) performance targets. At December 31, 2017, the discounted fair values of the 
deferred consideration related to the third anniversary and contingent consideration were $38 million and $40 million, 
respectively. At December 31, 2016, the discounted fair values of the deferred consideration related to the second and third 
anniversaries and contingent consideration were $69 million and $26 million, respectively.

The Company recognized assets and liabilities acquired of $1.1 billion and $844 million, respectively. Included within the 
acquired assets are identifiable intangible assets of $231 million and goodwill of $184 million. 

The purchase price allocation as of the date of acquisition was based on a valuation of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, 
and contingent consideration associated with the acquisition. There were no material revisions to the purchase price allocation 
during the year ended December 31, 2016, as the purchase price allocation is final. 

Divestitures

Related Party Transaction - In the third quarter of 2017, the Company divested its Global Wealth Solutions business through a 
sale to an employee of the business.  As part of that transaction, we financed a $50 million note payable from the employee to 
purchase the business. The note amortizes over 10 years, bears interest at a weighted-average rate of 3% and is guaranteed by 
$3 million in assets. Following the sale, employees of this business are no longer employees of the Company, and the 
purchasing employee is no longer considered a related party. The current and non-current portions of the note receivable are 
included in the tables found in Note 14 — Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts to these 
consolidated financial statements as Other current assets and Other non-current assets.  

Cumulative Divestiture Impact - Including the divestiture of Global Wealth Solutions, we sold five businesses during the 
second half of 2017. For the year ended December, 31, 2017, the total gain recognized related to business disposals was $13 
million, which was recorded in Other expense/(income), net on the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive 
income. Results from these disposals prior to the sales represented $54 million of revenue and $13 million of operating income 
for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Note 4 — Segment Information 

Willis Towers Watson has four reportable operating segments or business areas:

•  Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’)

•  Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’) 

• 

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’) 

•  Benefits Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’) - formerly known as Exchange Solutions (i)
____________________

(i)  This segment and the businesses within the segment were renamed to better reflect the nature of the services we offer.

Willis Towers Watson’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer. We determined that the operational data 
used by the chief operating decision maker is at the segment level. Management bases strategic goals and decisions on these 
segments and the data presented below is used to assess the adequacy of strategic decisions, the method of achieving these 

98

strategies and related financial results. Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them 
based on net operating income on a pre-bonus, pre-tax basis.

Beginning in 2017, we made certain changes that affect our segment results. These changes, which are detailed in the Form 8-K 
filed with the SEC on April 7, 2017, include the following: 

• 

• 

First, to better align our business within our segments, we moved Max Matthiessen, which specializes in pension 
investment advice, to Investment, Risk and Reinsurance from Human Capital and Benefits; and moved Fine Art, 
Jewellery and Specie, which is a specialty broker, to Corporate Risk and Broking from Investment, Risk and 
Reinsurance. 

Second, we recast operating income to better reflect the new segment reporting basis. As part of the further integration 
of our Willis Towers Watson businesses, we updated our corporate expense allocations to standardize our 
methodologies and allocate those expenses which are directly related to the business segment operations. Additionally, 
we revised the presentation of certain adjustments which arose from the purchase accounting for the Merger. Due to 
the long-term nature of these adjustments, which impact fixed assets and internally-developed software, we aligned 
the presentation within the respective segments and consolidated operating income, thereby eliminating a reconciling 
adjustment.

The prior period comparatives reflected in the tables below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect our current segment 
presentation. 

Under the segment structure and for internal and segment reporting, Willis Towers Watson segment revenues include 
commissions and fees, interest and other income. U.S. GAAP revenues include amounts that were directly incurred on behalf of 
our clients and reimbursed by them (reimbursable expenses), which are removed from segment revenues. Segment 
commissions and fees excludes interest and other income. Segment operating income excludes certain costs, including (i) 
amortization of intangibles; (ii) restructuring costs; (iii) certain transaction and integration expenses; (iv) certain litigation 
provisions; (v) significant pension settlement and curtailment gains or losses; and (vi) to the extent that the actual expense 
based upon which allocations are made differs from the forecast/budget amount, a reconciling item will be created between 
internally allocated expenses and the actual expense that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes. 

During 2016, segment revenues and operating income both include revenue that was deferred by Towers Watson at the time of 
the Merger, and eliminated due to purchase accounting. The impact of the elimination from purchase accounting (which is the 
reduction to 2016 consolidated revenues and operating income) has been included in the reconciliation to our consolidated 
results in order to provide the actual revenues that the segments would have recognized on an unadjusted basis. 

The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations of its commissions and fees revenue. Revenue is typically higher during the 
Company’s first and fourth quarters due to the timing of broking-related activities.

The table below presents segment commissions and fees, segment interest and other income, segment revenues, and segment 
operating income for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

HCB

CRB

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

2017

IRR

2016

2015

2017

BDA

2016

Total

2015

2017

2016

2015

Years ended December 31,

Segment
commissions and
fees
Segment interest and
other income

$3,163 $3,100 $ 583

$2,625 $2,519 $2,332

$1,505 $1,475 $ 895

$ 729 $ 652 $ — $8,022 $7,746 $3,810

29

17

1

23

28

17

30

59

1

—

2

—

82

106

19

Segment revenues

$3,192 $3,117 $ 584

$2,648 $2,547 $2,349

$1,535 $1,534 $ 896

$ 729 $ 654 $ — $8,104 $7,852 $3,829

Segment operating
income

$ 781 $ 728 $ 119

$ 488 $ 463 $ 457

$ 365 $ 383 $ 207

$ 152 $ 119 $ — $1,786 $1,693 $ 783

99

The table below presents a reconciliation of the information reported by segment to the consolidated amounts reported for the 
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively:

Revenues:

Total segment revenues

Fair value adjustment to deferred revenue

Reimbursable expenses and other

Total revenues

Total segment operating income

Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue

Amortization

Restructuring costs
Transaction and integration expenses (i)
Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses
Unallocated, net (ii)
Income from operations

Interest expense

Other expense/(income), net

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

8,104

$

—

98

8,202

1,786

$

$

—
(581)
(132)
(269)
(11)
(36)
(19)
738

188

61

$

$

$

7,852
(58)
93

7,887

1,693
(58)
(591)
(193)
(177)
(50)
—
(73)
551

184

27

3,829

—

—

3,829

783

—
(76)
(126)
(73)
(70)
—
(11)
427

142
(55)

Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of

associates

____________________ 

$

489

$

340

$

340

(i) 

Includes transaction and integration expenses related to the Merger and the acquisition of Gras Savoye. 

(ii) 

Includes certain costs, primarily related to corporate functions which are not directly related to the segments, and certain differences between 
budgeted expenses determined at the beginning of the year and actual expenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes.

The Company does not currently provide asset information by reportable segment as it does not routinely evaluate the total 
asset position by segment. 

None of the Company’s customers represented a significant amount of the Company’s consolidated commissions and fees for 
the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Below are our revenues and long-lived assets for Ireland, our country of domicile, countries with significant concentrations, 
and all other foreign countries for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Ireland

$

107

$

92

$

64

$

127

$

114

$

124

2017

Revenues

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

Long-Lived Assets (i)

United States

United Kingdom

Rest of World

Total Foreign Countries

3,821

1,815

2,459

8,095

3,395

2,236

2,164

7,795

1,597

1,055

1,113

3,765

9,988

3,173

3,263

16,424

11,400

2,431

2,466

16,297

$

8,202

$

7,887

$

3,829

$

16,551

$

16,411

$

1,759

2,426

1,951

6,136

6,260

____________________ 

(i)  Long-Lived Assets do not include deferred tax assets. 

100

 
Note 5 — Restructuring Costs 

The Company has two major elements of the restructuring costs included in its consolidated financial statements, which are the 
Operational Improvement Program, completed as of the end of 2017, and the Business Restructure Program, which was fully 
accrued and completed by the end of 2016. 

Operational Improvement Program - In April 2014, Legacy Willis announced a multi-year operational improvement program 
designed to strengthen its client service capabilities and to deliver future cost savings. The main elements of the program, 
which were completed by the end of 2017, included: moving more than 3,500 support roles from higher cost locations to 
facilities in lower cost locations; net workforce reductions in support positions; lease consolidation in real estate; and 
information technology systems simplification and rationalization. 

The Company recognized restructuring costs of $134 million, $145 million, and $126 million for the years ended December 31, 
2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, related to the Operational Improvement Program. The Company has spent a cumulative 
amount of $441 million on restructuring charges for this program.  

Business Restructure Program - In the second quarter of 2016, we began planning targeted staffing reductions in certain 
portions of the business due to a reduction in business demand or change in business focus (hereinafter referred to as the 
Business Restructure Program). The main element of the program included workforce reductions, and was completed in 2016.  
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized a $2 million reversal of expense related to an estimate of 
previously incurred termination benefits. The Company recognized restructuring costs of $48 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2016.

An analysis of total restructuring costs recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, and the costs by 
segment, and costs attributable to corporate functions, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

HCB

CRB

IRR

BDA

Corporate

Total

Year ended December 31, 2017

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

Year ended December 31, 2016

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

Year ended December 31, 2015

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

___________________ 

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

3

3

33

4

37

2

1
3

$

$

$

$

$

25

63

88

26

81

107

24

57
81

$

$

$

$

$

$

4

6

10

6

4

10

7

2
9

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

—

— $

1

—

1

$

$

— $

—
— $

17

14

31

2

36

38

3

30
33

$

$

$

$

$

$

46

86

132

68

125

193

36

90
126

(i)  Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the programs. 

101

An analysis of the total cumulative restructuring costs recognized for the Operational Improvement Program from its 
commencement to December 31, 2017 by segment is as follows:

HCB

CRB

IRR

BDA

Corporate

Total

2014

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

2015

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

2016

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

2017

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

____________________ 

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

—

$

$

2

1

1

1

— $
3

3

5

8

$

$

15

3

24

57

18

81

25
63

82

204

286

$

$

$

$

$

$

1

—

7

2

3

4

4
6

15

12

27

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

—

— $

—

— $

—

— $
—

— $

—

— $

— $

17

3

30

1

36

19
14

23

97

120

$

$

$

$

$

16

20

36

90

23

122

48
86

123

318

441

(i)  Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the program. 

The changes in the Company’s liability under the Operational Improvement Program from its commencement to December 31, 
2017, are as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2014

Charges incurred

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2014

Charges incurred

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2015

Charges incurred

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2016

Charges incurred

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2017

Termination
Benefits

Professional
Services and
Other

Total

$

— $

— $

16
(11)
5

36
(26)
15

23
(31)
7

48
(41)
14

$

20
(14)
6

90
(85)
11

122
(115)
18

86
(97)
7

$

$

—

36
(25)
11

126
(111)
26

145
(146)
25

134
(138)
21

102

Restructuring costs related to the Business Restructuring Program for the year ended December 31, 2016 by segment are as 
follows:

HCB

CRB

IRR

BDA

Corporate

Total

(in millions)

2016

Termination benefits
Professional services and other (i)

Total

$

$

32

3

35

$

$

8

—

8

$

$

3

—

3

$

$

1

—

1

$

$

1

—

1

$

$

45

3

48

____________________ 

(i)  Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the program. 

The changes in the Company’s liability under the Business Restructure Program from its commencement to December 31, 
2017, are as follows:

Termination
Benefits

Professional
Services and
Other

Total

Balance at January 1, 2016
Charges incurred

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2016

Adjustment to prior charges incurred

Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2017

Note 6 — Income Taxes  

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform

$

$

$

— $
45
(19)
26
(2)
(23)
1

$

$

— $
3
(3)
— $

—

—

— $

—
48
(22)
26
(2)
(23)
1

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act (hereafter ‘U.S. Tax Reform’). U.S. Tax Reform makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, 
but not limited to: (1) requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries that may be 
payable over eight years; (2) bonus depreciation that will allow for a full expensing of qualified property; (3) reduction of the 
federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (4) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (‘GILTI’), 
which allows for the possibility of using foreign tax credits (‘FTCs’) and a deduction of up to 50% to offset the income tax 
liability (subject to some limitations); (5) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (6) limitations on the deductibility of 
certain executive compensation; (7) limitations on the use of FTCs to reduce the U.S. income tax liability; (8) the creation of 
the base erosion anti-abuse tax (‘BEAT’), a new minimum tax; and (9) a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on 
dividends from foreign subsidiaries.

Also on December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (‘SAB 118’), which provides guidance on 
accounting for the tax effects of the U.S. Tax Reform. SAB 118 provides for a measurement period that should not extend 
beyond one year from the U.S. Tax Reform enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income 
Taxes (‘ASC 740’). In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of U.S. Tax 
Reform for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. Adjustments to incomplete and unknown amounts will be 
recorded and disclosed prospectively during the measurement period. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain 
income tax effects of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a 
provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the 
financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect 
immediately before the enactment of U.S. Tax Reform.

At December 31, 2017, there are no material elements of U.S. Tax Reform for which the Company’s accounting is complete. 
While the Company's accounting for the following elements of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete, the Company was able to make 
reasonable estimates of certain effects. Accordingly, the Company recorded provisional adjustments for the following 
significant items:

103

Reduction of the federal corporate tax rate – Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company’s U.S. income will be taxed at a 
21% federal corporate tax rate. Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recalculated as of the 
enactment date using current tax laws and rates expected to be in effect when the deferred tax items reverse in future 
periods, which is 21%. Consequently, the Company has recorded a provisional decrease in its net deferred tax liabilities 
of $208 million, with a corresponding deferred income tax benefit of $208 million. While the Company is able to make a 
reasonable estimate of the impact of the reduction in the federal corporate tax rate, it may be affected by other analyses 
related to U.S. Tax Reform that could result in other adjustments to U.S. federal deferred tax balances, including analysis 
of tax amounts in other comprehensive income and any future guidance issued.

One-time transition tax – The one-time transition tax is based on the Company’s total post-1986 earnings and profits 
(‘E&P’) that it previously deferred from U.S. income taxes.  The Company recorded a provisional amount for the one-
time transition tax liability for its foreign subsidiaries owned by U.S. corporate shareholders, resulting in an increase in 
U.S. Federal income tax expense of $70 million and state income tax expense of $2 million. The Company has a 
significant number of foreign subsidiaries and therefore has not yet completed its calculation of the total post-1986 E&P 
as well as non-U.S. income taxes paid for these foreign subsidiaries. Further, the transition tax is based in part on the 
amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets, including trade receivables, based on estimates. The 
Company expects to revise its estimates of E&P, non-U.S. income taxes and cash balances throughout 2018 when actual 
results are available. In addition, guidance may be released which could also impact these estimates.

Indefinite reinvestment assertion – Beginning in 2018, U.S. Tax Reform provides a 100% deduction for dividends 
received from 10-percent owned foreign corporations by U.S. corporate shareholders, subject to a one-year holding 
period. Although dividend income is now exempt from U.S. federal tax for U.S. corporate shareholders, companies must 
still account for the tax consequences of outside basis differences and other tax impacts of their investments in non-U.S. 
subsidiaries. As a result of U.S. Tax Reform we have analyzed our global working capital and cash requirements and the 
potential tax liabilities attributable to a repatriation and have determined that we may repatriate up to $219 million, the 
majority of which was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. For those investments from which we were able to 
make a reasonable estimate of the tax effects of such repatriation, we have recorded a provisional estimate for foreign 
withholding and state income taxes of $1 million. In addition, we re-measured the existing deferred tax liability accrued 
on certain acquired Towers Watson subsidiaries and released the deferred tax liability relating to the outside basis 
difference. This resulted in an income tax benefit of $76 million as these foreign earnings were subject to the one-time 
transition tax which reduced the outside basis difference.

Bonus Depreciation – While the Company has not completed its determination of all capital expenditures that qualify for 
immediate expensing for the year ended  December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a provisional tax deduction of $40 
million based on its current intent to fully expense all qualifying expenditures. The Company will analyze the dates all 
capital expenditures were placed in service or acquired and consider any future guidance within the next twelve months 
to finalize the deduction. This resulted in an increase of approximately $14 million to the Company's U.S. federal current 
income taxes receivable and a corresponding increase in its net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $14 million.

Executive compensation –  Starting with compensation paid in 2018, Section 162(m) will limit the Company from 
deducting compensation, including performance-based compensation, in excess of $1 million paid to anyone who, 
starting in 2018, serves as the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, or who is among the three most highly 
compensated executive officers. The only exception to this rule is for compensation that is paid pursuant to a binding 
contract in effect on November 2, 2017 that would have otherwise been deductible under the prior Section 162(m) rules. 
Accordingly, any compensation paid in the future pursuant to new compensation arrangements entered into after 
November 2, 2017, even if performance-based, will count towards the $1 million deduction limit if paid to a covered 
executive.  The Company recorded a provisional income tax expense of $8 million relating to our compensation plans 
not qualifying for the binding contract exception. We are in the process of obtaining additional information needed to 
complete our analysis of the binding contract requirement on the various compensation plans to determine the full 
impact of the law change. In addition, guidance may be released which could also impact our estimates.

The Company's accounting for the following law changes of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete, and it is not yet able to make 
reasonable estimates of the effects. Therefore, no provisional adjustment was recorded.

GILTI – U.S. Tax Reform creates a new requirement that certain income (i.e., GILTI) earned by controlled foreign 
corporations (‘CFCs’) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. GILTI is the excess 
of the shareholder’s ‘net CFC tested income’ over the net deemed tangible income return, which is currently defined as 
the excess of (1) 10 percent of the aggregate of the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of the qualified business asset 
investment of each CFC with respect to which it is a U.S. shareholder over (2) the amount of certain interest expense 
taken into account in the determination of net CFC-tested income. Because of the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules, 

104

the Company is continuing to evaluate this provision of U.S. Tax Reform and the application of ASC 740. Under U.S. 
GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. 
inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the ‘period cost method’) or 
(2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the ‘deferred method’). The Company’s 
selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on analyzing its global 
income of its CFCs to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI 
and, if so, what the impact is expected to be. Because whether the Company expects to have future U.S. inclusions in 
taxable income related to GILTI depends on not only its current structure and estimated future results of global 
operations but also its intent and ability to modify its structure and/or its business, the Company is not yet able to 
reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of U.S. Tax Reform. Therefore, it has not made any adjustments related 
to potential GILTI tax in its consolidated financial statements and has not made a policy decision.

Valuation allowances – The Company must assess whether valuation allowances assessments are affected by various 
aspects of U.S. Tax Reform (e.g., limitation on net interest expense in excess of 30% of adjusted taxable income). As of 
December 31, 2017, no changes to valuation allowances have been recorded as a result of U.S. Tax Reform.

Provision for income taxes 

An analysis of income/(loss) before income taxes by taxing jurisdiction is shown below:  

Ireland
U.S.
U.K.
Other jurisdictions
Total

Years ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

$

$

(23) $
(198)
31
679
489

$

(27) $
(311)
123
555
340

$

(61)
(67)
65
403
340

The components of the income tax provision for/(benefit from) income from operations include: 

Current tax expense/(benefit):

U.S. federal taxes
U.S. state and local taxes
U.K. corporation tax
Other jurisdictions
Total current tax expense
Deferred tax expense/(benefit):

U.S. federal taxes
U.S. state and local taxes
U.K. corporation tax
Other jurisdictions
Total deferred tax benefit
Total benefit from income taxes

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

65
7
14
99
185

(268)
6
(9)
(14)
(285)
(100) $

$

35
14
28
71
148

(214)
(5)
10
(35)
(244)
(96) $

14
1
—
51
66

(113)
(3)
14
3
(99)
(33)

The U.S. federal current tax expense includes the impact of a one-time transition tax expense of $70 million related to U.S. Tax 
Reform which the Company intends to elect to pay over an eight year period without interest. The Company currently estimates 
that $6 million of this transition tax liability will be paid within the next twelve months. 

105

 
Effective tax rate reconciliation 

The reported income tax provision for /(benefit from) operations differs from the amounts that would have resulted had the 
reported income before income taxes been taxed at the U.S. federal statutory rate. The principal reasons for the differences 
between the amounts provided and those that would have resulted from the application of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate are 
as follows: 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST

IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
Income tax expense at U.S. federal tax rate
Adjustments to derive effective tax rate:

Non-deductible expenses and dividends
Non-deductible acquisition costs
Disposal of non-deductible goodwill
Gain on re-measurement of equity interests
Impact of change in rate on deferred tax balances
Effect of foreign exchange and other differences
Non-deductible Venezuelan foreign exchange loss
Changes in valuation allowances
Net tax effect of intra-group items
Tax differentials of non-U.S. jurisdictions
Tax differentials of U.S. state taxes and local taxes
Impact of U.S. Tax Reform
Other items, net
Benefit from income taxes

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

489
35%
171

$

340
35%
119

340
35%
119

68
11
11
—
—
3
2
13
(97)
(69)
(6)
(204)
(3)
(100)

$

15
1
2
—
(15)
6
4
(74)
(98)
(80)
14
—
10
(96)

$

32
9
3
(20)
(5)
(1)
11
(104)
(30)
(42)
(2)
—
(3)
(33)

$

$

In connection with our initial analysis of U.S. Tax Reform, the Company has recorded a provisional net tax benefit of $204 
million in 2017, which consists of a net benefit of $208 million due to the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate and re-
measurement of our net U.S. deferred tax liabilities primarily related to acquisition-based intangibles and a $76 million benefit 
relating to the release of a deferred tax liability we had previously recorded on the accumulated earnings of certain Towers 
Watson subsidiaries. These net benefit items are offset by provisional expenses of $8 million recognized as a write-off of a 
deferred tax asset the Company had previously recorded on executive compensation as well as the U.S. federal and state 
income tax expense of $72 million associated with the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings of our subsidiaries.

Willis Towers Watson plc is a non-trading holding company tax resident in Ireland where it is taxed at the statutory rate of 25%. 
The provision for income tax on operations has been reconciled above to the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% due to 
significant operations in the U.S.

Deferred income taxes 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the effect of temporary differences between the assets and liabilities 
recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. We recognize deferred tax 
assets if it is more likely than not that a benefit will be realized. 

106

 
 
 
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are 
comprised of the following: 

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expenses not currently deductible
Net operating losses
Capital loss carryforwards
Accrued retirement benefits
Deferred compensation
Stock options
Financial derivative transactions

Gross deferred tax assets
Less: valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:

Cost of intangible assets, net of related amortization
Cost of tangible assets, net of related depreciation
Prepaid retirement benefits
Accrued revenue not currently taxable
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

December 31,

2017

2016

$

$

$

$
$

131
145
28
339
69
24
18
754
(162)
592

929
56
114
62
1,161
569

$

$

$

$
$

286
116
28
467
83
36
12
1,028
(134)
894

1,431
73
85
119
1,708
814

During December 2017, the Company re-measured its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of U.S. Tax Reform to 
the newly enacted federal tax rate, which is 21%. The net deferred income tax assets are included in other non-current assets 
and the net deferred tax liabilities are included in deferred tax liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

Balance sheet classifications:
Other non-current assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liability

December 31,

2017

2016

$

$

46
615
569

$

$

50
864
814

At December 31, 2017, we had U.S. federal and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards amounting to $289 million of which 
$237 million can be indefinitely carried forward under local statutes. The remaining $52 million of net operating loss 
carryforwards will expire, if unused, in varying amounts from 2018 through 2037. In addition, we had U.S. state net operating 
loss carryforwards of $1.5 billion, which will expire in varying amounts from 2018 to 2037.

Management believes, based on the evaluation of positive and negative evidence, including the future reversal of existing 
taxable temporary differences, it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of net deferred tax assets of 
$592 million, net of the valuation allowance. During 2017 the Company increased its valuation allowance by $28 million 
primarily due to state net operating losses as it is more likely than not that such losses will not be realized in the foreseeable 
future. During 2016 the Company released a U.S. valuation allowance of $69 million relating to accrued interest not deductible 
as a result of deferred tax liabilities recorded for the Merger. The future reversal of the deferred tax liabilities serve as a source 
of income to recognize the deferred tax asset for accrued interest not deductible. During 2015 the Company released a U.S. 
valuation allowance of $91 million due to an increase in actual and forecast U.S. earnings. 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had valuation allowances of $162 million and $134 million, respectively, to 
reduce its deferred tax assets to estimated realizable value. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2017 relates to deferred 
tax assets for U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $28 million, which have an unlimited carryforward period but can only be 
utilized against capital gains and U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses of $80 million and $34 million, respectively. The 
valuation allowance at December 31, 2016 relates to deferred tax assets for U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $28 million, 
which have an unlimited carryforward period and U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses of $78 million and $28 million, 
respectively.  

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An analysis of our valuation allowance is shown below.

Balance at beginning of year

Additions charged against/(credited to) to costs and expenses
Additions charged against/(credited to) to other accounts
Deductions
Balance at end of year

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

134
35
—
(7)
162

$

$

187
—
21
(74)
134

$

$

280
—
2
(95)
187

In 2017, the amount charged to tax expense in the table above differs from the 2017 rate reconciliation of $13 million because a 
portion of the valuation allowance increase is related to the U.S. federal corporate tax rate reduction impact on the U.S. state 
valuation allowance and is included in the impact of U.S. Tax Reform. The amount charged to tax expense in the table above 
for 2016 differs from the effect of $74 million disclosed in the 2016 rate reconciliation primarily because the movement in this 
table includes the effects of acquisition accounting, which does not impact tax expense.

The Company recognizes deferred tax balances related to the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when the Company expects 
that it will recover those undistributed earnings in a taxable manner, such as through receipt of dividends or sale of the 
investments. In 2016 we began accruing deferred taxes on the cumulative earnings of certain acquired Towers Watson 
subsidiaries. The historical cumulative earnings of our other subsidiaries have been reinvested indefinitely.  

As a result of U.S. Tax Reform, we have analyzed our global working capital and cash requirements and the potential tax 
liabilities attributable to a repatriation and have determined that we may repatriate up to $219 million, the majority of which 
was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. For those investments from which we were able to make a reasonable estimate 
of the tax effects of such repatriation, we have recorded a provisional estimate for foreign withholding taxes and state income 
taxes of $1 million. In addition, we re-measured the existing deferred tax liability accrued on certain acquired Towers Watson 
subsidiaries and released the deferred tax liability relating to the outside basis difference. This resulted in an income tax benefit 
of $76 million as these foreign earnings were subject to the one-time transition tax which reduced the outside basis difference.

The cumulative earnings related to amounts reinvested indefinitely as of December 31, 2017 were approximately $6.8 billion. 
If future events, including material changes in estimates of cash, working capital, long-term investment requirements or 
additional guidance relating to U.S. Tax Reform necessitate that these earnings be distributed, an additional provision for 
income and foreign withholding taxes, net of credits, may be necessary.

Uncertain tax positions 

At December 31, 2017, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions, determined in 
accordance with ASC 740-10, excluding interest and penalties, was $59 million.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending 
balances of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year
Increases related to acquisitions
Increases related to tax positions in prior years
Decreases related to tax positions in prior years
Decreases related to settlements
Decreases related to lapse in statute of limitations
Increases related to current year tax positions
Cumulative translation adjustment and other adjustments
Balance at end of year

2017

2016

2015

$

$

56
—
2
(5)
—
(2)
9
(1)
59

$

$

22
33
1
(9)
(1)
(1)
11
—
56

$

$

19
8
1
(6)
—
—
2
(2)
22

The liability for unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 can be reduced by $3 
million, $4 million and nil, respectively, of offsetting deferred tax benefits associated with timing differences, foreign tax 
credits and the federal tax benefit of state income taxes. If these offsetting deferred tax benefits were recognized, there would 
have been a favorable impact on our effective tax rate. There are no material balances that would result in adjustments to other 
tax accounts.  

108

 
 
Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included as a component of income tax expense.  At December 
31, 2017, we had cumulative accrued interest of $5 million.  At December 31, 2016, the cumulative accrued interest was $4 
million. Penalties accrued in 2017 were $2 million and immaterial in 2016.   

Tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 included immaterial interest benefits.   

The Company believes that the outcomes which are reasonably possible within the next 12 months may result in a reduction in 
the liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the range of $4 million to $6 million, excluding interest and penalties.  

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in various tax jurisdictions in which it operates. 

Willis North America Inc. is not currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (‘IRS’). We have ongoing 
state income tax examinations in certain states for tax years ranging from fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 through calendar year 
ended December 31, 2015. The statute of limitations in certain states extends back to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 as a 
result of changes to taxable income resulting from prior year federal tax examinations. 

All U.K. tax returns have been filed timely and are in the normal process of being reviewed by HM Revenue & Customs. The 
Company is not currently subject to any material examinations in other jurisdictions. A summary of the tax years that remain 
open to tax examination in our major tax jurisdictions are as follows:

U.S. — federal
U.S. — various states
U.K.
Ireland
France
Germany
Canada - federal

Open Tax Years
(fiscal year ending in)
2014 and forward
2012 and forward
2010 and forward
2013 and forward
2010 and forward
2002 and forward
2010 and forward

109

 
Note 7 — Fixed Assets  

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of fixed assets for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016:

Cost: at January 1, 2016

Additions
Acquisitions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost: at December 31, 2016

Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost: at December 31, 2017

Depreciation: at January 1, 2016

Depreciation expense
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Depreciation: at December 31, 2016

Depreciation expense (i)
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Depreciation: at December 31, 2017

Net book value:
At December 31, 2016

At December 31, 2017

____________________

$

$

$

$

$

$

Furniture,
equipment and 
software

Leasehold
improvements
272
$
44
95
(8)
(21)
382
91
(21)
16
468

$

$

$

724
265
109
(28)
(61)
1,009
303
(61)
49
1,300

(393) $
(119)
17
31
(464)
(199)
37
(26)
(652) $

(94) $
(55)
5
7
(137)
(47)
14
(6)
(176) $

545

648

$

$

245

292

$

$

Land and
buildings 

Total

95
2
—
—
(7)
90
—
—
4
94

$

$

(41) $
(4)
—
4
(41)
(6)
—
(2)
(49) $

49

45

$

$

1,091
311
204
(36)
(89)
1,481
394
(82)
69
1,862

(528)
(178)
22
42
(642)
(252)
51
(34)
(877)

839

985

(i)  Depreciation expense included here does not equal the depreciation expense on the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 

31, 2017 due to the inclusion of $49 million which has been classified as transaction and integration expenses.

Included within land and buildings are the following assets held under capital leases:  

Capital leases
Accumulated depreciation

December 31,

2017

2016

$

$

31
(14)
17

$

$

32
(12)
20

Depreciation related to capital leases was $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Note 8 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair market value of identifiable net assets at the 
dates of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment testing annually and whenever facts or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Goodwill is allocated to our reporting units primarily 
based on the original purchase price allocation for acquisitions within the reporting units, or relative fair value when an 
acquisition covers multiple reporting units. When a business entity is sold, goodwill is allocated to the disposed entity based on 
the relative fair value of that entity compared with the fair value of the reporting unit in which it was included. 

110

 
 
 
 
The components of goodwill are outlined below for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

Balance at December 31, 2015
Goodwill, gross
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill, net - December 31, 2015

Purchase price allocation adjustments
Goodwill acquired during the period (i)
Goodwill disposed of during the period
Foreign exchange

Balance at December 31, 2016
Goodwill, gross
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill, net - December 31, 2016

Goodwill reassigned in segment realignment (ii)
Goodwill acquired during the period
Goodwill disposed of during the period
Foreign exchange

Balance at December 31, 2017
Goodwill, gross
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill, net - December 31, 2017

____________________ 

$

$

$

HCB

CRB

IRR

BDA

Total

$

$

986
(130)
856
8
3,458
—
(40)

4,412
(130)
4,282
(113)
—
(31)
74

$

$

2,212
(362)
1,850
5
—
(5)
(34)

2,178
(362)
1,816
13
8
(5)
67

$

$

1,031
—
1,031
(7)
770
—
(36)

1,758
—
1,758
100
—
(27)
20

4,342
(130)
4,212

$

2,261
(362)
1,899

$

1,851
—
1,851

$

— $
—
—
—
2,557
—
—

2,557
—
2,557
—
—
—
—

2,557
—
2,557

$

$

4,229
(492)
3,737
6
6,785
(5)
(110)

10,905
(492)
10,413
—
8
(63)
161

11,011
(492)
10,519

(i)  Goodwill acquired consists primarily of goodwill recognized from the Merger. 

(ii)  Represents the reallocation of goodwill related to certain businesses which were realigned among the segments as of January 1, 2017.   See Note 4 

— Segment Information for further information. 

Other Intangible Assets 

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of finite-lived intangible assets for the year 
ended December 31, 2017:

Balance at 
December 31, 
2016

Intangible 
assets acquired

Intangible
assets disposed

Amortization (ii)

Foreign 
Exchange

Balance at 
December 31, 
2017

Client relationships

$

2,655

$

Management contracts
Software (i)

Trademark and trade name

Product

Favorable agreements

Other
Total amortizable intangible

assets

____________________ 

54

570

1,006

33

11

3

13

—

36

—

—

1

—

$

(44) $

(379) $

97

$

2,342

—

—

(1)

—

—

—

(4)

(150)

(44)

(3)

(2)

(1)

6

17

5

3

—

—

56

473

966

33

10

2

$

4,332

$

50

$

(45) $

(583) $

128

$

3,882

(i)  All in-process research and development intangible assets acquired as part of the Merger on January 4, 2016 of $39 million ($36 million at the date 
placed into service due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates) have been placed into service during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 
have been included as intangible assets acquired in this presentation. 

(ii)  Amortization associated with favorable lease agreements is recorded in Other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive 

income.  

111

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of finite-lived intangible assets for the year 
ended December 31, 2016:

Balance as of
December 31,
2015

$

920

Purchase
price
allocation
adjustments
2

Intangible
assets
acquired

$

2,222

62

77

50

—

2

4

—

(13)

1

—

—

—

—

675

1,003

42

11

—

Intangible

$

assets disposed Amortization (ii)
(5) $
—

Foreign
Exchange

Balance as of
December 31,
2016

(395) $
(4)
(142)
(45)
(3)
(2)
(2)

(89) $
(4)
(27)
(3)
(6)
—

1

2,655

54

570

1,006

33

11

3

—

—

—

—

—

$

1,115

(10) $

3,953

$

(5) $

(593) $

(128) $

4,332

Client relationships

Management contracts
Software (i)

Trademark and trade name

Product

Favorable agreements

Other

Total amortizable
intangible assets

____________________  

(i) 

In-process research and development intangible assets acquired as part of the Merger on January 4, 2016 of $39 million ($36 million at December 
31, 2016) had not yet been placed in service and are not included in this presentation. 

(ii)  Amortization associated with favorable agreements is recorded in Other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive 

income. 

We recorded amortization related to our finite-lived intangible assets, exclusive of the amortization of our favorable lease 
agreements, of $581 million, $591 million, and $76 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. 

Our acquired unfavorable lease liabilities were $26 million and $29 million as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 
respectively, and are recorded in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. 

The following table reflects the carrying value of finite-lived intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 
December 31, 2016:

Client relationships

Management contracts

Software

Trademark and trade name

Product

Favorable agreements

Other

Total finite-lived assets

Unfavorable agreements

Total finite-lived intangible liabilities

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

$

3,462

$

68

764

1,055

39

14

6

5,408

34

34

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1,120) $
(12)
(291)
(89)
(6)
(4)
(4)
(1,526) $

(8) $
(8) $

3,396

$

62

711

1,051

36

13

6

5,275

34

34

$

$

$

(741)
(8)
(141)
(45)
(3)
(2)
(3)
(943)

(5)
(5)

The weighted average remaining life of amortizable intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 was 14.3 years. 

112

The table below reflects the future estimated amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets and the rent offset resulting 
from amortization of the net lease intangible assets and liabilities for the next five years and thereafter:

Year ending December 31,
2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total

Amortization

Rent offset

$

$

535

479

426

348

289

1,795

$

3,872

$

(4)
(2)
(3)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(16)

Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments 

We are exposed to certain interest rate and foreign currency risks. Where possible, we identify exposures in our business that 
can be offset internally.  Where no natural offset is identified, we may choose to enter into various derivative transactions.  
These instruments have the effect of reducing our exposure to unfavorable changes in interest and foreign currency rates. The 
Company’s board of directors reviews and approves policies for managing each of these risks as summarized below. Additional 
information regarding our derivative financial instruments can be found in Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant 
Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements, Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements and Note 16 — 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.    

Interest Rate Risk - Investment Income 

As a result of the Company’s operating activities, the Company holds fiduciary funds. The Company earns interest on these 
funds, which is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in interest and other income. These funds are 
regulated in terms of access as are the instruments in which they may be invested, most of which are short-term in nature. 

During 2015, in order to manage interest rate risk arising from these financial assets, the Company entered into interest rate 
swaps to receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a variable rate of interest. These derivatives, with total notional amounts of 
$300 million, were designated as hedging instruments at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and had net fair value 
liabilities of  $1 million and nil, respectively. 

Foreign Currency Risk 

Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries receive revenues and incur expenses in currencies other than their functional currency, and as a 
result, the foreign subsidiary’s functional currency revenues will fluctuate as the currency rates change. Additionally, the 
forecast Pounds sterling expenses of our London brokerage market operations may exceed their Pounds sterling revenues, and 
they may also hold a significant net Pounds sterling asset or liability position in the consolidated balance sheet. To reduce such 
variability, we use foreign exchange contracts to hedge against this currency risk. 

These derivatives were designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 had total notional 
amounts of $937 million and $945 million, respectively, and net fair value liabilities of $21 million and $110 million, 
respectively. 

At December 31, 2017, the Company estimates, based on current interest and exchange rates, there will be $26 million of net 
derivative losses on forward exchange rates, interest rate swaps, and treasury locks reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income/(loss) into earnings within the next twelve months as the forecast transactions affect earnings. At 
December 31, 2017, our longest outstanding maturity was 2.9 years. 

113

The effects of the material derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows: 

Location
of (loss)/gain
reclassified
from OCI into
income
(effective portion)

Gain/(loss) recognized in
OCI
(effective portion)

2017

2016

2015

(Loss)/gain reclassified
from OCI into income
(effective portion)

2017

2016

2015

Location of (loss)/
gain recognized in 
income 
(ineffective portion 
and amount 
excluded from 
effectiveness 
testing)

(Loss)/gain recognized
in income (ineffective
portion and
amount excluded from
effectiveness testing)

2017

2016

2015

Foreign exchange
contracts

$

39

$ (127) $ (38)

Other expense/
(income), net

$ (53) $ (42) $

4

Interest expense

$

(1) $

(1) $

1

We also enter into foreign currency transactions, primarily to hedge certain intercompany loans.  These derivatives are not 
generally designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had notional amounts of 
$971 million and $630 million, respectively, and had a net fair value asset of $3 million, and a net fair value liability of $8 
million, respectively. 

The effects of derivatives that have not been designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Location of gain/(loss) recognized in
income

Gain/(loss) recognized
in income 

Foreign exchange contracts

Other expense/(income), net

$

11

$

(3) $

(3)

2017

2016

2015

Note 10 — Debt 

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt consists of the following:

6.200% senior notes due 2017
Current portion of 7-year term loan facility
Current portion of term loan due 2019
Short-term borrowing under bank overdraft arrangement
Other debt

December 31,

2017

2016

— $
—
85
—
—
85

$

394
22
85
5
2
508

$

$

114

 
 
 
 
Long-term debt consists of the following:

Revolving $1.25 billion credit facility
Revolving $800 million credit facility
7-year term loan facility
Term loan due 2019
7.000% senior notes due 2019
5.750% senior notes due 2021
3.500% senior notes due 2021
2.125% senior notes due 2022 (i)
4.625% senior notes due 2023
3.600% senior notes due 2024
4.400% senior notes due 2026
6.125% senior notes due 2043

________________________

(i)  Notes issued in Euro (€540 million )

Guarantees 

December 31,

2017

2016

$

$

884
—
—
84
186
497
447
644
248
645
544
271
4,450

$

$

—
238
196
169
186
496
446
565
247
—
543
271
3,357

All direct obligations under the 6.200% (repaid during 2017), 7.000% and 3.600% senior notes are issued by Willis North 
America Inc. and guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings 
Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company 
and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited.  See Note 21 — Financial Information for Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor 
Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. 

All direct obligations under the 5.750% senior notes are issued by the Company and guaranteed by Trinity Acquisition plc, 
Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis 
Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited. See 
Note 22  — Financial Information for Parent Issuer, Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.  

All direct obligations under the 4.625%, 6.125%, 3.500%, 4.400%, and 2.125% senior notes are issued by Trinity Acquisition 
plc and guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I 
Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis 
Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited. See Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuer, Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor 
Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. 

Revolving Credit Facility 

$1.25 billion revolving credit facility 

On March 7, 2017, Trinity Acquisition plc (see Note 23 for further information) entered into a $1.25 billion amended and 
restated revolving credit facility (the ‘RCF’), that will mature on March 7, 2022. The RCF replaced the previous $800 million 
revolving credit facility (see below for further information). Amounts outstanding under the RCF shall bear interest at LIBOR 
plus a margin of 1.00% to 1.75%, or alternatively, the base rate plus a margin of 0.00% to 0.75%, based upon the Company’s 
guaranteed senior unsecured long-term debt rating.  

Borrowings of $409 million and €45 million  against the RCF were used to repay all outstanding borrowings against the 
previous $800 million revolving credit facility and the 7-year term loan due July 23, 2018. 

Additionally, on March 28, 2017, $407 million was used to repay the 6.200% senior notes due 2017, including accrued interest. 

$800 million revolving credit facility 

Drawings under the previous $800 million revolving credit facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25% to 2.00%, or 
alternatively the base rate plus a margin of 0.25% to 1.00% based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior unsecured long-term 
debt rating; a 1.375% margin applied while the Company’s debt rating remained BBB/Baa3. At December 31, 2016, $238 
million was outstanding under this revolving credit facility.  

115

 
 
WSI revolving credit facility 

Willis Securities Inc. (‘WSI’) maintained a $400 million revolving credit facility. The WSI revolving credit facility expired on 
April 28, 2017. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no borrowings outstanding under the WSI revolving credit 
facility.

Senior Notes 

3.600% senior notes due 2024 

On May 16, 2017, Willis North America Inc. (see Note 21 for further information) issued $650 million of 3.600% senior notes 
due 2024 (‘2024 senior notes’). The effective interest rate of the 2024 senior notes is 3.614%, which includes the impact of the 
discount upon issuance. The 2024 senior notes will mature on May 15, 2024, and interest accrues on the 2024 senior notes from 
May 16, 2017 and will be paid in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after 
deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $644 million, and were used to pay 
down amounts outstanding under the RCF and for general corporate purposes.  

2.125% senior notes due 2022 

On May 26, 2016, Trinity Acquisition plc issued €540 million  ($609 million) of 2.125% senior notes due 2022 (‘2022 senior 
notes’). The 2022 senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson. The effective interest rate of 
these senior notes is 2.154%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2022 senior notes will mature on 
May 26, 2022. Interest accrues on the notes from May 26, 2016 and will be paid in cash on May 26 of each year. The net 
proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were 
€535 million  ($600 million). We used the net proceeds of this offering to repay Tranche A of the previous 1-year term loan 
facility, which matured in 2016, and related accrued interest.  

3.500% senior notes due 2021 and 4.400% senior notes due 2026 

On March 22, 2016, Trinity Acquisition plc issued $450 million of 3.500% senior notes due 2021 (‘2021 senior notes’) and 
$550 million of 4.400% senior notes due 2026 (‘2026 senior notes’). The 2021 senior notes and the 2026 senior notes are fully 
and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. The effective interest rates of these senior notes are 3.707% and 4.572%, 
respectively, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2021 senior notes and the 2026 senior notes will 
mature on September 15, 2021 and March 15, 2026, respectively. Interest accrues on the notes from March 22, 2016 and will be 
paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds from these offerings, after deducting underwriter 
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $988 million. We used the net proceeds of these offerings to: 
(i) repay $300 million principal under the prior $800 million revolving credit facility and related accrued interest, which was 
drawn to repay our previously issued 4.125% senior notes on March 15, 2016; (ii) repay $400 million principal on Tranche B of 
the previous 1-year term loan facility and related accrued interest; and (iii) pay down a portion of the remaining principal 
amount outstanding under the previous $800 million revolving credit facility and related accrued interest. 

4.625% senior notes due 2023 and 6.125% senior notes due 2043 

On August 15, 2013, the Company issued $250 million of 4.625% senior notes due 2023 and $275 million of 6.125% senior notes 
due 2043. The effective interest rates of these senior notes are 4.696% and 6.154%, respectively, which include the impact of the 
discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase other previously issued senior notes. 

5.750% senior notes due 2021 

In March 2011, the Company issued $500 million of 5.750% senior notes due 2021. The effective interest rate of this senior note 
is 5.871%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase and redeem other 
previously issued senior notes.  

7.000% senior notes due 2019 

In September 2009, Willis North America Inc. issued $300 million of 7.000% senior notes due 2019. The effective interest rates 
of these senior notes are 7.081%, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. A portion of the proceeds were used to 
repurchase and redeem other previously issued senior notes. In August 2013, $113 million of the 7.000% senior notes due 2019 
were repurchased. 

116

Term Loan Facilities 

7-year term loan facility 

The 7-year term loan facility expiring 2018 bore interest at the same rate applicable to the previous $800 million revolving 
credit facility and was repayable in quarterly installments of $6 million with a final repayment of $186 million due in the third 
quarter of 2018. During 2017, we repaid in full and terminated the 7-year term loan with proceeds from borrowings against our 
$1.25 billion revolving credit facility. 

Term loan due December 2019 

On January 4, 2016, we acquired a $340 million term loan in connection with the Merger.  On November 20, 2015, Towers 
Watson Delaware Inc. entered into a four-year amortizing term loan agreement for up to $340 million with a consortium of 
banks to help fund the pre-Merger special dividend. On December 28, 2015, Towers Watson Delaware Inc. borrowed the full 
$340 million.   

The interest rate on the term loan is based on the Company’s choice of one, two, three or six-month LIBOR plus a spread of 
1.25% to 1.75%, or alternatively the bank base rate plus 0.25% to 0.75%. The spread to each index is dependent on the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The weighted-average interest rate on this term loan for the year ended December 31, 
2017 was 2.33%.  The term loan amortizes at a rate of $21 million per quarter, beginning in March 2016, with a final maturity 
date of December 2019.  The Company has the right to prepay a portion or all of the outstanding term loan balance on any 
interest payment date without penalty. At December 31, 2017, the balance outstanding on the term loan was $170 million, 
before reduction of $1 million in debt issuance fees. 

Additional Information Regarding Fully Repaid Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes 

1-year term loan facility 

On November 20, 2015, Legacy Willis entered into a 1-year term loan facility.  The 1-year term loan had two tranches: Tranche 
A was for €550 million , of which €544 million  ($592 million) was drawn on December 19, 2015 and used to finance the 
acquisition of Gras Savoye.  Tranche B was for $400 million and was drawn on January 4, 2016 and used to re-finance debt 
held by Legacy Towers Watson which became due on acquisition. Tranche A was repaid in its entirety on May 26, 2016 from 
the proceeds from the issuance of our 2022 senior notes discussed above. Tranche B was repaid in its entirety on March 22, 
2016 from a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of our senior notes discussed above. The amount outstanding as of 
December 31, 2015 was $592 million, gross of $5 million in debt fees related to the 1-year term loan facility. 

4.125% senior notes due 2016 

In March 2011, the Company issued $300 million of 4.125% senior notes due 2016. The effective interest rate of the senior notes 
was 4.240%, which included the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase and redeem other 
previously issued senior notes.   

6.200% senior notes due 2017 

On March 28, 2007, we issued $600 million of 10 year senior notes at 6.200%. The effective interest rate of these senior notes 
was 6.253%. In August 2013, $206 million of the 6.200% senior notes were repurchased. The final balance was repaid on 
March 28, 2017 from the RCF as discussed above.

Covenants 

The terms of our current financings also include certain limitations. For example, the agreements relating to the debt 
arrangements and credit facilities generally contain numerous operating and financial covenants, including requirements to 
maintain minimum ratios of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated cash interest expense and maximum levels of consolidated 
funded indebtedness in relation to consolidated EBITDA, in each case subject to certain adjustments.  The operating 
restrictions and financial covenants in our credit facilities do, and any future financing agreements may, limit our ability to 
finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we were in 
compliance with all financial covenants. 

117

Debt Maturity 

The following table summarizes the maturity of our debt, interest on senior notes and excludes any reduction for debt issuance 
costs: 

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total

$

$

— $

187

$

— $

950

$

644

$

1,725

$

147

85

—

144

85

—

134

—

—

107

—

—

82

—

884

464

—

—

3,506

1,078

170

884

232

$

416

$

134

$

1,057

$

1,610

$

2,189

$

5,638

Senior notes

Interest on senior notes

Term loans

RCF

Total

Interest Expense 

The following table shows an analysis of the interest expense for the years ended December 31: 

Senior notes

Term loans
RCF
WSI revolving credit facility
Other (i)

Total interest expense

________________________

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

148

8
17
1
14
188

$

$

139

17
10
2
16
184

$

$

114

5
6
2
15
142

(i)  Other primarily includes debt issuance costs, interest expense on capitalized leases and accretion on deferred and contingent consideration.

Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements 

The Company has categorized its assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis 
into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows: 

• 

• 

 Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets; 

 Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are 
corroborated by market data; and 

• 

 Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial 
instruments: 

•  Available-for-sale securities are classified as Level 1 because we use quoted market prices in determining the fair 

value of these securities.  

•  Market values for our derivative instruments have been used to determine the fair value of interest rate swaps and 
forward foreign exchange contracts based on estimated amounts the Company would receive or have to pay to 
terminate the agreements, taking into account observable information about the current interest rate environment or 
current foreign currency forward rates. Such financial instruments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. 

•  Contingent consideration payable is classified as Level 3, and we estimate fair value based on the likelihood and 
timing of achieving the relevant milestones of each arrangement, applying a probability assessment to each of the 
potential outcomes, and discounting the probability-weighted payout. Typically, milestones are based on revenue or 
EBITDA growth for the acquired business.  

118

 
 
The following tables present our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 
December 31, 2016:

Balance Sheet Location

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2017

Assets:

Available-for-sale securities:

Mutual funds / exchange traded

funds

Derivatives:

Prepaid and other current assets and
other non-current assets

Derivative financial instruments (i)

Prepaid and other current assets and
other non-current assets

Liabilities:

Contingent consideration:

Contingent consideration (ii)

Other current liabilities and 
other non-current liabilities

Derivatives:

Derivative financial instruments (i)

Other current liabilities and 
other non-current liabilities

$

$

$

$

40

$

— $

— $

— $

18

$

— $

— $

— $

51

$

— $

37

$

— $

40

18

51

37

Balance Sheet Location

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2016

Assets:

Available-for-sale securities:

Mutual funds / exchange traded 

funds

Derivatives:

Prepaid and other current assets and 
other non-current assets

Derivative financial instruments (i)

Prepaid and other current assets and
other non-current assets

Liabilities:

Contingent consideration:

Contingent consideration (ii)

Other current liabilities and 
other non-current liabilities

Derivatives:

Derivative financial instruments (i)

Other current liabilities and 
other non-current liabilities

____________________ 

$

$

$

$

37

$

— $

— $

— $

15

$

— $

37

15

— $

— $

55

$

55

— $

133

$

— $

133

(i)  See Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments for further information on our derivative instruments. 

(ii)  Probability weightings are based on our knowledge of the past and planned performance of the acquired entity to which the contingent consideration 
applies. The weighted-average discount rate used on our material contingent consideration calculations was 9.64% and 10.76% at December 31, 
2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Using different probability weightings and discount rates could result in an increase or decrease of the 
contingent consideration payable. 

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Level 3 liabilities: 

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Balance at December 31, 2016

Obligations assumed

Net sales

Payments

Realized and unrealized gains
Foreign exchange

Balance at December 31, 2017

December 31, 2017

$

$

55

—
(7)
(10)
9

4
51

There were no significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

119

 
 
 
 
Fair value information about financial instruments not measured at fair value 

The following tables present our liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

Liabilities:
    Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

    Long-term debt

$

$

85

4,450

$

$

85

4,706

$

$

508

3,357

$

$

513

3,504

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Carrying Value

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

The carrying values of our revolving lines of credit and term loans approximate their fair values.  The fair values above are not 
necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize upon disposition nor do they indicate the Company’s 
intent or ability to dispose of the financial instrument. The fair value of our respective senior notes are considered level 2 
financial instruments as they are corroborated by observable market data. 

Note 12 — Retirement Benefits 

Defined Benefit Plans and Post-retirement Welfare Plans 

Willis Towers Watson sponsors both qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement 
welfare plans (‘PRW’) plans throughout the world.  The majority of our plan assets and obligations are in the United States and 
the United Kingdom. We have also included disclosures related to defined benefit plans in certain other countries, including 
Canada, France, Germany, Ireland and the Netherlands. Together, these disclosed funded and unfunded plans represent 99% of 
Willis Towers Watson’s pension and PRW obligations and are disclosed herein. 

On January 4, 2016, in connection with the Merger, we acquired additional defined benefit pension, PRW, and defined 
contribution plans. Total plan assets of approximately $3.7 billion and projected benefit obligations of approximately $4.6 
billion were acquired.  The funded status for each of the acquired plans has been included in the values of identifiable assets 
acquired, and liabilities assumed in Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures and are recorded as $67 million in pension 
benefits assets and $923 million in liability for pension benefits. 

As part of these obligations, in the United States, the United Kingdom and Canada, we have non-qualified plans that provide 
for the additional pension benefits that would be covered under the qualified plan in the respective country were it not for 
statutory maximums. The non-qualified plans are unfunded.

The significant plans within each grouping are described below: 

United States 

Legacy Willis – This plan was frozen in 2009. Approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the 
United States have a frozen accrued benefit under this plan. 

Willis Towers Watson Plan – Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in this plan.  Benefits are 
provided under a stable value pension plan design. The original stable value design came into effect on January 1, 
2012. As of July 1, 2017, existing plan participants earn benefits without having to make employee contributions, and 
all newly eligible employees are required to contribute 2% of pay to participate in the plan.  

United Kingdom 

Legacy Willis – This plan covers approximately one third of the Legacy Willis employees in the United Kingdom. The 
plan is now closed to new entrants.  New employees in the United Kingdom are offered the opportunity to join a 
defined contribution plan. 

Legacy Towers Watson – Benefit accruals earned under the Legacy Watson Wyatt defined benefit plan (predominantly 
pension benefits) ceased on February 28, 2015, although benefits earned prior to January 1, 2008 retain a link to salary 
until the employee leaves the Company.  Benefit accruals earned under the legacy Towers Perrin defined benefit plan 
(predominantly lump sum benefits) were frozen on March 31, 2008.  All participants now accrue defined contribution 
benefits. 

Legacy Miller – The plan provides retirement benefits based on members’ salaries at the point at which they ceased to 
accrue benefits under the scheme. 

120

Other 

Canada (Legacy Towers Watson) – Participants accrue qualified and non-qualified benefits based on a career average 
benefit formula. Additionally, participants can choose to make voluntary contributions to purchase enhancements to 
their pension. 

France (Legacy Gras Savoye) – The mandatory retirement indemnity plan is a termination benefit which provides 
lump sum benefits at retirement. There is no vesting before the retirement date and the benefit formula is determined 
through the collective bargaining agreement and the labor code. All employees with permanent employment contracts 
are eligible. 

Germany (Legacy Willis) – The defined benefit plan population consists of retirees receiving annuities and three 
participants with deferred vested benefits.  Other employees and former employees participate in defined contribution 
arrangements. 

Germany (Legacy Towers Watson) – Effective January 1, 2011, all new participants participate in a defined 
contribution plan. Participants hired prior to this date continue to participate in various defined contribution and 
defined benefit arrangements according to legacy plan formulas. The legacy defined benefit plans are primarily 
account-based, with some long-service participants continuing to accrue benefits according to grandfathered final-
average-pay formulas.  

Ireland (Legacy Willis) – The defined benefit plans provide pension benefits for approximately one third of legacy 
Willis employees in Ireland. The defined benefit plans are now closed to new entrants.  

Ireland (Legacy Towers Watson) – Benefit accruals earned under the scheme’s defined benefit plan ceased on May 1, 
2015. Benefits earned prior to this date retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company. 

Netherlands (Legacy Towers Watson) – Benefits under the plan used to accrue on a final pay basis on earnings up to a 
maximum amount each year. The benefit accrual under the final pay plan stopped at December 31, 2010. The accrued 
benefits will receive conditional indexation each year.

Post-retirement Welfare Plan 

We provide certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for retired participants. The principal plans cover participants 
in the U.S. who have met certain eligibility requirements. Our principal post-retirement benefit plans are primarily 
unfunded. Retiree medical benefits provided under our U.S. post-retirement benefit plans were closed to new hires 
effective January 1, 2011. Life insurance benefits under the plans were frozen with respect to service, eligibility and 
amounts as of January 1, 2012 for active participants. 

121

Amounts Recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following schedules provide information concerning the defined benefit pension plans and PRW plan as of and for the 
years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

Change in Benefit Obligation

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

$

4,169

$ 3,899

$

732

$

113

$

976

$

2,881

$

184

$

—

2017

2016

U.S.

U.K.

Other

PRW

U.S.

U.K.

Other

PRW

Service cost

Interest cost

Employee contributions

Actuarial losses

Settlements

Benefits paid

Business combinations

Transfers in

Foreign currency changes

Benefit obligation, end of year

Change in Plan Assets

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Employee contributions

Settlements

Benefits paid

Business combinations

Transfers in

Foreign currency adjustment

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

Funded status at end of year

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

Components on the Consolidated Balance

Sheet

     Pension benefits assets

     Current liability for pension benefits

     Non-current liability for pension benefits

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

66

139

6

293

(16)

(181)

—

—

—

32

93

1

2

(138)

(93)

—

—

369

4,476

$ 4,165

3,280

$ 4,360

$

$

464

101

6

(16)

(181)

—

—

—

290

66

1

(138)

(93)

—

—

424

3,654

$ 4,910

(822) $

745

4,476

$ 4,165

$

$

$

20

17

—

5

(1)

(29)

—

1

77

822

467

42

34

—

(1)

(29)

—

1

48

$

$

562

$

—

4

6

14

—

(14)

—

—

—

59

137

—

151

—

(166)

3,012

—

—

123

$ 4,169

$

749

153

91

—

—

(166)

2,453

—

—

4

—

6

6

—

(14)

—

—

—

2

24

114

1

852

(12)

(130)

842

—

(673)

3,899

3,478

$

$

$

$

782

106

1

(12)

(130)

906

—

(771)

$ 3,280

$

4,360

(260) $

(121) $

(889) $

461

790

$

123

$ 4,169

$

3,899

$

$

$

19

18

—

61

(61)

(24)

530

1

4

732

158

26

39

—

(58)

(24)

321

1

4

$

$

467

$

1

3

7

4

—

(14)

112

—

—

113

—

—

7

7

—

(14)

4

—

—

4

(265) $

(109)

696

$

113

— $

754

$

(40) $

— $

17

$

(6) $

— $

(5) $

— $

478

$

(47) $

— $

10

$

(7) $

(782) $

(9) $

(271) $

(116) $

(842) $

(17) $

(268) $

(822) $

745

$

(260) $

(121) $

(889) $

461

$

(265) $

—

(3)

(106)

(109)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consist of:

Net actuarial loss

Net prior service gain

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

2017

2016

U.S.

U.K.

Other

PRW

U.S.

U.K.

Other

PRW

$

$

663

—

663

$

$

909

(142)

767

$

$

79

—

79

$

$

19

—

19

$

$

603

—

603

$

$

918

(147)

771

$

$

80

—

80

$

$

4

—

4

The following table presents the projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have a projected 
benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

U.S.

$

$

4,476

3,654

$

$

2017

U.K.

122

Other

U.S.

2016

U.K.

Other

10

$

— $

758

481

$

$

4,169

3,280

$

$

843

825

$

$

686

411

The following table presents the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for 
our plans that have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

2017

U.K.

U.S.

$

$

$

4,476

4,476

3,654

$

$

$

Other

U.S.

10

10

$

$

— $

758

726

481

$

$

$

4,169

4,169

3,280

$

$

$

2016

U.K.

Other

686

650

411

843

843

825

$

$

$

The components of the net periodic benefit income and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income)/loss for the 
years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 for the defined benefit pension and PRW plans are as follows:

2017

2016

2015

U.S.

U.K. Other PRW U.S.

U.K. Other PRW U.S.

U.K. Other PRW

Components of net periodic benefit (income)/cost:

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of unrecognized prior service
credit

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss

Settlement

Curtailment gain

$

66 $

32 $

20 $ — $

59 $

24 $

19 $

139

93

17

(245)

(284)

(30)

—

13

1

—

(18)

53

37

—

—

2

1

—

4

—

—

—

—

—

137

114

18

(240)

(253)

(27)

—

12

—

—

(19)

42

—

—

—

—

5

—

1

3

—

—

—

—

—

$ — $

33 $

3 $ —

41

107

(57)

(230)

—

11

—

—

(18)

36

—

(5)

3

(3)

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Net periodic benefit (income)/cost

$ (26) $ (87) $

10 $

4

$ (32) $ (92) $

15 $

4

$

(5) $ (77) $

4 $ —

Other changes in plan assets and benefit

obligations recognized in other
comprehensive loss/(income):

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

$

74 $

(4) $

(7) $

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss

(13)

(53)

Prior service gain

Amortization of unrecognized prior service

credit

Settlement

Curtailment loss

—

—

(1)

—

—

18

(37)

—

(2)

—

—

(1)

—

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss/

(income)

Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income)/

60

(76)

(10)

14

—

—

—

—

—

14

$ 238 $ 323 $

62 $

4

$ (16) $

59 $

(5) $ —

(12)

(42)

—

—

—

—

—

19

—

—

226

300

—

—

—

(8)

—

54

—

—

—

—

—

4

8

(11)

(36)

— (215)

—

—

—

18

—

18

(1)

—

—

—

—

(27)

(156)

(6)

—

—

—

—

—

—

$ (32) $ (233) $

(2) $ —

cost and other comprehensive loss/(income)

$

34 $ (163) $ — $

18

$ 194 $ 208 $

69 $

During the year ended December 31, 2017, as a result of past changes in UK legislation and the low interest rate environment, 
the amount of transfer payments from the Legacy Willis UK pension plan exceeded the plan’s service and interest cost.  This 
triggers settlement accounting which requires immediate recognition of a portion of the obligations associated with the plan 
transfers.  Consequently, the Company recognized a non-cash expense of $36 million.

During fiscal year 2016, we adopted the granular approach to calculating service and interest cost. This was treated as a change 
in accounting estimate, and resulted in a credit of $51 million included in our total net periodic benefit income reflected above. 

On March 6, 2015, Legacy Willis announced to members of the U.K. defined benefit pension plan that, effective from June 30, 
2015, future salary increases would not be pensionable (the ‘salary freeze’). Legacy Willis recognized the salary freeze as a 
plan amendment at the announcement date. The impact of the salary freeze reduced the plan’s projected benefit obligation by 
approximately $215 million and created a prior service credit which is recognized in other comprehensive income and then 
amortized to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the remaining expected service life of active 
employees.  

123

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service gain for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated 
other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are:

Estimated net actuarial loss

Prior service gain

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

U.S.

U.K

Other

PRW

$

$

11

$

— $

47

$

(19) $

2

$

— $

1

—

Assumptions Used in the Valuations of the Defined Benefit Pension Plans and PRW Plan 

The determination of the Company’s obligations and annual expense under the plans is based on a number of assumptions that, 
given the longevity of the plans, are long-term in focus. A change in one or a combination of these assumptions could have a 
material impact on our projected benefit obligation. However, certain of these changes, such as changes in the discount rate and 
actuarial assumptions, are not recognized immediately in net income, but are instead recorded in other comprehensive income. 
The accumulated gains and losses not yet recognized in net income are amortized into net income as a component of the net 
periodic benefit cost/(credit) generally based on the average working life expectancy of the plan’s active participants to the 
extent that the net gains or losses as of the beginning of the year exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan 
assets or the projected benefit obligation. The average remaining service period of participants for the PRW plan is 
approximately 9.9 years. 

The Company considers several factors prior to the start of each fiscal year when determining the appropriate annual 
assumptions, including economic forecasts, relevant benchmarks, historical trends, portfolio composition and peer company 
comparisons. These assumptions, used to determine our pension liabilities and pension expense, are reviewed annually by 
senior management and changed when appropriate. The discount rate will be changed annually if underlying rates have moved, 
whereas the expected long-term return on assets will be changed less frequently as longer term trends in asset returns emerge or 
long-term target asset allocations are revised. To calculate the discount rate, we use the granular approach to determining 
service and interest costs. The expected rate of return assumptions for all plans are supported by an analysis of the weighted-
average yield expected to be achieved based upon the anticipated makeup of the plans’ investments. Other material assumptions 
include rates of participant mortality, and the expected long-term rate of compensation and pension increases. 

The following assumptions were used in the valuations of Willis Towers Watson’s defined benefit pension plans and PRW plan. 
The assumptions presented for the U.S. plans represent the weighted-average of rates for all U.S. plans. The assumptions 
presented for the U.K. plans represent the weighted-average of rates for the U.K. plans. The assumptions presented for the 
Other plans represent the weighted-average of rates for the Canada, France, Germany, Ireland, and Netherlands plans. 

124

 
The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 
were as follows:

Discount rate (i)

Discount rate - PBO

Discount rate - service cost

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

U.S.

U.K. Other PRW U.S.

U.K. Other PRW U.S.

U.K. Other PRW

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.9% 3.6% 2.3% —%

4.0% 2.6% 2.7% 4.0%

4.2% 3.8% 3.2% 4.2%

3.9% 2.6% 3.0% 3.9%

3.9% 3.8% 3.4% 4.1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A —%

N/A —%

N/A —%

N/A —%

Discount rate - interest cost on service cost

3.2% 2.4% 2.8% 3.5%

3.2% 3.8% 3.1% 3.5%

Discount rate - interest cost on PBO

3.4% 2.3% 2.3% 3.3%

3.4% 3.4% 2.8% 3.3%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

7.6% 6.3% 6.1% 2.0%

7.6% 6.2% 6.1% 2.0%

7.3% 6.5% 3.3% —%

Rate of increase in compensation levels

4.3% 3.2% 2.3% N/A

4.3% 3.2% 2.3% N/A

N/A

2.9% 2.2% —%

Healthcare cost trend

Initial rate

Ultimate rate

Year reaching ultimate rate

7.0%

5.0%

2022

7.0%

5.0%

2022

N/A

N/A

N/A

____________________ 
(i)  This discount rate represents the assumption to determine net periodic benefit cost prior to the Company’s use of the granular approach to calculating 

service and interest cost which began for the 2016 fiscal year.

The following tables present the assumptions used in the valuation to determine the projected benefit obligation for the fiscal 
years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016: 

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 31, 2017
Other

U.K.

PRW

U.S.

December 31, 2016
Other

U.K.

2.6%

3.0%

2.6%

2.3%

3.5%

N/A

4.0%

4.3%

2.6%

3.2%

2.7%

2.3%

U.S.

3.6%

4.3%

PRW

4.0%

N/A

A one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have an immaterial effect on the post-
retirement benefit cost and obligation as of December 31, 2017. 

The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the weighted-average of the expected future returns of the 
various asset classes, using the target allocations shown below. The Company’s pension plan asset target allocations as of 
December 31, 2017 were as follows: 

Asset Category

Equity securities

Debt securities

Real estate

Other

Total

U.S.

Willis

Towers
Watson

Willis

U.K.

Towers
Watson

Canada

Germany

Ireland

Miller

Towers
Watson

Towers
Watson

Willis

Towers
Watson

35%

54%

11%

—%

23%

43%

6%

28%

33%

47%

2%

18%

11%

56%

—%

33%

33%

55%

—%

12%

60%

40%

—%

—%

30%

51%

—%

19%

32%

27%

3%

38%

71%

29%

—%

—%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

The Legacy Willis plan in Germany and the Legacy Towers Watson plan in the Netherlands are invested in insurance contracts. 
Consequently, the asset allocations of the plans are managed by the insurer. The Legacy Gras Savoye plan in France is 
unfunded. 

Our investment strategy is designed to generate returns that will reduce the interest rate risk inherent in each of the plan’s 
benefit obligations and enable the plans to meet their future obligations. The precise amount for which these obligations will be 
settled depends on future events, including the life expectancy of the plan participants and salary inflation. The obligations are 
estimated using actuarial assumptions, based on the current economic environment. 

Each pension plan seeks to achieve total returns sufficient to meet expected future obligations when considered in conjunction 
with expected future contributions and prudent levels of investment risk and diversification. Each plan’s targeted asset 
allocation is generally determined through a plan-specific Asset-Liability Modeling study. These comprehensive studies 
provide an evaluation of the projected status of asset and benefit obligation measures for each plan under a range of both 

125

 
 
 
 
positive and negative environments. The studies include a number of different asset mixes, spanning a range of diversification 
and potential equity exposures. 

In evaluating the strategic asset allocation choices, an emphasis is placed on the long-term characteristics of each individual 
asset class, such as expected return, volatility of returns and correlations with other asset classes within the portfolios. 
Consideration is also given to the proper long-term level of risk for each plan, the impact of the volatility and magnitude of 
plan contributions and costs, and the impact that certain actuarial techniques may have on the plan’s recognition of investment 
experience. 

We monitor investment performance and portfolio characteristics on a quarterly basis to ensure that managers are meeting 
expectations with respect to their investment approach. There are also various restrictions and controls placed on managers, 
including prohibition from investing in our stock. 

Fair Value of Plan Assets 

The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value: 

•  Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets; 

•  Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are 

corroborated by market data; and 

•  Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. 

The fair values of our U.S. plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Asset category:
Cash
Short-term securities
Equity securities
Government bonds

Corporate bonds
Other fixed income
Pooled / commingled funds
Mutual funds
Private equity
Hedge funds
Total assets

$

$

10
—
202
10

—
—
—
1
—
—
223

$

$

— $
283
—
—

193
20
—
—
—
—
496

$

— $
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
— $

10
283
202
10

193
20
1,922
1
287
724
3,652

$

$

3
—
253
10

—
—
—
183
—
—
449

$

$

— $
33
8
—

169
19
—
—
—
—
229

$

— $
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
— $

3
33
260
10

170
19
1,665
183
234
692
3,269

126

The fair values of our U.K. plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Asset category:
Cash
Equity securities
Government bonds

Corporate bonds
Other fixed income
Pooled / commingled funds
Mutual funds
Private equity
Derivatives
Real estate
Hedge funds
Total assets

Liability category:
Repurchase agreements
Derivatives
Net assets

$

$

$

92
24
1,841

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,957

—
—
1,957

$

$

$

— $
—
—

224
246
—
—
—
102
—
—
572

549
16
7

$

$

— $
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $

92
24
1,841

224
246
2,294
8
32
102
218
393
5,474

—
—
— $

549
16
4,909

$

$

$

49
374
1,184

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,607

—
—
1,607

$

$

$

— $
8
—

118
216
—
—
—
73
—
—
415

—
14
401

$

$

— $
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $

49
382
1,184

118
216
1,677
11
40
73
197
426
4,373

—
—
— $

—
14
4,359

The fair values of our Other plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Asset category:
Cash
Pooled / commingled funds
Mutual funds
Insurance contracts
Total assets

$

$

5
—
—
—
5

$

$

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
19
19

$

5
327
209
19
560

$

$

17
—
—
—
17

$

$

— $
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
17
17

$

17
214
224
17
472

Our PRW plan invests only in short-term investments and mutual funds and is not included within this fair value hierarchy 
table. 

We evaluate the need to transfer between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer 
relative to the total net assets of the plans. There were no significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 in the fiscal years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

In accordance with Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, certain investments that are measured at fair 
value using the net asset value per share practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.  The fair value 
amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in 
the statements of net assets. 

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for investments at fair value: 

Short-term securities: Valued at the net value of shares held by the Company at year end as reported by the sponsor of the 
funds. 

Equity securities and Mutual Funds: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual 
securities are traded. Exchange traded mutual funds are included as Level 1 above. 

Government bonds: Valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the bond is traded. 

Corporate bonds: Valued using pricing models maximizing the use of observable inputs for similar securities. This includes 
basing value on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. 

127

Other Fixed Income: Foreign and municipal bonds are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the 
bond is traded. 

Pooled / Commingled Funds and Mutual Funds: Valued at the net value of shares held by the Company at year end as reported 
by the manager of the funds. These funds are not exchange traded and are not reported by level in the tables above. 

Derivative investments: Valued at the closing level of the relevant index or security and interest accrual through the valuation 
date. 

Private equity funds, Real estate funds, Hedge funds: The fair value for these investments is estimated based on the net asset 
value derived from the latest audited financial statements or most recent capital account statements provided by the private 
equity fund’s investment manager or third-party administrator. 

Insurance contracts: The fair values are determined using model-based techniques that include option-pricing models, 
discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. 

Repurchase agreements: Valued as the repurchase obligation which includes an interest rate linked to the underlying fixed 
interest government bond portfolio. These agreements are short-term in nature (less than one year) and were entered into for the 
purpose of purchasing additional government bonds.

The following table reconciles the net plan investments to the total fair value of the plan assets:

Net assets held in investments

PRW plan assets

Net receivable for investments purchased

Dividend and interest receivable

Fair value of plan assets

Level 3 investments 

December 31,

2017

2016

9,121

$

8,100

2

2

3

3

3

3

9,128

$

8,109

$

$

As a result of the inherent limitations related to the valuations of the Level 3 investments, due to the unobservable inputs of the 
underlying funds, the estimated fair value may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a market for 
those investments existed. 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the plans’ Level 3 assets for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2017:

Beginning balance at December 31, 2016

Foreign exchange

Ending balance at December 31, 2017

Contributions and Benefit Payments  

Level  3 
Roll Forward

$

$

17

2

19

Funding is based on actuarially determined contributions and is limited to amounts that are currently deductible for tax 
purposes. Since funding calculations are based on different measurements than those used for accounting purposes, pension 
contributions are not equal to net periodic pension costs. 

The following table sets forth our projected pension contributions to our qualified plans for fiscal year 2018, as well as the 
pension contributions to our qualified plans in fiscal years 2017 and 2016:

U.S.

U.K.

Other

2018
(Projected)

2017
(Actual)

2016
(Actual)

$

$

$

50

81

13

$

$

$

50

65

13

$

$

$

50

105

29

128

Expected benefit payments from our defined benefit pension plans to current plan participants, including the effect of their 
expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:

Fiscal Year
2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Years 2023 – 2027

Defined Contribution Plan 

U.S.

U.K.

Benefit Payments
Other

PRW

Total

230

236

245

249

260

1,386

112

111

117

127

129

764

$

2,606

$

1,360

$

36

26

27

29

36

16

17

18

19

20

179

333

$

117

207

$

394

390

407

424

445

2,446

4,506

We have defined contribution plans covering eligible employees in many countries. The most significant plans are in the U.S. 
and U.K. and are described here.  

We have a U.S. defined contribution plan covering all eligible employees of Willis Towers Watson (the ‘Plan’). The Plan allows 
participants to make pre-tax and Roth after-tax contributions and provides a 100% match by us on the first 1% of employee 
contributions and 50% match on the next 5% of employee contributions. Employees vest in the employer match upon 2 years 
of service. All investment assets of the plan are held in a trust account administered by independent trustees.    

The Legacy Towers Watson U.K. pension plan has a money purchase component to which we make core contributions plus 
additional contributions matching those of the participants up to a maximum rate. Contribution rates depend on the age of the 
participant and whether or not they arise from salary sacrifice arrangements through which the participant has elected to receive 
a pension contribution in lieu of additional salary. 

The Legacy Willis U.K. pension plan has a money purchase component to which we make core contributions plus additional 
contributions matching those of the participants up to a maximum rate. Contribution rates may arise from salary sacrifice 
arrangements through which the participant has elected to receive a pension contribution in lieu of additional salary. 

We made contributions to our defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 amounting to 
$154 million, $152 million and $77 million, respectively.  

Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases certain land, building and equipment under various operating lease commitments. The total amount of the 
minimum rent is expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rental expenses and sub-lease rental income for 
operating leases are recorded as part of other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. 
Rental expense, exclusive of sublease income, was $302 million, $302 million, and $142 million for the years ended December 
31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We have entered into sublease agreements for some of our excess leased space. Sublease 
income was $21 million, $17 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate future minimum rental commitments under all non-cancellable operating lease 
agreements are as follows:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total

Gross rental
commitments
204
$
191
165
138
120
585
1,403

$

129

$

$

Rentals from
subleases

Net rental
commitments
188
178
152
128
116
580
1,342

(16) $
(13)
(13)
(10)
(4)
(5)
(61) $

Guarantees 

Guarantees issued by certain of Willis Towers Watson’s subsidiaries with respect to the senior notes and revolving credit 
facilities are discussed in Note 10 — Debt.

Certain of Willis Towers Watson’s subsidiaries have given the landlords of some leasehold properties occupied by the Company 
in the United Kingdom and the United States guarantees in respect of the performance of the lease obligations of the subsidiary 
holding the lease. The operating lease obligations subject to such guarantees amounted to $669 million and $558 million at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The capital lease obligations subject to such guarantees amounted to $8 million and 
$9 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Acquisition liabilities 

The Company has deferred and contingent consideration due to be paid on existing acquisitions until 2019 totaling $96 million 
at December 31, 2017. Most notably, our liability for the acquisition of Miller Insurance Services LLP in May 2015, for which 
deferred and contingent consideration, including interest, was $78 million at December 31, 2017. Total deferred and contingent 
consideration paid during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $65 million. 

Other contractual obligations 

For certain subsidiaries and associates, the Company has the right to purchase shares (a call option) from co-shareholders at 
various dates in the future. In addition, the co-shareholders of certain subsidiaries and associates have the right to sell their 
shares (a put option) to the Company at various dates in the future. Generally, the exercise price of such put options and call 
options is formula-based (using revenues and earnings) and is designed to reflect fair value. Based on current projections of 
profitability and exchange rates, and assuming the put options are exercised, the potential amount payable from these options is 
not expected to exceed $34 million. 

In July 2010, the Company made a capital commitment of $25 million to Trident V Parallel Fund, LP, an investment fund 
managed by Stone Point Capital. This replaced a capital commitment of $25 million that had been made to Trident V, LP in 
December 2009. As of December 31, 2017 there have been approximately $24 million of capital contributions.  

In May 2011, the Company made a capital commitment of $10 million to Dowling Capital Partners I, LP. As of December 31, 
2017 there had been approximately $9 million of capital contributions.  

Other contractual obligations at December 31, 2017 and 2016, include certain capital lease obligations totaling $48 million and 
$54 million, respectively, primarily in respect of the Company’s Nashville property. 

Indemnification Agreements 

Willis Towers Watson has various agreements which provide that it may be obligated to indemnify the other party to the 
agreement with respect to certain matters. Generally, these indemnification provisions are included in contracts arising in the 
normal course of business and in connection with the purchase and sale of certain businesses. Although it is not possible to 
predict the maximum potential amount of future payments that may become due under these indemnification agreements 
because of the conditional nature of Willis Towers Watson’s obligations and the unique facts of each particular agreement, 
Willis Towers Watson does not believe any potential liability that might arise from such indemnity provisions is probable or 
material. There are no provisions for recourse to third parties, nor are any assets held by any third parties that any guarantor can 
liquidate to recover amounts paid under such indemnities. 

Legal Proceedings 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various actual and potential claims, lawsuits, and other 
proceedings. Some of the claims, lawsuits and other proceedings seek damages in amounts which could, if assessed, be 
significant. We do not expect the impact of claims or demands not described below to be material to the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. The Company also receives subpoenas in the ordinary course of business and, from time to 
time, receives requests for information in connection with governmental investigations. 

Errors and omissions claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business are covered in part by 
professional indemnity or other appropriate insurance. See Note 14 for the amounts accrued at December 31, 2017 and 2016 in 
the consolidated balance sheets. The terms of this insurance vary by policy year. Regarding self-insured risks, the Company has 
established provisions which are believed to be adequate in the light of current information and legal advice, or, in certain 
cases, where a range of loss exists, the Company accrues the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a 
better estimate than any other amount. The Company adjusts such provisions from time to time according to developments.  

130

On the basis of current information, the Company does not expect that the actual claims, lawsuits and other proceedings to 
which the Company is subject, or potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings relating to matters of which it is aware, will 
ultimately have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Nonetheless, 
given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation and 
disputes with insurance companies, it is possible that an adverse outcome or settlement in certain matters could, from time to 
time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual 
periods. In addition, given the early stages of some litigation or regulatory proceedings described below, it is not possible to 
predict their outcome or resolution, and it is possible that these events may have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

The Company provides for contingent liabilities based on ASC 450, Contingencies, when it is determined that a liability, 
inclusive of defense costs, is probable and reasonably estimable. The contingent liabilities recorded are primarily developed 
actuarially. Litigation is subject to many factors which are difficult to predict so there can be no assurance that in the event of a 
material unfavorable result in one or more claims, we will not incur material costs. 

Merger-related Appraisal Demands

Between November 12, 2015 and December 10, 2015, in connection with the then-proposed Merger, Towers Watson received 
demands for appraisal under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law on behalf of ten purported beneficial 
owners of an aggregate of approximately 2.4% of the shares of Towers Watson common stock outstanding at the time of the 
Merger. Between March 3, 2016 and March 23, 2016, three appraisal petitions were filed in the Court of Chancery for the State 
of Delaware on behalf of three purported beneficial owners of Towers Watson common stock, captioned Rangeley Capital LLC 
v. Towers Watson & Co., C.A. No. 12063-CB, Merion Capital L.P. v. Towers Watson & Co., C.A. No. 12064-CB, and College 
Retirement Equities Fund v. Towers Watson & Co., C.A. No. 12126-CB. The appraisal petitions seek, among other things, a 
determination of the fair value of the appraisal petitioners’ shares at the time of the Merger; an order that Towers Watson pay 
that value to the appraisal petitioners, together with interest at the statutory rate; and an award of costs, attorneys’ fees, and 
other expenses. Towers Watson answered the appraisal petitions between March 24, 2016 and April 18, 2016. On May 9, 2016, 
the court consolidated the three pending appraisal proceedings under the caption In re Appraisal of Towers Watson & Co., 
Consolidated C.A. No. 12064-CB. A fourth owner filed an appraisal demand, but did not file an appraisal petition. The 
aggregate amount of shares subject to appraisal from these four owners was 1,415,199. The court provisionally scheduled trial 
for October 2, 2017. On September 15, 2017, the Company reached a settlement with all shareholders who made demands for 
appraisal, resolving all claims related to the appraised shares. Under the terms of the settlement, these shareholders surrendered 
all rights to the Towers Watson shares and all potential Merger consideration issuable for the legacy shares. In exchange, the 
Company made a payment to these shareholders of approximately $211 million, which represented $134.75 per share plus 
accrued interest at the statutory rate of interest. As a result of the settlement, the Court, on September 18, 2017, dismissed all 
claims in the case with prejudice. The Company thereafter canceled all of the Towers Watson common shares at issue in the 
appraisal proceeding. 

Merger-Related Securities Litigation 

On November 21, 2017, a purported former stockholder of Legacy Towers Watson filed a putative class action complaint on behalf 
of a putative class consisting of all Legacy Towers Watson stockholders as of October 2, 2015 against the Company, Legacy Towers 
Watson, Legacy Willis, ValueAct Capital Management (‘ValueAct’), and certain current and former directors and officers of Legacy 
Towers Watson and Legacy Willis (John Haley, Dominic Casserley, and Jeffrey Ubben), in the United States District Court for 
the Eastern District of Virginia. The complaint asserts claims against certain defendants under Section 14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) for allegedly false and misleading statements in the proxy statement for the Merger; 
and against other defendants under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act for alleged “control person” liability with respect to such 
allegedly false and misleading statements. The complaint further contends that the allegedly false and misleading statements caused 
stockholders of Legacy Towers Watson to accept inadequate Merger consideration. The complaint seeks damages in an unspecified 
amount. On February 20, 2018, the court appointed the Regents of the University of California as Lead Plaintiff and Bernstein 
Litowitz Berger & Grossman LLP as Lead Counsel for the putative class, consolidated all subsequently filed, removed, or transferred 
actions, and captioned the consolidated action “In re Willis Towers Watson plc Proxy Litigation,” Master File No. 1:17-cv-1338-
AJT-JFA. Lead Plaintiff has indicated that it intends to file a consolidated amended complaint.

On February 27, 2018, another purported former stockholder of Legacy Towers Watson filed a putative class action complaint on 
behalf of a putative class of Legacy Towers Watson stockholders against the former members of the Legacy Towers Watson board 
of directors, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis and ValueAct, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned City of Fort 
Myers General Employees’ Pension Fund v. Towers Watson & Co., et al., C.A. No. 2018-0132. Based on similar allegations, the 
complaint asserts claims against the former directors of Legacy Towers Watson for breach of fiduciary duty and against Legacy 
Willis and ValueAct for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint.

131

The Company disputes the allegations in these actions and intends to defend the lawsuits vigorously. Given the stage of the 
proceedings, the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in respect of the 
complaints.

Stanford Financial Group  

The Company has been named as a defendant in 15 similar lawsuits relating to the collapse of The Stanford Financial Group 
(‘Stanford’), for which Willis of Colorado, Inc. acted as broker of record on certain lines of insurance. The complaints in these 
actions generally allege that the defendants actively and materially aided Stanford’s alleged fraud by providing Stanford with 
certain letters regarding coverage that they knew would be used to help retain or attract actual or prospective Stanford client 
investors. The complaints further allege that these letters, which contain statements about Stanford and the insurance policies 
that the defendants placed for Stanford, contained untruths and omitted material facts and were drafted in this manner to help 
Stanford promote and sell its allegedly fraudulent certificates of deposit. 

The 15 actions are as follows: 

• 

Troice, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:9-CV-1274-N, was filed on July 2, 2009 in the U.S. District 
Court for the Northern District of Texas against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and a Willis 
associate, among others. On April 1, 2011, plaintiffs filed the operative Third Amended Class Action Complaint 
individually and on behalf of a putative, worldwide class of Stanford investors, adding Willis Limited as a defendant 
and alleging claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeking damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive 
damages and costs. On May 2, 2011, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Third Amended Class Action 
Complaint, arguing, inter alia, that the plaintiffs’ claims are precluded by the Securities Litigation Uniform Standards 
Act of 1998 (‘SLUSA’).  

On May 10, 2011, the court presiding over the Stanford-related actions in the Northern District of Texas entered an 
order providing that it would consider the applicability of SLUSA to the Stanford-related actions based on the decision 
in a separate Stanford action not involving a Willis entity, Roland v. Green, Civil Action No. 3:10-CV-0224-N 
(‘Roland’). On August 31, 2011, the court issued its decision in Roland, dismissing that action with prejudice under 
SLUSA. 

On October 27, 2011, the court in Troice entered an order (i) dismissing with prejudice those claims asserted in the 
Third Amended Class Action Complaint on a class basis on the grounds set forth in the Roland decision discussed 
above and (ii) dismissing without prejudice those claims asserted in the Third Amended Class Action Complaint on an 
individual basis. Also on October 27, 2011, the court entered a final judgment in the action. 

On October 28, 2011, the plaintiffs in Troice filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. 
Subsequently, Troice, Roland and a third action captioned Troice, et al. v. Proskauer Rose LLP, Civil Action No. 3:09-
CV-01600-N, which also was dismissed on the grounds set forth in the Roland decision discussed above and on appeal 
to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, were consolidated for purposes of briefing and oral argument. 
Following the completion of briefing and oral argument, on March 19, 2012, the Fifth Circuit reversed and remanded 
the actions. On April 2, 2012, the defendants-appellees filed petitions for rehearing en banc. On April 19, 2012, the 
petitions for rehearing en banc were denied. On July 18, 2012, defendants-appellees filed a petition for writ of 
certiorari with the United States Supreme Court regarding the Fifth Circuit’s reversal in Troice. On January 18, 2013, 
the Supreme Court granted our petition. Opening briefs were filed on May 3, 2013 and the Supreme Court heard oral 
argument on October 7, 2013. On February 26, 2014, the Supreme Court affirmed the Fifth Circuit’s decision.  

On March 19, 2014, the plaintiffs in Troice filed a Motion to Defer Resolution of Motions to Dismiss, to Compel Rule 
26(f) Conference and For Entry of Scheduling Order.  

On March 25, 2014, the parties in Troice and the Janvey, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al. action discussed below 
stipulated to the consolidation of the two actions for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil 
Procedure. On March 28, 2014, the Court ‘so ordered’ that stipulation and, thus, consolidated Troice and Janvey for 
pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a).  

On September 16, 2014, the court (a) denied the plaintiffs’ request to defer resolution of the defendants’ motions to 
dismiss, but granted the plaintiffs’ request to enter a scheduling order; (b) requested the submission of supplemental 
briefing by all parties on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, which the parties submitted on September 30, 2014; and 
(c) entered an order setting a schedule for briefing and discovery regarding plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, 
which schedule, among other things, provided for the submission of the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification 
(following the completion of briefing and discovery) on April 20, 2015.  

132

On December 15, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss. On January 30, 
2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc answered the Third Amended Class Action Complaint.  

On April 20, 2015, the plaintiffs filed their motion for class certification, the defendants filed their opposition to 
plaintiffs’ motion, and the plaintiffs filed their reply in further support of the motion. Pursuant to an agreed stipulation 
also filed with the court on April 20, 2015, the defendants on June 4, 2015 filed sur-replies in further opposition to the 
motion. The Court has not yet scheduled a hearing on the motion.  

On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction.  
On November 17, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc withdrew the motion. 

On March 31, 2016, the parties in the Troice and Janvey actions entered into a settlement in principle that is described 
in more detail below. 

•  Ranni v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 9-22085, was filed on July 17, 2009 against Willis Group Holdings 

plc and Willis of Colorado, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The complaint was filed 
on behalf of a putative class of Venezuelan and other South American Stanford investors and alleges claims under 
Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and Rule 10b-5 thereunder) and Florida statutory and common 
law and seeks damages in an amount to be determined at trial. On October 6, 2009, Ranni was transferred, for 
consolidation or coordination with other Stanford-related actions (including Troice), to the Northern District of Texas 
by the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (the ‘JPML’). The defendants have not yet responded to the 
complaint in Ranni. On August 26, 2014, the plaintiff filed a notice of voluntary dismissal of the action without 
prejudice. 

•  Canabal, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:9-CV-1474-D, was filed on August 6, 2009 against Willis 
Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate named as a defendant in Troice, among 
others, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint was filed individually and on behalf of a putative class of 
Venezuelan Stanford investors, alleged claims under Texas statutory and common law and sought damages in excess 
of $1 billion, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On December 18, 2009, the parties in Troice and Canabal 
stipulated to the consolidation of those actions (under the Troice civil action number), and, on December 31, 2009, the 
plaintiffs in Canabal filed a notice of dismissal, dismissing the action without prejudice. 

•  Rupert, et al. v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2009C115137, was filed on September 14, 2009 on behalf of 97 Stanford 

investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in 
Texas state court (Bexar County). The complaint alleges claims under the Securities Act of 1933, Texas and Colorado 
statutory law and Texas common law and seeks special, consequential and treble damages of more than $300 million, 
attorneys’ fees and costs. On October 20, 2009, certain defendants, including Willis of Colorado, Inc., (i) removed 
Rupert to the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this 
related action and (iii) moved to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be 
transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. 
On April 1, 2010, the JPML issued a final transfer order for the transfer of Rupert to the Northern District of Texas. On 
January 24, 2012, the court remanded Rupert to Texas state court (Bexar County), but stayed the action until further 
order of the court. On August 13, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion to lift the stay, which motion was denied by the 
court on September 16, 2014. On October 10, 2014, the plaintiffs appealed the court’s denial of their motion to lift the 
stay to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On January 5, 2015, the Fifth Circuit consolidated the appeal 
with the appeal in the Rishmague, et ano. v. Winter, et al. action discussed below, and the consolidated appeal, was 
fully briefed as of March 24, 2015. Oral argument on the consolidated appeal was held on September 2, 2015. On 
September 16, 2015, the Fifth Circuit affirmed. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Rupert. 

•  Casanova, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:10-CV-1862-O, was filed on September 16, 2010 on 

behalf of seven Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the 
same Willis associate, among others, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint alleges claims under Texas 
statutory and common law and seeks actual damages in excess of $5 million, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and 
costs. On February 13, 2015, the parties filed an Agreed Motion for Partial Dismissal pursuant to which they agreed to 
the dismissal of certain claims pursuant to the motion to dismiss decisions in the Troice action discussed above and the 
Janvey action discussed below. Also on February 13, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc answered 
the complaint in the Casanova action. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed a motion to dismiss the 
complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction. Plaintiffs have not opposed the motion. 

• 

Rishmague, et ano. v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2011CI2585, was filed on March 11, 2011 on behalf of two Stanford 
investors, individually and as representatives of certain trusts, against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, 

133

Inc., Willis of Texas, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Bexar County). The 
complaint alleges claims under Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks special, 
consequential and treble damages of more than $37 million and attorneys’ fees and costs. On April 11, 2011, certain 
defendants, including Willis of Colorado, Inc., (i) removed Rishmague to the Western District of Texas, (ii) notified 
the JPML of the pendency of this related action and (iii) moved to stay the action pending a determination by the 
JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with 
the other Stanford-related actions. On August 8, 2011, the JPML issued a final transfer order for the transfer of 
Rishmague to the Northern District of Texas, where it is currently pending. On August 13, 2012, the plaintiffs joined 
with the plaintiffs in the Rupert action in their motion to lift the court’s stay of the Rupert action. On September 9, 
2014, the court remanded Rishmague to Texas state court (Bexar County), but stayed the action until further order of 
the court and denied the plaintiffs’ motion to lift the stay. On October 10, 2014, the plaintiffs appealed the court’s 
denial of their motion to lift the stay to the Fifth Circuit. On January 5, 2015, the Fifth Circuit consolidated the appeal 
with the appeal in the Rupert action, and the consolidated appeal was fully briefed as of March 24, 2015. Oral 
argument on the consolidated appeal was held on September 2, 2015. On September 16, 2015, the Fifth Circuit 
affirmed. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Rishmague. 

•  MacArthur v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2013-07840, was filed on February 8, 2013 on behalf of two Stanford investors 

against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc., Willis of Texas, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among 
others, in Texas state court (Harris County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas and Colorado statutory law and 
Texas common law and seeks actual, special, consequential and treble damages of approximately $4 million and 
attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 29, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and Willis of Texas, Inc. (i) removed 
MacArthur to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas and (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of 
this related action. On April 2, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and Willis of Texas, Inc. filed a motion in the Southern 
District of Texas to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the 
Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. Also on April 2, 
2013, the court presiding over MacArthur in the Southern District of Texas transferred the action to the Northern 
District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On September 29, 2014, the 
parties stipulated to the remand (to Texas state court (Harris County)) and stay of MacArthur until further order of the 
court (in accordance with the court’s September 9, 2014 decision in Rishmague (discussed above)), which stipulation 
was ‘so ordered’ by the court on October 14, 2014. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in 
MacArthur. 

•  Florida suits: On February 14, 2013, five lawsuits were filed against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited and 
Willis of Colorado, Inc. in Florida state court (Miami-Dade County) alleging violations of Florida common law. The 
five suits are: (1) Barbar, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05666CA27, 
filed on behalf of 35 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $30 million; (2) de Gadala-
Maria, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05669CA30, filed on behalf of 64 
Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $83.5 million; (3) Ranni, et ano. v. Willis Group 
Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05673CA06, filed on behalf of two Stanford investors seeking 
compensatory damages in excess of $3 million; (4) Tisminesky, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited 
Company, et al., Case No. 13-05676CA09, filed on behalf of 11 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in 
excess of $6.5 million; and (5) Zacarias, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 
13-05678CA11, filed on behalf of 10 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $12.5 million. 
On June 3, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. removed all five cases to the Southern District of Florida and, on June 4, 
2013, notified the JPML of the pendency of these related actions. On June 10, 2013, the court in Tisminesky issued an 
order sua sponte staying and administratively closing that action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it 
should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation and coordination with the other Stanford-
related actions. On June 11, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. moved to stay the other four actions pending the JPML’s 
transfer decision. On June 20, 2013, the JPML issued a conditional transfer order for the transfer of the five actions to 
the Northern District of Texas, the transmittal of which was stayed for seven days to allow for any opposition to be 
filed. On June 28, 2013, with no opposition having been filed, the JPML lifted the stay, enabling the transfer to go 
forward. 

On September 30, 2014, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion to remand in Zacarias, and, on October 3, 2014, the 
court denied the plaintiffs’ motions to remand in Tisminesky and de Gadala Maria. On December 3, 2014 and March 
3, 2015, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motions to remand in Barbar and Ranni, respectively, remanded both actions 
to Florida state court (Miami-Dade County) and stayed both actions until further order of the court. On January 2, 
2015 and April 1, 2015, the plaintiffs in Barbar and Ranni, respectively, appealed the court’s December 3, 2014 and 
March 3, 2015 decisions to the Fifth Circuit. On April 22, 2015 and July 22, 2015, respectively, the Fifth Circuit 

134

dismissed the Barbar and Ranni appeals sua sponte for lack of jurisdiction. The defendants have not yet responded to 
the complaints in Ranni or Barbar. 

On April 1, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc filed motions to dismiss the complaints in 
Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed motions to dismiss the 
complaints in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria for lack of personal jurisdiction. On July 15, 2015, the court 
dismissed the complaint in Zacarias in its entirety with leave to replead within 21 days. On July 21, 2015, the court 
dismissed the complaints in Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria in their entirety with leave to replead within 21 days. On 
August 6, 2015, the plaintiffs in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria filed amended complaints (in which, 
among other things, Willis Group Holdings plc was no longer named as a defendant). On September 11, 2015, the 
defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaints. The motions await disposition by the court.  

• 

Janvey, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:13-CV-03980-D, was filed on October 1, 2013 also in the 
Northern District of Texas against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis of 
Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate. The complaint was filed (i) by Ralph S. Janvey, in his capacity as Court-
Appointed Receiver for the Stanford Receivership Estate, and the Official Stanford Investors Committee (the ‘OSIC’) 
against all defendants and (ii) on behalf of a putative, worldwide class of Stanford investors against Willis North 
America Inc. Plaintiffs Janvey and the OSIC allege claims under Texas common law and the court’s Amended Order 
Appointing Receiver, and the putative class plaintiffs allege claims under Texas statutory and common law. Plaintiffs 
seek actual damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages and costs. As alleged by the Stanford Receiver, the total 
amount of collective losses allegedly sustained by all investors in Stanford certificates of deposit is approximately 
$4.6 billion. 

On November 15, 2013, plaintiffs in Janvey filed the operative First Amended Complaint, which added certain 
defendants unaffiliated with Willis. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the First Amended 
Complaint, which motions, other than with respect to Willis Group Holding plc’s motion to dismiss for lack of 
personal jurisdiction, were granted in part and denied in part by the court on December 5, 2014. On December 22, 
2014, Willis filed a motion to amend the court’s December 5 order to certify an interlocutory appeal to the Fifth 
Circuit, and, on December 23, 2014, Willis filed a motion to amend and, to the extent necessary, reconsider the court’s 
December 5 order. On January 16, 2015, the defendants answered the First Amended Complaint. On January 28, 2015, 
the court denied Willis’s motion to amend the court’s December 5 order to certify an interlocutory appeal to the Fifth 
Circuit. On February 4, 2015, the court granted Willis’s motion to amend and, to the extent necessary, reconsider the 
December 5 order.  

As discussed above, on March 25, 2014, the parties in Troice and Janvey stipulated to the consolidation of the two 
actions for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. On March 28, 2014, the Court 
‘so ordered’ that stipulation and, thus, consolidated Troice and Janvey for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a).  

On January 26, 2015, the court entered an order setting a schedule for briefing and discovery regarding the plaintiffs’ 
motion for class certification, which schedule, among other things, provided for the submission of the plaintiffs’ 
motion for class certification (following the completion of briefing and discovery) on July 20, 2015. By letter dated 
March 4, 2015, the parties requested that the court consolidate the scheduling orders entered in Troice and Janvey to 
provide for a class certification submission date of April 20, 2015 in both cases. On March 6, 2015, the court entered 
an order consolidating the scheduling orders in Troice and Janvey, providing for a class certification submission date 
of April 20, 2015 in both cases, and vacating the July 20, 2015 class certification submission date in the original 
Janvey scheduling order. 

On November 17, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc withdrew its motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction. 

On March 31, 2016, the parties in the Troice and Janvey actions entered into a settlement in principle that is described 
in more detail below. 

•  Martin v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., Case No. 201652115, was filed on August 5, 2016, on behalf of one Stanford 

investor against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate in 
Texas state court (Harris County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks 
actual damages of less than $100,000, exemplary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On September 12, 2016, the 
plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which added five more Stanford investors as plaintiffs and seeks damages in 
excess of $1 million. The defendants have not yet responded to the amended complaint in Martin. 

135

•  Abel, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:16-cv-2601, was filed on September 12, 2016, on behalf of 

more than 300 Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the 
same Willis associate, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and 
common law and seeks actual damages in excess of $135 million, exemplary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On 
November 10, 2016, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which, among other things, added several more 
Stanford investors as plaintiffs. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Abel. 

The plaintiffs in Janvey and Troice and the other actions above seek overlapping damages, representing either the entirety or a 
portion of the total alleged collective losses incurred by investors in Stanford certificates of deposit, notwithstanding the fact 
that Legacy Willis acted as broker of record for only a portion of time that Stanford issued certificates of deposit. In the fourth 
quarter of 2015, the Company recognized a $70 million litigation provision for loss contingencies relating to the Stanford 
matters based on its ongoing review of a variety of factors as required by accounting standards. 

On March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement in principle for $120 million relating to this litigation, and 
increased its provisions by $50 million during that quarter. Further details on this settlement in principle are given below. 

The settlement is contingent on a number of conditions, including court approval of the settlement and a bar order prohibiting 
any continued or future litigation against Willis related to Stanford, which may not be given. Therefore, the ultimate resolution 
of these matters may differ from the amount provided for. The Company continues to dispute the allegations and, to the extent 
litigation proceeds, to defend the lawsuits vigorously. 

Settlement. On March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement in principle, as reflected in a Settlement Term Sheet, 
relating to the Stanford litigation matter. The Company agreed to the Settlement Term Sheet to eliminate the distraction, 
burden, expense and uncertainty of further litigation. In particular, the settlement and the related bar orders described below, if 
upheld through any appeals, would enable the Company (a newly-combined firm) to conduct itself with the bar orders’ 
protection from the continued overhang of matters alleged to have occurred approximately a decade ago. Further, the 
Settlement Term Sheet provided that the parties understood and agreed that there is no admission of liability or wrongdoing by 
the Company. The Company expressly denies any liability or wrongdoing with respect to the matters alleged in the Stanford 
litigation. 

On or about August 31, 2016, the parties to the settlement signed a formal Settlement Agreement memorializing the terms of 
the settlement as originally set forth in the Settlement Term Sheet. The parties to the Settlement Agreement are Ralph S. Janvey 
(in his capacity as the Court-appointed receiver (the ‘Receiver’) for The Stanford Financial Group and its affiliated entities in 
receivership (collectively, ‘Stanford’)), the Official Stanford Investors Committee, Samuel Troice, Martha Diaz, Paula Gilly-
Flores, Punga Punga Financial, Ltd., Manuel Canabal, Daniel Gomez Ferreiro and Promotora Villa Marina, C.A. (collectively, 
‘Plaintiffs’), on the one hand, and Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (formerly Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company), Willis Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the Willis associate referenced 
above (collectively, ‘Defendants’), on the other hand. Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, the parties agreed to settle 
and dismiss the Janvey and Troice actions (collectively, the ‘Actions’) and all current or future claims arising from or related to 
Stanford in exchange for a one-time cash payment to the Receiver by the Company of $120 million to be distributed to all 
Stanford investors who have claims recognized by the Receiver pursuant to the distribution plan in place at the time the 
payment is made. 

The Settlement Agreement also provides the parties’ agreement to seek the Court’s entry of bar orders prohibiting any 
continued or future litigation against the Defendants and their related parties of claims relating to Stanford, whether asserted to 
date or not. The terms of the bar orders therefore would prohibit all Stanford-related litigation described above, and not just the 
Actions, but including any pending matters and any actions that may be brought in the future. Final Court approval of these bar 
orders is a condition of the settlement. 

On September 7, 2016, Plaintiffs filed with the Court a motion to approve the settlement. On October 19, 2016, the Court 
preliminarily approved the settlement. Several of the plaintiffs in the other actions above objected to the settlement, and a 
hearing to consider final approval of the settlement was held on January 20, 2017, after which the Court reserved decision. On 
August 23, 2017, the Court approved the settlement, including the bar orders. Several of the objectors have since appealed the 
settlement approval and bar orders to the Fifth Circuit. The appeals are currently pending. The Company expects the briefing in 
connection with the appeals to be completed by early April 2018. There is no date certain for when the appeal will be decided. 
The Company will not make the $120 million settlement payment unless and until the appeals are decided in its favor and the 
settlement is not subject to any further appeal. 

136

City of Houston 

On August 1, 2014, the City of Houston (‘plaintiff’) filed suit against Legacy Towers Watson in the United States District Court 
for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. On March 8, 2016, plaintiff filed its First Amended Complaint. 

In the amended complaint, plaintiff alleges various deficiencies in pension actuarial work-product and advice stated to have 
been provided by Legacy Towers Watson’s predecessor firm, Towers Perrin, in its capacity as principal actuary to the Houston 
Firefighters’ Relief and Retirement Fund (the ‘Fund’). Towers Perrin is stated to have acted in this capacity between “the early 
1980s until 2003.” 

In particular, the amended complaint alleges “misrepresentations and miscalculations” in valuation reports allegedly issued by 
Towers Perrin from 2000 through 2002 upon which plaintiff claims to have relied. Plaintiff asserts that Towers Perrin assigned 
a new team of actuaries to the Fund in 2002 “to correct Towers’ own earlier mistakes” and that the new team “altered” certain 
calculations which “increased the actuarial accrued liability by $163 million.” Plaintiff claims that the reports indicated that the 
City’s minimum contribution percentages to the Fund would remain in place through at least 2019 and that existing benefits 
under the Fund could be increased, and new benefits could be added, without increasing plaintiff’s financial burden, and 
without increasing plaintiff’s rate of annual contributions to the Fund. The amended complaint alleges that plaintiff relied on 
these reports when supporting a new benefits package for the Fund. These reports, and other advice, are alleged, among other 
things, to have been negligent, to have misrepresented the present and future financial condition of the Fund and the 
contributions required to be made by plaintiff to support those benefits. Plaintiff asserts that, but for Towers Perrin’s alleged 
negligence and misrepresentations, plaintiff would not have supported the benefits increase, and that such increased benefits 
would not and could not have been approved or enacted. It is further asserted that Towers Perrin’s alleged “negligence and 
misrepresentations damaged the City to the tune of tens of millions of dollars in annual contributions.” The amended complaint 
seeks the award of punitive damages, actual damages, exemplary damages, special damages, attorney’s fees and expenses, costs 
of suit, pre- and post- judgment interest at the maximum legal rate, and other unspecified legal and equitable relief. 

On October 10, 2014, Legacy Towers Watson filed a motion to dismiss plaintiff’s entire complaint on the basis that the 
complaint fails to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. On November 21, 2014, the City filed its response in 
opposition to Legacy Towers Watson’s motion to dismiss. On September 23, 2015, Legacy Towers Watson’s motion to dismiss 
was denied by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. The court entered a 
Scheduling Order setting trial for May 30, 2017. On June 20, 2016, the Court entered a Second Amended Scheduling Order 
setting trial for October 31, 2017. On March 27, 2017, the Court entered a Third Amended Scheduling Order setting trial for 
January 16, 2018. 

On May 8, 2017, Legacy Towers Watson received the City’s expert’s damages report, which asserted the City has incurred 
actual damages of approximately $430 million through July 1, 2017, and will incur future damages that have a present value of 
approximately $400 million as of July 1, 2017 if the Fund pension benefits remain unchanged. On June 30, 2017, Legacy 
Towers Watson served its expert reports in rebuttal to the City’s expert reports.  Legacy Towers Watson’s experts concluded that 
Legacy Towers Watson’s work was reasonable and conformed with the actuarial standards of practice, and that Legacy Towers 
Watson did not cause any damages to the City.  Legacy Towers Watson’s experts also concluded that the City’s damages model 
is flawed.

On January 9, 2018, Legacy Towers Watson and the City participated in a mediation and reached a settlement in principle. 
Pursuant to the settlement in principle, in exchange for a dismissal of the claims of the City related to Legacy Towers Watson’s 
pension actuarial advice to the Fund, and any potential claims the City may have related to Legacy Towers Watson’s pension 
actuarial advice to the Houston Municipal Employees Pension System and the Houston Police Officers Pension System, 
Legacy Towers Watson would pay a total of $40 million. The Company accrued $11 million during the three months ended 
December 31, 2017 in respect of this settlement. This settlement in principle remains subject to completion of settlement 
documentation between the City and Legacy Towers Watson and to approval by the City of Houston City Council. 

In the event the settlement documentation is not finalized by the City and Legacy Towers Watson or the settlement is not 
approved by the City of Houston City Council, the Company is currently unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably 
possible loss or range of loss. The Company disputes the allegations, and in the event the settlement is not finalized or 
approved, the Company intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously. 

Meriter Health Services

On January 6, 2015, Meriter Health Services, Inc. (‘Meriter’), plan sponsor of the Meriter Health Services Employee 
Retirement Plan (the ‘Plan’) filed a complaint in Wisconsin state court against Towers Watson Delaware Inc. (‘TWDE’), a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and against its former lawyers, individual actuaries, and insurers. 

137

In the Third Amended Complaint, served on April 12, 2016, Meriter alleged that Towers, Perrin, Forster & Crosby, Inc. 
(‘TPFC’) and Davis, Conder, Enderle & Sloan, Inc. (‘DCES’), and other entities and individuals, including Meriter’s former 
lawyers, acted negligently concerning the benefits consulting advice provided to Meriter; these allegations concern matters 
including TPFC and the lawyers’ involvement in the Plan design and drafting of the Plan document in 1987 by TPFC, and 
DCES and the lawyers’ Plan review, Plan redesign, Plan amendment, and drafting of ERISA section 204(h) notices in the early 
2000s. Additionally, Meriter asserted that TPFC, DCES, and the individual actuary defendants breached alleged fiduciary 
duties to advise Meriter regarding the competency of Meriter’s then ERISA counsel. Meriter has asserted causes of action for 
contribution, indemnity, and equitable subrogation related to amounts paid to settle a class action lawsuit related to the Plan that 
was filed by Plan participants against Meriter in 2010, alleging a number of ERISA violations and related claims. Meriter 
settled that lawsuit in 2015 for $82 million. In this litigation, Meriter sought damages in a revised amount of approximately 
$190 million which includes amounts it claims to have paid to settle and defend the class action litigation, and amounts it 
claims to have incurred as a result of improper plan design. Meriter sought to recover these alleged damages from TWDE and 
the other defendants. 

On January 12, 2016, TWDE and the other defendants filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking dismissal of 
Meriter’s negligence and breach of fiduciary duty claims. On April 18, 2016, TWDE and the other defendants filed a motion to 
dismiss the contribution, indemnification, and equitable subrogation claims. On May 4, 2016, the parties appeared for oral 
argument on the motion for partial summary judgment, which the court granted in part and denied in part. The court dismissed 
the fiduciary duty claims, but not the negligence claims. Meriter subsequently moved for reconsideration of the dismissal of its 
breach of fiduciary duty claims, which motion was denied as to TWDE on August 16, 2016. On June 22, 2016, the court 
granted in part TWDE’s motion to dismiss, and dismissed the contribution and equitable subrogation claims, but denied the 
motion as to Meriter’s indemnification claim without prejudice to the right of any defendant to raise the issue again by later 
motion. On February 28, 2017, TWDE and the other defendants filed a motion to amend the scheduling order. The motion was 
granted on March 9, 2017, and the trial was re-scheduled to begin on December 11, 2017. 

On June 15, 2017, the Company and Meriter agreed to a settlement to resolve all claims in this case against the actuary 
defendants. The terms of the settlement are confidential. The settlement amount is not materially in excess of previously 
accrued amounts. As a result of the settlement, the Court, on July 27, 2017, dismissed all of Meriter’s claims in this case, in 
their entirety, with prejudice. 

Elma Sanchez, et. al 

On August 6, 2013, three individual plaintiffs filed a putative class action suit against the California Public Employees’ 
Retirement System (‘CalPERS’) in Los Angeles County Superior Court. On January 10, 2014, plaintiffs filed an amended 
complaint, which added as defendants several members of CalPERS’ Board of Administration and three Legacy Towers Watson 
entities, Towers Watson & Co., Towers Perrin, and Tillinghast-Towers Perrin (‘Towers Perrin’). 

Plaintiffs’ claims all relate to a self-funded, non-profit Long Term Care Program that CalPERS established in 1995 (the ‘LTC 
Program’). Plaintiffs’ claims seek unspecified damages allegedly resulting from CalPERS’ 2012 decision to implement in 2015 
and 2016 an 85 percent increase in the premium rates of certain of the long term care policies it issued between 1995 and 2004 
(the ‘85% Increase’). 

The amended complaint alleges claims against CalPERS for breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty. It also includes a 
single cause of action against Towers Perrin for professional negligence relating to actuarial services Towers Perrin provided to 
CalPERS relating to the LTC Program between 1995 and 2004. 

Plaintiffs principally allege that CalPERS mismanaged the LTC Program and its investment assets in multiple respects and 
breached its contractual and fiduciary duties to plaintiffs and other class members by impermissibly imposing the 85% Increase 
to make up for investment losses. Plaintiffs also allege that Towers Perrin recommended inadequate initial premium rates at the 
outset of the LTC Program and used unspecified inappropriate assumptions in its annual valuations for CalPERS. Plaintiffs 
claim that Towers Perrin’s allegedly negligent acts and omissions, prior to the end of its retainer in 2004, contributed to the 
need for the 85% Increase. 

In May 2014, the court denied the motions to dismiss filed by CalPERS and Towers Perrin addressed to the sufficiency of the 
complaint. On January 28, 2016, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. The certified class as currently 
defined includes those long term care policy holders whose policies were “subject to” the 85% Increase. The court thereafter set 
an October 2, 2017 trial date. 

In May 2016, the case was reassigned to a different judge. The court agreed that Towers Perrin may file a motion for summary 
judgment which was initially scheduled to be heard on February 3, 2017. The motion was then fully briefed, and the hearing 
date was thereafter moved to March 8, 2017. 

138

On March 1, 2017, Towers Perrin and Plaintiffs participated in a mediation and reached a settlement in principle. Pursuant to 
the settlement in principle, in exchange for a dismissal of the claims of all class members and a release of Towers Perrin by all 
class members, Towers Perrin would pay a total of $9.75 million into an interest-bearing settlement fund, to be used to 
reimburse class counsel's costs, and for later distribution to class members as approved by the Court. This proposed settlement 
amount was accrued during the three months ended March 31, 2017. A formal settlement agreement was submitted to the Court 
for its preliminary approval on May 18, 2017. On October 25, 2017, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement and 
granted the Company’s unopposed motion for a good faith settlement determination. At the hearing on final approval held on 
January 26, 2018, the Court granted final approval of the settlement. Class members who properly objected to the settlement 
have standing to appeal within sixty days of the date notice of entry of judgment is made.  

Based on the stage of the proceedings, in the event the final approval of the settlement were to be reversed on appeal,  the 
Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in respect of the plaintiffs’ complaint.

European Commission and FCA Regulatory Investigations 

In April 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) informed Willis Limited, our U.K. broking subsidiary, that it had 
opened a formal investigation into possible agreements/concerted practices in the aviation broking sector. 

In October 2017, the European Commission (‘Commission’) disclosed to us that it has initiated civil investigation proceedings 
in respect of a suspected infringement of E.U. competition rules involving several broking firms, including our principal U.K. 
broking subsidiary and one of its parent entities. In particular, the Commission has stated that the civil proceedings concern the 
exchange of commercially sensitive information between competitors in relation to aviation and aerospace insurance and 
reinsurance broking products and services in the European Economic Area, as well as possible coordination between 
competitors. The initiation of proceedings does not mean there has been a finding of infringement, merely that the Commission 
will investigate the case. 

Now that the Commission has initiated proceedings, the FCA has closed its competition act investigation. However, it retains 
its jurisdiction over broking regulatory matters arising from the conduct being investigated. 

Given the status of the investigation, the Company is currently unable to assess the terms on which this investigation, or any 
other regulatory matter or civil claims emanating from the conduct being investigated, will be resolved, and thus is unable to 
provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. 

U.K. Investment Consulting Investigation 

In September 2017, the FCA announced that it would make a market investigation referral with respect to the investment 
consulting industry to the U.K. Competition & Markets Authority (the ‘CMA’). The CMA then commenced a market 
investigation, and the Company is currently cooperating with the investigation. 

The CMA investigation of the investment consulting market is expected to take at least 18 months to conclude. Provisional 
findings should be issued in the third quarter of 2018. Given the early stage of the investigation, the Company is currently 
unable to assess whether the CMA will find any adverse effects on competition, and, if the CMA does find any adverse effects 
on competition, what remedies it may impose on the industry. Given this, the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the 
reasonably possible loss or range of loss.

London Wholesale Insurance Broker Market Study 

In November 2017, the FCA published its Terms of Reference for its Market Study into insurance broking activities in the 
London Wholesale Market including market power, conflicts of interest and broker conduct. This is an industry-wide inquiry 
and not particular to the Company. The FCA is using its powers under the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and 
will collate information and aims to issue an interim report in or about the fourth quarter of 2018. The Study is expected to take 
2 years to conclude. Extensive data requests have been received by two of the Company’s subsidiaries with phased response 
times from March to April 2018. It is possible that outcomes of the Study could include new rules, changes to market practices, 
referral to the U.K. Competition & Markets Authority for a market investigation, and/or individual firm investigations on 
specific issues. Given the early stage of the Study, the Company is currently unable to assess whether the FCA will find that 
competition in the sector is working in the interests of clients or not, and, if the FCA does find that competition in the sector is 
not working in the interests of clients, what remedies it may impose on the industry or on any industry participants. Given this, 
the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.

Note 14 — Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts  

Additional details of specific balance sheet accounts are detailed below. 

139

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:

Billed, net of allowance for doubtful debts of $45 million and $40 million
Accrued and unbilled, at estimated net realizable value

Accounts receivable, net

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

1,933
313
2,246

$

$

1,789
291
2,080

Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable values. The provisions, shown below as of the end of each period, are 
recorded as the amounts considered by management to be sufficient to meet probable future losses related to uncollectible 
accounts.

Balance at beginning of year
Additions charged to costs and expenses
Charges to other accounts - acquisitions
Deductions/other movements
Foreign exchange
Balance at end of year

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following:

Prepayments and accrued income
Derivatives and investments
Deferred compensation plan assets
Retention incentives
Corporate income and other taxes
Other current assets
Total prepaid and other current assets

Other non-current assets consist of the following:

Prepayments and accrued income
Deferred compensation plan assets
Deferred tax assets
Accounts receivable, net
Other investments
Other non-current assets
Total other non-current assets

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

Accounts payable
Income and other taxes payable
Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisition
Payroll-related liabilities
Derivatives
Third party commissions
Other current liabilities
Total other current liabilities

140

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

$

$

40
17
—
(9)
(3)
45

$

$

22
36
8
(27)
1
40

$

$

12
5
11
(7)
1
22

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

132
29
21
7
170
71
430

$

$

131
32
15
7
97
55
337

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

18
135
46
33
26
189
447

$

$

15
111
50
27
30
120
353

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

136
90
55
209
32
172
110
804

$

$

117
91
53
200
80
184
151
876

Provision for liabilities consists of the following:

Claims, lawsuits and other proceedings
Other provisions
Total provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities consist of the following:

Incentives from lessors
Deferred compensation plan liability
Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions
Derivatives
Other non-current liabilities
Total other non-current liabilities

Note 15 — Other Expense/(Income), Net

Other expense/(income), net consists of the following: 

Gain on disposal of operations
Gain on re-measurement of equity interests (i)
Impact of Venezuelan currency devaluation (ii)
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)

Other expense/(income), net

____________________ 

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

474
84
558

$

$

508
67
575

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

138
135
41
5
225
544

$

$

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

(13) $
—

2

72

61

$

(2) $
—

—

29

27

$

133
111
89
51
148
532

(25)
(59)
30
(1)
(55)

(i)  Prior to the acquisition date, the Company accounted for its 30% interest in Gras Savoye as an equity-method investment. The acquisition-date fair 

value of the previously held equity interest was $158 million and is included in the measurement of the consideration transferred. The Company 
recognized a gain of $59 million as a result of remeasuring its prior equity interest in Gras Savoye held before the business combination. 

(ii)  On December 31, 2015 the Company began using the SIMADI rate for the Venezuelan bolivar (approximately Venezuelan bolivars 198.7 = U.S. 

dollar 1) instead of the SICAD I auction rate (approximately Venezuelan bolivars 13.5 = U.S. dollar 1) to translate on Venezuelan retail operations. In 
March 2016, the DICOM mechanism replaced the SIMADI mechanism. At December 31, 2017, the DICOM rate was approximately Venezuelan 
bolivars 3,345 = U.S. dollar 1. The Company does not expect the additional devaluation which occurred in January 2018 to be material.     

Note 16 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The components of other comprehensive income/(loss) are as follows:                     

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Before
tax
amount

Net of
tax
amount

Before
tax
amount

Net of
tax
amount

Before
tax
amount

Tax

Tax

Net of
tax
amount

Tax

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

Foreign currency translation

$

295

$ — $

295

$ (353) $ — $ (353) $ (133) $ — $ (133)

Defined pension and post-retirement benefits

Derivative instruments

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Less: Other comprehensive (income)/loss

attributable to non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable

to Willis Towers Watson

3

90

388

(13)

11

(15)

(4)

—

14

75

384

(553)

(87)

(993)

(13)

20

114

12

126

—

(439)

(75)

(867)

20

233

(35)

65

10

(53)

7

(46)

—

$

375

$

(4) $

371

$ (973) $

126

$ (847) $

75

$

(46) $

180

(28)

19

10

29

141

Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, are included in the following table. This table 
excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, which are not material for further disclosure. 

Balance, January 1, 2015

Other comprehensive (loss)/income before reclassifications
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of
income tax expense of $8)

  Net other comprehensive (loss)/income

Balance, December 31, 2015

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of 
income tax benefit of $5)
  Net other comprehensive loss

Balance, December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of 
income tax benefit of $18)

  Net other comprehensive income

Balance, December 31, 2017

____________________ 

Foreign currency 
translation (i)

Cash flow hedges (i)

Defined pension 
and post-
retirement 
benefit costs (ii)

Total

$

$

$

$

(191) $

18

$

(893) $

(1,066)

(123)

—

(123)

(31)

3

(28)

158

22

180

4

25

29

(314) $

(10) $

(713) $

(1,037)

(336)

—

(336)

(110)

38

(72)

(483)

44

(439)

(929)

82

(847)

(650) $

(82) $

(1,152) $

(1,884)

285

—

285

28

44

72

(26)

40

14

287

84

371

(365) $

(10) $

(1,138) $

(1,513)

(i)  Reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive income are included in Other expense/(income), net in the accompanying 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income.  See Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments for additional details regarding the 
reclassification adjustments for the hedge settlements. 

(ii)  Reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive loss are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 12 

— Retirement Benefits) which is included in Salaries and benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Note 17 — Share-based Compensation 

Plan Summaries 

On December 31, 2017, the Company had a number of open share-based compensation plans, which provide for the grant of 
time-based and performance-based options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, and various other share-
based grants to employees. All of the Company’s share-based compensation plans under which any options, restricted stock 
units or other share-based grants are outstanding as of December 31, 2017 are described below. The compensation cost that has 
been recognized for these plans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $67 million, $123 million and $64 
million, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for share-
based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $22 million, $35 million and 
$15 million, respectively. 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan 

This plan, which was established on April 25, 2012, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, time-based or performance-
based  non-statutory  stock  options,  share  appreciation  rights,  restricted  shares,  time-based  or  performance-based  RSUs, 
performance-based  awards  and  other  share-based  grants  or  any  combination  thereof  (collectively  referred  to  as  ‘Awards’)  to 
employees, officers, non-employee directors and consultants (‘Eligible Individuals’) of the Company. The board of directors also 
adopted a sub-plan under the 2012 plan to provide an employee sharesave scheme in the United Kingdom. 

There were approximately 7 million shares remaining available for grant under this plan as of December 31, 2017. Options are 
exercisable on a variety of dates, including from the second, third, fourth or fifth anniversary of grant. Unless terminated 
sooner by the board of directors, the 2012 Plan will expire 10 years after the date of its adoption. That termination will not 
affect the validity of any grants outstanding at that date. 

Towers Watson Share Plans 

In January 2016, in connection with the Merger, we assumed the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’) and converted the outstanding unvested restricted stock units and options into Willis Towers Watson RSUs and options 
using a conversion ratio stated in the Merger Agreement. We determined the fair value of the portion of the outstanding RSUs 
and options related to pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line methodology from date of grant to the 

142

acquisition date to be $37 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the remaining portion of 
RSUs and options related to the post-acquisition employee services was $45 million, and is being recorded over the future 
vesting periods. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we recorded $11 million and $31 million of non-cash stock 
based compensation, respectively. 

The acquired awards include performance-vested RSUs. Under the RSU agreement, participants become vested in a number of 
RSUs based on the achievement of specified levels of financial performance during the performance period set forth in the 
Merger Agreement, provided that the participant remains in continuous service with us through the end of the performance 
period. Dividend equivalents will accrue on these RSUs and vest to the same extent as the underlying shares. The 
Compensation Committee of the board of directors may provide for continuation of vesting of RSUs upon an employee’s 
termination under certain circumstances such as qualified retirement. The definition of qualified retirement is age 55 with 15 
years of service with the Company and a minimum of one year service in the performance period. Due to the terms of the RSU 
agreement, the achievement of the level of financial performance is determined at the higher of 100% or the level attained at 
the time of the Merger. 

The Company does not intend to grant future awards under the 2009 LTIP plan. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans 

The Company adopted the Willis Group Holdings 2010 North America Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which expires on 
May 31, 2020. These plans provide certain eligible employees in the United States and Canada with the ability to contribute 
payroll deductions to the purchase of Willis Towers Watson ordinary shares at the end of each offering period. 

Share-based Compensation Valuation Assumptions 

Options 

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the 
assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The 
Company uses the simplified method set out in ASC 718 –  Compensation – Stock Compensation to derive the expected term of 
options granted as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the 
expected term. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in 
effect at the time of grant. The assumptions noted in the table below represent the weighted-average of each assumption for 
each grant during the year. 

Expected volatility

Expected dividends

Expected life (years)

Risk-free interest rate

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

19.8%

1.4%

4.2

1.6%

21.0%

1.5%

2.7

0.7%

17.4%

2.7%

4.0

1.5%

143

 
 
Share-based Compensation Award Activity 

Options 

Classification of options as time-based or performance-based is dependent on the original terms of the award. Performance 
conditions on the majority of options have been met. A summary of option activity under the plans at December 31, 2017, and 
changes during the year then ended is presented below:

Time-based stock options

Balance as of December 31, 2016

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Balance as of December 31, 2017

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2017

Options exercisable at December 31, 2017

Performance-based stock options

Balance as of December 31, 2016

Exercised

Forfeited

Balance as of December 31, 2017

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2017

Options exercisable at December 31, 2017

____________________ 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price(i)

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Options
(thousands)

1,201

38

$

$

(448) $

(37) $

754

751

581

883

$

$

$

$

(182) $

(21) $

680

680

190

$

$

$

102.38

143.60

100.61

103.22

105.47

105.17

101.43

101.95

87.49

82.90

106.42

106.42

95.36

4 years

4 years

4 years

4 years

4 years

1 year

$

$

$

$

$

$

34

34

29

30

30

11

(i)  Certain options are exercisable in Pounds sterling and are converted to dollars using the exchange rate at December 31, 2017. 

The weighted-average grant-date fair values of time-based options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and 2015 were $27.69, $16.88 and $14.77, respectively. The total intrinsic values of options exercised during the years ended 
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $19 million, $25 million and $17 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 there 
was $2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under 
time-based stock option plans; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years. 

There were no performance-based options granted during the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015. However, 
520,295 performance-based options were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2016, at which time the performance 
conditions were met. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 
was $10 million, $9 million and $25 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 there remains an immaterial amount of total 
unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under performance-based stock 
option plans; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 6 months. 

144

RSUs 

The fair value of each time-based RSU is based on the grant date fair value, or the fair value on the acquisition date in the case 
of acquired awards. The fair value of each performance-based RSU is estimated on the grant date using a Monte-Carlo 
simulation that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the 
Company’s shares. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The 
assumptions noted in the table below represent the weighted-average of each assumption for each grant during the year. There 
were no performance-based RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Expected life (years)

Risk-free interest rate

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

20.2%

—%

2.4

1.4%

20.3%

—%

2.6

0.8%

A summary of time-based and performance-based RSU activity under the plans at December 31, 2017, and changes during the 
year then ended, is presented below:

Nonvested shares (time-based RSUs)

Balance, beginning of year

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Balance, end of year

Nonvested shares (performance-based RSUs)

Balance, beginning of year

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Balance, end of year

Shares
(thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

437

17

$

$

(179) $

(132) $

143

$

1,200

140

$

$

(319) $

(140) $

881

$

118.98

153.40

119.50

119.09

122.27

121.78

148.18

119.63

121.30

90.61

The total number of time-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2017 was 178,574 shares at an average 
share price of $150.81. The total number of time-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2016 was 
459,838 shares at an average share price of $120.42.The total number of RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 
2015 was 408,032 shares at an average share price of $117.72. At December 31, 2017 there was $11 million of total 
unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under the plan; that cost is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.8 years. 

The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2017 was 318,714 shares at an 
average share price of $140.32. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 
2016 was 258,536 shares at an average share price of $119.75. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during 
the year ended December 31, 2015 was 63,180 shares at an average share price of $117.88. At December 31, 2017 there was 
$28 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested performance-based share-based compensation 
arrangements under the plan; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.  

Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 
and 2015 was $61 million, $63 million and $124 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit recognized for the tax deductions 
from option exercises of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $7 million, $6 million and $12 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The actual tax benefit recognized for the tax deductions from RSUs 
that vested totaled $19 million, $25 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. 

145

 
 
 
Note 18 — Earnings Per Share 

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson by the average 
number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential 
dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to issue shares were exercised or converted into shares or 
resulted in the issuance of shares that then shared in the net income of the Company. 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were 0.8 million and 1.2 million time-based share options; 0.7 million and 0.9 million 
performance-based options; 0.1 million and 0.4 million restricted time-based stock units; and 0.9 million and 1.2 million 
restricted performance-based stock units outstanding, respectively. 

Basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

$

568

$

420

$

373

Years ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015(i)

Basic weighted-average number of shares outstanding
Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares
Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding

Basic earnings per share
Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares
Diluted earnings per share

____________________ 

135
1
136

137
1
138

$

$

4.21
(0.03)
4.18

$

$

3.07
(0.03)
3.04

$

$

68
1
69

5.49
(0.08)
5.41

(i)  Shares outstanding, potentially issuable shares, basic and diluted earnings per share, and the dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares, for the year 
ended December 31, 2015 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split effected on January 4, 2016.  See Note 3 — Merger, 
Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details. 

There were no anti-dilutive options for the year ended December 31, 2017. Options to purchase 0.5 million and 0.6 million 
shares for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were not included in the computation of the dilutive 
effect of stock options because their effect was anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive RSUs for the years ended December 
31, 2017 and 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 0.5 million RSUs were not included in the computation of the 
dilutive effect of potentially issued shares because their effect was anti-dilutive. The number of options for 2015 has been 
retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016. See Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures 
for further details. 

Note 19 — Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Supplemental disclosures regarding cash flow information and non-cash investing and financing activities are as follows: 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash payments for income taxes, net

Cash payments for interest

Cash acquired

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 Issuance of shares and assumed awards in connection with the Merger

Fair value of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions

Years Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

$

$

203

169

$

$

— $

— $

— $

158

143

476

8,723

$

$

$

$

— $

91

126

148

—

204

146

 
Note 20 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Quarterly financial data for 2017 and 2016 were as follows: 

2017

Total revenues

Total costs of providing services

Income from operations

Net income/(loss)

Net income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson

Earnings/(loss) per share

— Basic

— Diluted

2016

Total revenues

Total costs of providing services

Income from operations

Net income/(loss)

Net income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson

Earnings/(loss) per share

— Basic

— Diluted

March 31,

June 30,

September 30, December 31,

Three Months Ended

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,319

1,856

463

352

344

2.51

2.50

2,234

1,908

326

245

238

1.76

1.75

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,953

1,829

124

41

33

0.24

0.24

1,949

1,813

136

76

72

0.52

0.51

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,852

1,811

41

$

$

$

(54) $

(54) $

(0.40) $

(0.40) $

1,777

1,776

1

$

$

$

(31) $

(32) $

(0.23) $

(0.23) $

2,078

1,968

110

253

245

1.85

1.84

1,927

1,839

88

148

142

1.04

1.03

During the fourth quarter of 2016, management corrected an error by recording a $103 million benefit from income taxes 
related to the release of a portion of our U.S. deferred tax valuation allowance. A portion of the correction should have been 
recorded in each of the three fiscal year 2016 Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Management determined that the error was 
immaterial to the previously filed 2016 quarterly financial statements and had no impact on prior year financial statements.  

147

 
 
Note 21 — Financial Information for Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries 

Willis North America Inc. (‘Willis North America’) has $837 million senior notes outstanding of which $187 million were 
issued on September 29, 2009, and $650 million were issued on May 16, 2017. Additionally, Willis North America had $394 
million of senior notes issued on March 28, 2007; these were subsequently repaid on March 28, 2017.

All direct obligations under the senior notes are jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by 
Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis 
Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, 
collectively the ‘Other Guarantors’, and with Willis Towers Watson, the ‘Guarantor Companies’.

On August 11, 2017 a newly formed entity, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, became the successor to, and assumed 
all guarantees of, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. under the outstanding indentures for the senior notes described above. As both 
entities are direct subsidiaries of TA I Limited, and sub-consolidate within the ‘Other Guarantors’ columns of the financial 
statements presented herein, there is no significant impact on the condensed consolidating financial statements from what has 
previously been disclosed. 

The guarantor structure described above differs from the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis 
Towers Watson described in Note 22 and the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes and revolving credit facility 
issued by Trinity Acquisition plc described in Note 23. 

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:

(i)  Willis Towers Watson, which is a guarantor, on a parent company only basis;

(ii)  the Other Guarantors, which are all 100 percent directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries of the parent and are all direct 

or indirect parents of the issuer;

(iii) the Issuer, Willis North America;

(iv)  Other, which are the non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

(v)  Consolidating adjustments; and

(vi)  the Consolidated Company.

The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheets of Willis 
Towers Watson, the Other Guarantors and the Issuer.

148

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

— $

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other (income)/expense, net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST
IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS

TOWERS WATSON

Comprehensive income before non-controlling

interests

Comprehensive income attributable to non-

controlling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis

Towers Watson

$

$

$

—

—

4

3

—

—

—

—

7
(7)

—

—

30

(35)

(2)

—

(2)

—

570

568

—

—

—

—

92

6

3

8

73

182
(182)
(535)
62

102

—

189
(51)

240

—

353

593

—

19

—

19

48

20

—

—

15

19

102
(83)
(219)
185

35

—

(84)
29

(113)
—

171

58

—

$

8,097

$

— $

8,116

86

8,183

4,693

1,419

197

581

109

177

7,176
1,007
(148)
655

21
(142)

621
(78)

699

3

—

702
(24)

—

—

—

—

—
(3)
—

—
(3)
3

902
(902)
—

238

(235)
—

(235)
—
(1,094)
(1,329)
—

86

8,202

4,745

1,534

203

581

132

269

7,464
738

—

—

188

61

489
(100)

589

3

—

592
(24)

568

$

593

$

58

$

678

$

(1,329) $

568

939

$

953

$

197

$

1,050

$

(2,163) $

976

—

—

—

(37)

—

(37)

939

$

953

$

197

$

1,013

$

(2,163) $

939

149

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other (income)/expense, net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST
IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS

TOWERS WATSON

Comprehensive loss before non-controlling

interests

Comprehensive loss attributable to non-

controlling interests

Comprehensive loss attributable to Willis Towers

Watson

$

— $

— $

—

—

2

3

—

—

—

1

6
(6)

(3)

3

32

—

(38)

—

(38)

—

458

420

—

2

2

1

112

5

—

29

16

163
(161)
(500)
74

89
(2)

178
(36)

214

—

234

448

—

19

—

19

15

88

14

—

39

26

182
(163)
(287)
178

39

—

(93)
(86)

(7)
—

157

150

—

$

7,759

$

— $

7,778

107

7,866

4,628

1,348

159

591

125

134

6,985
881
(136)
671

24

29

293

26

267

2

—

269
(18)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

926
(926)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(849)
(849)
—

109

7,887

4,646

1,551

178

591

193

177

7,336
551

—

—

184

27

340
(96)

436

2

—

438
(18)

$

$

420

$

448

$

150

$

251

$

(849) $

420

(427) $

(380) $

(266) $

(550) $

1,194

$

(429)

—

—

—

2

—

2

$

(427) $

(380) $

(266) $

(548) $

1,194

$

(427)

150

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2015

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

— $

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other expense/(income), net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST
IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS

TOWERS WATSON

Comprehensive income before non-controlling

interests

Comprehensive income attributable to non-

controlling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis

Towers Watson

$

$

$

—

—

1

8

—

—

—

4

13
(13)

—

—

43

10

(66)

—

(66)

—

439

373

—

1

1

—

100

6

—

28

14

148
(147)
(225)
31

39
(42)

50
(29)

79

9

347

435

—

11

—

11

77

1

16

—

13

—

107
(96)
(236)
189

42

—

(91)
(17)

(74)
—

106

32

—

$

3,798

$

— $

3,809

19

3,817

2,225

609

73

76

85

66

3,134
683
(110)
351

18
(23)

447

13

434

2

—

436
(11)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

571
(571)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(892)
(892)
—

20

3,829

2,303

718

95

76

126

84

3,402
427

—

—

142
(55)

340
(33)

373

11

—

384
(11)

373

$

435

$

32

$

425

$

(892) $

373

402

$

462

$

49

$

455

$

(965) $

403

—

—

—

(1)

—

(1)

402

$

462

$

49

$

454

$

(965) $

402

151

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Amounts due from group undertakings

Total current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net

Pension benefits assets
Other non-current assets

Non-current amounts due from group 
undertakings

$

$

2

—

—

—

6,202

6,204

4,506

—

—

—

—
—

—

Total non-current assets

4,506

1

—

—

45

1,331

1,377

8,836

25

—

60

—
34

5,375

14,330

$

— $

1,027

$

— $

1,030

—

4

267

1,661

1,932

6,125

—

—

—

—
115

861

7,101

12,155

2,242

264

3,626

19,314

—

960

10,519

3,882

764
388

—

16,513

—

—
(146)
(12,820)
(12,966)
(19,467)
—

—
(60)
—
(90)

(6,236)
(25,853)

12,155

2,246

430

—

15,861

—

985

10,519

3,882

764
447

—

$ 10,710

$ 15,707

$

9,033

$ 35,827

16,597
$ (38,819) $ 32,458

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
Short-term debt and current portion of long-

term debt

Other current liabilities

Amounts due to group undertakings

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Non-current amounts due to group

undertakings

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING
INTEREST

EQUITY

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’

equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

$

— $

— $

— $ 12,155

$

— $ 12,155

—

—

87

—

87

497

—

—

—

—

—

497

584

—

7

—

60

8,100

8,167

2,883

—

—

—

5

—

2,888

11,055

19

—

83

2,790

2,892

986

—

—

120

19

519

1,644

4,536

1,685

—

1,711

85

724

1,930

16,579

84

1,259

704

438

520

5,717

8,722

25,301

—
(150)
(12,820)
(12,970)
—

—
(89)
—

—

(6,236)
(6,325)
(19,295)

85

804

—

14,755

4,450

1,259

615

558

544

—

7,426

22,181

—

—

28

—

28

10,126
—

10,126

4,652
—

4,652

4,497
—

4,497

10,375
123

10,498

(19,524)
—
(19,524)

10,126
123

10,249
$ (38,819) $ 32,458

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$ 10,710

$ 15,707

$

9,033

$ 35,827

152

Total non-current assets

3,409

$ 10,638

$ 14,251

$

7,616

$ 32,526

16,461
$ (34,778) $ 30,253

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Amounts due from group undertakings

Total current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net

Pension benefits assets
Other non-current assets

Non-current amounts due from group
undertakings

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses

Short-term debt and current portion of long-

term debt

Other current liabilities

Amounts due to group undertakings

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Non-current amounts due to group
undertakings

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING
INTEREST

EQUITY

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’

equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

— $

— $

870

$

— $

870

$

— $

— $

— $ 10,505

$

—

—

—

7,229

7,229

3,409

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

77

—

77

496

—

—

—

—

—

496

573

—

—

—

49

1,706

1,755

7,733

34

—

64

—
10

—

7

23

1,190

1,220

5,480

—

—

—

—
80

4,655

12,496

836

6,396

10,505

2,073

324

2,370

16,142

—

805

10,413

4,368

488
310

—

16,384

—

—
(59)
(12,495)
(12,554)
(16,622)
—

—
(64)
—
(47)

(5,491)
(22,224)

10,505

2,080

337

—

13,792

—

839

10,413

4,368

488
353

—

15

22

94

8,323

8,454

2,506

—

—

—

48

—

2,554

11,008

27

394

23

2,075

2,519

186

—

—

120

15

518

839

1,488

92

684

2,097

14,866

169

1,321

1,013

455

483

4,973

8,414

3,358

23,280

— $ 10,505
(49)

1,481

—
(2)
(12,495)
(12,546)
—

—
(149)
—
(14)

(5,491)
(5,654)
(18,200)

508

876

—

13,370

3,357

1,321

864

575

532

—

6,649

20,019

—

—

51

—

51

10,065
—

10,065

3,243
—

3,243

4,258
—

4,258

9,077
118

9,195

(16,578)
—
(16,578)

10,065
118

10,183
$ (34,778) $ 30,253

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$ 10,638

$ 14,251

$

7,616

$ 32,526

153

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for

internal use

Capitalized software costs
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash

acquired

Net disposals of operations
Other, net
Proceeds from intercompany investing

activities

Repayments of intercompany investing

activities

Reduction in investment in subsidiaries
Additional investment in subsidiaries
Net cash from/(used in) investing
activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
Senior notes issued
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
Debt issuance costs
Repayments of debt
Repurchase of shares
Proceeds from issuance of shares
Payments for share cancellation related to 

legal settlement

Payments of deferred and contingent

consideration related to acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on

withholding shares

Dividends paid
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-

controlling interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing

activities

Repayments of intercompany financing

activities
Net cash (used in)/from financing
activities

Year ended December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

743

$

(725) $

114

$

939

$

(209) $

862

—
—

—
—
—

(8)
—

—
—
—

1,042

1,326

—
—

—
—
—

19

(292)
(75)

(13)
57
(4)

—
—

—
—
—

1,237

(3,624)

—
104
(1,139)

(994)
1,188
(503)

(74)
100
(215)

(1,722)
618
(153)

2,790
(2,010)
2,010

(300)
(75)

(13)
57
(4)

—

—
—
—

$

7

$

1,009

$

(170) $

(347) $

(834) $

(335)

—
—
—
—
—
(532)
61

—

—

—
(277)

—

—

—

487
—
—
(4)
(220)
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

1,518

155
649
—
(5)
(394)
—
—

—

—

—
(58)

—

203

—
—
32
—
(120)
—
—

(177)

(65)

(18)
(151)

(51)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
209

—

1,069

(2,790)

(2,064)

(494)

(1,066)

3,624

642
649
32
(9)
(734)
(532)
61

(177)

(65)

(18)
(277)

(51)

—

—

$

(748) $

(283) $

56

$

(547) $

1,043

$

(479)

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH

EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF

YEAR

2

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

45

112

870

—

—

—

48

112

870

$

2

$

1

$

— $

1,027

$

— $

1,030

154

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for

internal use

Capitalized software costs
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash

acquired

Net disposals of operations
Other, net
Proceeds from intercompany investing

activities

Repayments of intercompany investing

activities

Reduction in investment in subsidiaries
Additional investment in subsidiaries
Net cash from/(used in) investing
activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net payments on revolving credit facility
Senior notes issued
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
Debt issuance costs
Repayments of debt
Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares
Payments of deferred and contingent

consideration related to acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on

withholding shares

Dividends paid
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-

controlling interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing

activities

Repayments of intercompany financing

activities
Net cash (used in)/from financing
activities

(DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND

CASH EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF

YEAR

Year ended December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

(20) $

128

$

(83) $

1,114

$

(206) $

933

—
—

—
—
—

—

(79)
—

—
—
—

163

(3,751)
4,600
—

(4,114)
3,600
(4,600)

(12)
—

—
—
33

—

—
—
—

(221)
(85)

476
(4)
20

30

(769)
—
(3,600)

94
—

—
3
(30)

(193)

8,634
(8,200)
8,200

(218)
(85)

476
(1)
23

—

—
—
—

$

849

$

(5,030) $

21

$

(4,153) $

8,508

$

195

—
—
—
—
(300)
(396)

63

—

—
(199)

—

—

—

(237)
1,606
400
(14)
(1,037)
—

—

—

—
—

—

4,204

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
(49)

—

164

—
—
4
—
(564)
—

—

(67)

(13)
(90)

(21)

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
139

—

4,266

(8,634)

(22)

(53)

(118)

193

(237)
1,606
404
(14)
(1,901)
(396)

63

(67)

(13)
(199)

(21)

—

—

$

(832) $

4,900

$

62

$

3,397

$

(8,302) $

(775)

(3)

—

3

(2)

—

2

—

—

—

358

(15)

527

—

—

—

$

— $

— $

— $

870

$

— $

353

(15)

532

870

155

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for

internal use

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash

acquired

Net disposals of operations

Other, net

Proceeds from intercompany investing 

activities

Repayments of intercompany investing 

activities

Additional investment in subsidiaries

Net cash from/(used in) investing
activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net borrowings on revolving credit facility

Proceeds from issue of other debt

Debt issuance costs

Repayments of debt

Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares
Cash paid for employee taxes on

withholding shares

Dividends paid

Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-

controlling interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing

activities

Repayments of intercompany financing

activities

Net cash (used in)/from financing
activities

Year ended December 31, 2015

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

(10) $

583

$

43

$

(222) $

(150) $

244

(10)

(8)

(128)

—

—

—

—

321

(82)

—

—

—

—

49

(746)
(598)

—

—

—

87

—

—

—

—

—

—

(857)
44

16

151

(608)

(181)
—

1,009

598

(146)

(857)
44

16

—

—

—

$

239

$

(1,305) $

79

$

(955) $

999

$

(943)

—

—

—

—

(82)

124

—

(277)

—

—

—

469

592
(5)
(16)
—

—

—

—

—

154

(472)

—

—

—
(149)
—

—

—

—

—

27

—

—

—

—
(1)
—

—

—

—

—

—

605

(598)

(1)
(150)

(21)

—

150

—

828

(1,009)

(136)

608

469

592
(5)
(166)
(82)

131

(1)
(277)

(21)

—

—

$

(235) $

722

$

(122) $

1,124

$

(849) $

640

DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH

EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF

YEAR

$

(6)

—

9

3

$

156

—

—

2

2

—

—

—

(53)

(44)

624

—

—

—

(59)

(44)

635

$

— $

527

$

— $

532

Note 22 — Financial Information for Parent Issuer, Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries 

On March 17, 2011, the Company issued senior notes totaling $800 million in a registered public offering. On March 15, 2016, 
$300 million of these senior notes was repaid, leaving $500 million outstanding. These debt securities were issued by Willis 
Towers Watson (‘WTW Debt Securities’) and are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. Therefore, the 
Company is providing the condensed consolidating financial information below. The following wholly owned subsidiaries 
(directly or indirectly) fully and unconditionally guarantee the WTW Debt Securities on a joint and several basis: Willis 
Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group 
Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK 
Holdings Limited (the ‘Guarantors’).

On August 11, 2017 a newly formed entity, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, became the successor to, and assumed 
all guarantees of, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. under the outstanding indentures for the senior notes described above. As both 
entities are direct subsidiaries of TA I Limited, and sub-consolidate within the ‘Other Guarantors’ columns of the financial 
statements presented herein, there is no significant impact on the condensed consolidating financial statements from what has 
previously been disclosed. 

The guarantor structure described above differs from the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis 
North America described in Note 21 and the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes and revolving credit facility 
issued by Trinity Acquisition plc described in Note 23. 

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:

(i)  Willis Towers Watson, which is the Parent Issuer;

(ii)  the Guarantors, which are all 100 percent directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries of the parent;

(iii) Other, which are the non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

(iv)  Consolidating adjustments; and

(v)  the Consolidated Company.

The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheets of Willis 
Towers Watson and the Guarantors. 

157

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses
Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other (income)/expense, net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE

INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Benefit from income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE
INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS

WATSON

Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling

interests

$

— $

—

—

4

3

—

—

—

—
7
(7)
—

—

30
(35)

(2)
—

(2)
—

570

568

—

19

—

19

48

112

6

3

23

92
284
(265)
(645)
138

137

—

105
(22)

127

—

466

593

—

$

8,097

$

— $

8,116

86

8,183

4,693

1,419

197

581

109

177
7,176

1,007
(148)
655

21
(142)

621
(78)

699

3

—

702
(24)

—

—

—

—

—
(3)
—

—
(3)
3

793
(793)
—

238

(235)
—

(235)
—
(1,036)
(1,271)
—

86

8,202

4,745

1,534

203

581

132

269
7,464

738

—

—

188

61

489
(100)

589

3

—

592
(24)

$

$

568

$

593

$

678

$

(1,271) $

568

939

$

953

$

1,050

$

(1,966) $

976

—

—

(37)

—

(37)

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

$

939

$

953

$

1,013

$

(1,966) $

939

158

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses
Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other (income)/expense, net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE

INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE
INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS

WATSON

Comprehensive loss before non-controlling interests

Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests

Comprehensive loss attributable to Willis Towers Watson

$

— $

—

—

2

3

—

—

—

1
6
(6)
(3)
3

32

—

(38)
—

(38)
—

458

420

—

19

2

21

16

200

19

—

68

42
345
(324)
(672)
137

128
(2)

85
(122)

207

—

241

448

—

$

7,759

$

— $

7,778

107

7,866

4,628

1,348

159

591

125

134
6,985

881
(136)
671

24

29

293

26

267

2

—

269
(18)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

811
(811)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(699)
(699)
—

109

7,887

4,646

1,551

178

591

193

177
7,336

551

—

—

184

27

340
(96)

436

2

—

438
(18)

420

$

448

$

251

$

(699) $

420

(427) $
—
(427) $

(380) $
—
(380) $

(550) $
2
(548) $

928

—

928

$

$

(429)
2
(427)

$

$

$

159

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2015

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

$

3,798

$

— $

3,809

—

—

1

8

—

—

—

4
13
(13)
—

—

43

10

(66)
—

(66)
—

439

373

—

373

402

—

$

$

11

1

12

77

101

22

—

41

14
255
(243)
(350)
109

81
(42)

(41)
(46)

5

9

421

435

—

435

462

—

$

$

19

3,817

2,225

609

73

76

85

66
3,134

683
(110)
351

18
(23)

447

13

434

2

—

436
(11)

425

455

(1)
454

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

460
(460)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(860)
(860)
—

20

3,829

2,303

718

95

76

126

84
3,402

427

—

—

142
(55)

340
(33)

373

11

—

384
(11)

$

$

$

(860) $

373

(916) $

403

—
(916) $

(1)
402

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses
Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other expense/(income), net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE

INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE
INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS

WATSON

Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling

interests

$

$

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

$

402

$

462

$

160

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

1,027

$

— $

1,030

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Amounts due from group undertakings

Total current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net
Pension benefits assets

Other non-current assets

Non-current amounts due from group undertakings

Total non-current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

Other current liabilities

Amounts due to group undertakings

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Non-current amounts due to group undertakings

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

EQUITY

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

4,506

16,414

16,513

$ 10,710

$ 18,680

$ 35,827

16,597
$ (32,759) $ 32,458

$

— $

— $ 12,155

$

— $ 12,155

—

1,711

$

$

2

—

—

—

6,202

6,204

4,506

—

—

—
—

—

—

1

—

4

312

1,949

2,266

10,463

25

—

60
—

149

5,717

12,155

2,242

264

3,626

19,314

—

960

10,519

3,882
764

388

—

—

—

87

—

87

497

—

—

—

—

—
497

584

—

26

—

143

9,846

10,015

3,869

—

—

120

24

—
4,013

1,685

85

724

1,930

16,579

84

1,259

704

438

520

5,717
8,722

14,028

25,301

—

28

10,126

—

10,126

4,652

—

4,652

10,375

123

10,498

—

—
(146)
(11,777)
(11,923)
(14,969)
—

—
(60)
—
(90)
(5,717)
(20,836)

—
(150)
(11,776)
(11,926)
—

—
(89)
—

—
(5,717)
(5,806)
(17,732)
—

(15,027)
—
(15,027)

12,155

2,246

430

—

15,861

—

985

10,519

3,882
764

447

—

85

804

—

14,755

4,450

1,259

615

558

544

—
7,426

22,181

28

10,126

123

10,249
$ (32,759) $ 32,458

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$ 10,710

$ 18,680

$ 35,827

161

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

— $

870

$

— $

870

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Amounts due from group undertakings

Total current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net
Pension benefits assets

Other non-current assets

Non-current amounts due from group undertakings

Total non-current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

Other current liabilities

Amounts due to group undertakings

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Non-current amounts due to group undertakings

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

EQUITY

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

—

—

—

7,229

7,229

3,409

—

—

—
—

—

—

3,409

—

7

72

1,648

1,727

8,955

34

—

64
—

90

4,973

14,116

10,505

2,073

324

2,370

16,142

—

805

10,413

4,368
488

310

—

16,384

$ 10,638

$ 15,843

$ 32,526

$

— $

— $ 10,505

$

—

—

77

—

77

496

—

—

—

—

—
496

573

—

42

416

117

9,150

9,725

2,692

—

—

120

63

—
2,875

1,488

92

684

2,097

14,866

169

1,321

1,013

455

483

4,973
8,414

12,600

23,280

—

51

10,065

—

10,065

3,243

—

3,243

9,077

118

9,195

—

—
(59)
(11,247)
(11,306)
(12,364)
—

—
(64)
—
(47)
(4,973)
(17,448)

10,505

2,080

337

—

13,792

—

839

10,413

4,368
488

353

—

16,461
$ (28,754) $ 30,253

508

1,481

— $ 10,505
(49)
—
(2)
(11,247)
(11,298)
—

13,370

3,357

876

—

—
(149)
—
(14)
(4,973)
(5,136)
(16,434)
—

(12,320)
—
(12,320)

1,321

864

575

532

—
6,649

20,019

51

10,065

118

10,183
$ (28,754) $ 30,253

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$ 10,638

$ 15,843

$ 32,526

162

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year ended December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

$

743

$

(669) $

939

$

(151) $

862

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING

ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use

Capitalized software costs

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired

Net disposals of operations

Other, net

Proceeds from intercompany investing activities

Repayments of intercompany investing activities

Reduction in investment in subsidiaries
Additional investment in subsidiaries

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

$

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING

ACTIVITIES

Net borrowings on revolving credit facility

Senior notes issued

Proceeds from issuance of other debt

Debt issuance costs

Repayments of debt

Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares
Payments for share cancellation related to legal 

settlement

Payments of deferred and contingent consideration 

related to acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares

Dividends paid

Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling

interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing activities

Repayments of intercompany financing activities

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF

YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

—

—

—

—

—

(8)
—

—

—

—

1,042

—

104
(1,139)
7

$

1,032
(1,068)
1,288
(718)
526

$

(292)
(75)
(13)
57
(4)
1,237
(1,722)
618
(153)
(347) $

—

—

—

—

—
(3,311)
2,790
(2,010)
2,010
(521) $

—

—

—

—

—
(532)
61

—

—

—
(277)

—

—

—

—

32

—
(120)
—

—

(177)

(65)
(18)
(151)

(51)
1,069
(1,066)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

151

—
(2,790)
3,311

$

(547) $

672

$

45

112

870

—

—

—

642

649

—
(9)
(614)
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,721
(2,245)
144

1

—

—

1

(300)
(75)
(13)
57
(4)
—

—

—
—
(335)

642

649

32
(9)
(734)
(532)
61

(177)

(65)
(18)
(277)

(51)
—

—
(479)

48

112

870

$

1,027

$

— $

1,030

—
(748) $

2

—

—

2

$

$

$

163

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year ended December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

$

(20) $

(4) $

1,114

$

(157) $

933

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING

ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use

Capitalized software costs

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired

Net disposals of operations

Other, net

Proceeds from intercompany investing activities

Repayments of intercompany investing activities

Reduction in investment in subsidiaries
Additional investment in subsidiaries

—

—

—

—

—

—
(3,751)
4,600
—

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

$

849

$

(91)
—

—

—

33

(221)
(85)
476
(4)
20

118
(4,114)
3,600
(4,600)
(5,054) $

30
(769)
—
(3,600)
(4,153) $

94

—

—

3
(30)
(148)
8,634
(8,200)
8,200

(218)
(85)
476
(1)
23

—

—

—
—

8,553

$

195

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING

ACTIVITIES

Net payments on revolving credit facility

Senior notes issued

Proceeds from issuance of other debt

Debt issuance costs

Repayments of debt

Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Payments of deferred and contingent consideration 

related to acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares

Dividends paid

Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling

interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing activities

Repayments of intercompany financing activities
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

—

—

—

—
(300)
(396)
63

—

—
(199)

—

—

—
(832) $

$

(DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH

EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF

YEAR

(3)
—

3

(237)
1,606

400
(14)
(1,037)
—

—

—

—

—

—

4,368
(30)
5,056

$

(2)
—

2

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

$

— $

— $

—

—

4

—
(564)
—

—

(67)
(13)
(90)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

90

(21)
4,266
(118)
3,397

$

—
(8,634)
148
(8,396) $

358
(15)

527

870

—

—

—

$

— $

(237)
1,606

404
(14)
(1,901)
(396)
63

(67)
(13)
(199)

(21)
—

—
(775)

353
(15)

532

870

164

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year ended December 31, 2015

Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer

The
Guarantors

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

$

(10) $

626

$

(222) $

(150) $

244

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING

ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired

Net disposals of operations

Other, net

Proceeds from intercompany investing activities

Repayments of intercompany investing activities

Additional investment in subsidiaries

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING

ACTIVITIES

Net borrowings on revolving credit facility

Proceeds from issue of other debt

Debt issuance costs

Repayments of debt

Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares

Dividends paid

Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling

interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing activities

Repayments of intercompany financing activities

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF

YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

—

—

—

—

321
(82)
—

$

239

$

(18)
—

—

—

136
(746)
(598)
(1,226) $

(128)
(857)
44

16

151
(181)
—
(955) $

—

—

—

—
(608)
1,009

(146)
(857)
44

16

—

—

598

999

$

—
(943)

—

—

—

—
(82)
124

—
(277)

—

—

—
(235) $
(6)
—

9
3

$

$

$

469

592
(5)
(165)
—

—

—

—

—

181
(472)
600

—

—

2
2

$

$

—

—

—
(1)
—

605
(1)
(150)

(21)
828
(136)
1,124
(53)
(44)

624
527

—

—

—

—

—
(598)
—

150

—
(1,009)
608
(849) $
—

—

—
— $

$

$

469

592
(5)
(166)
(82)
131
(1)
(277)

(21)
—

—

640
(59)
(44)

635
532

165

Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuer, Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries 

Trinity Acquisition plc has $2.1 billion senior notes outstanding of which $525 million were issued on August 15, 2013, $1.0 
billion were issued on March 22, 2016, €540  million ($609 million) were issued on May 26, 2016, and $884 million outstanding 
under the $1.25 billion revolving credit facility issued March 7, 2017.

All direct obligations under the senior notes are jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by 
Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Willis Group Limited, Willis North 
America  Inc.,  Willis  Towers  Watson  Sub  Holdings  Unlimited  Company  and  Willis  Towers  Watson  UK  Holdings  Limited, 
collectively the ‘Other Guarantors’, and with Willis Towers Watson, the ‘Guarantor Companies’.

On August 11, 2017 a newly formed entity, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, became the successor to, and assumed 
all guarantees of, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. under the outstanding indentures for the senior notes described above. As both 
entities are direct subsidiaries of TA I Limited, and sub-consolidate within the ‘Other Guarantors’ columns of the financial 
statements presented herein, there is no significant impact on the condensed consolidating financial statements from what has 
previously been disclosed. 

The guarantor structure described above differs from the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis 
North America described in Note 21 and the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis Towers 
Watson described in Note 22. 

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:

(i)  Willis Towers Watson, which is a guarantor, on a parent company only basis;

(ii)  the Other Guarantors, which are all wholly owned subsidiaries (directly or indirectly) of the parent. Willis Towers 

Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V, Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, 
TA I Limited and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited are all direct or indirect parents of the issuer and Willis 
Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., are direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the issuer;

(iii) Trinity Acquisition plc, which is the issuer and is a 100 percent indirectly owned subsidiary of the parent;

(iv)  Other, which are the non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;

(v)  Consolidating adjustments; and

(vi)  the Consolidated Company.

The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheets of Willis 
Towers Watson, the Other Guarantors and the Issuer.

166

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other (income)/expense, net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST
IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS

TOWERS WATSON

Comprehensive income before non-controlling

interests

Comprehensive income attributable to non-

controlling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis

Towers Watson

$

$

$

—

—

4

3

—

—

—

—

7
(7)

—

—

30

(35)

(2)

—

(2)

—

570

568

—

19

—

19

48

111

6

3

23

92

283
(264)
(614)
230

34

86
(24)

110

—

483

593

—

$

— $

8,097

$

— $

8,116

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

1
(1)
(149)
26

103

19

2

17

—

290

307

—

86

8,183

4,693

1,419

197

581

109

177

7,176
1,007
(148)
655

21
(142)

621
(78)

699

3

—

702
(24)

—

—

—

—

—
(3)
—

—
(3)
3

911
(911)
—

238

(235)
—

(235)
—
(1,343)
(1,578)
—

86

8,202

4,745

1,534

203

581

132

269

7,464
738

—

—

188

61

489
(100)

589

3

—

592
(24)

568

$

593

$

307

$

678

$

(1,578) $

568

939

$

953

$

663

$

1,050

$

(2,629) $

976

—

—

—

(37)

—

(37)

939

$

953

$

663

$

1,013

$

(2,629) $

939

167

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other (income)/expense, net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST
IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS

TOWERS WATSON

Comprehensive loss before non-controlling

interests

Comprehensive loss attributable to non-

controlling interests

Comprehensive loss attributable to Willis Towers

Watson

$

— $

—

—

2

3

—

—

—

1

6
(6)

(3)

3

32

—

(38)

—

(38)

—

458

420

—

19

2

21

16

200

19

—

68

42

345
(324)
(657)
228

38
(2)

69
(125)

194

—

254

448

—

$

— $

7,759

$

— $

7,778

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
(132)
26

90

—

16

3

13

—

151

164

—

107

7,866

4,628

1,348

159

591

125

134

6,985
881
(136)
671

24

29

293

26

267

2

—

269
(18)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

928
(928)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(863)
(863)
—

109

7,887

4,646

1,551

178

591

193

177

7,336
551

—

—

184

27

340
(96)

436

2

—

438
(18)

$

$

420

$

448

$

164

$

251

$

(863) $

420

(427) $

(379) $

(656) $

(550) $

1,583

$

(429)

—

—

—

2

—

2

$

(427) $

(379) $

(656) $

(548) $

1,583

$

(427)

168

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31, 2015

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

Revenues

Commissions and fees

Interest and other income

Total revenues

Costs of providing services

Salaries and benefits

Other operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Restructuring costs

Transaction and integration expenses

Total costs of providing services

(Loss)/income from operations

Income from Group undertakings

Expenses due to Group undertakings

Interest expense

Other expense/(income), net

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST
IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES

(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes

(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF
ASSOCIATES

Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax

Equity account for subsidiaries

NET INCOME

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS

TOWERS WATSON

Comprehensive income before non-controlling

interests

Comprehensive income attributable to non-

controlling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis

Towers Watson

$

$

$

—

—

1

8

—

—

—

4

13
(13)

—

—

43

10

(66)

—

(66)

—

439

373

—

11

1

12

77

101

22

—

41

14

255
(243)
(374)
200

41
(42)

(68)
(51)

(17)
9

443

435

—

$

— $

3,798

$

— $

3,809

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
(93)
26

40

—

27

5

22

—

337

359

—

19

3,817

2,225

609

73

76

85

66

3,134
683
(110)
351

18
(23)

447

13

434

2

—

436
(11)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

577
(577)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(1,219)
(1,219)
—

20

3,829

2,303

718

95

76

126

84

3,402
427

—

—

142
(55)

340
(33)

373

11

—

384
(11)

373

$

435

$

359

$

425

$

(1,219) $

373

402

$

462

$

400

$

455

$

(1,316) $

403

—

—

—

(1)

—

(1)

402

$

462

$

400

$

454

$

(1,316) $

402

169

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Amounts due from group undertakings

Total current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net

Pension benefits assets
Other non-current assets

Non-current amounts due from group 
undertakings

$

$

2

—

—

—

6,202

6,204

4,506

—

—

—

—
—

—

Total non-current assets

4,506

1

—

4

314

1,420

1,739

10,052

25

—

60

—
146

$

— $

1,027

$

— $

1,030

—

—

1

2,807

2,808

1,918

—

—

—

—
3

12,155

2,242

264

3,626

19,314

—

960

10,519

3,882

764
388

—

16,513

—

—
(149)
(14,055)
(14,204)
(16,476)
—

—
(60)
—
(90)

(6,659)
(23,285)

12,155

2,246

430

—

15,861

—

985

10,519

3,882

764
447

—

4,884

15,167

1,775

3,696

$ 10,710

$ 16,906

$

6,504

$ 35,827

16,597
$ (37,489) $ 32,458

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
Short-term debt and current portion of long-
term debt
Other current liabilities

Amounts due to group undertakings

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Non-current amounts due to group 
undertakings

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING
INTEREST

EQUITY

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’

equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

$

— $

— $

— $ 12,155

$

— $ 12,155

—

—

87

—

87

497

—

—

—

—

—

497

584

—

26

—

112

10,467

10,605

986

—

—

120

24

519

1,649

12,254

—

—

33

1,658

1,691

2,883

—

—

—

—

423

3,306

4,997

1,685

—

1,711

85

724

1,930

16,579

84

1,259

704

438

520

5,717

8,722

25,301

—
(152)
(14,055)
(14,207)
—

—
(89)
—

—

(6,659)
(6,748)
(20,955)

85

804

—

14,755

4,450

1,259

615

558

544

—

7,426

22,181

—

—

28

—

28

10,126
—

10,126

4,652
—

4,652

1,507
—

1,507

10,375
123

10,498

(16,534)
—
(16,534)

10,126
123

10,249
$ (37,489) $ 32,458

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$ 10,710

$ 16,906

$

6,504

$ 35,827

170

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Fiduciary assets

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid and other current assets

Amounts due from group undertakings

Total current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Fixed assets, net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net

Pension benefits assets
Other non-current assets

Non-current amounts due from group

undertakings

Total non-current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Fiduciary liabilities

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses

Short-term debt and current portion of long-

term debt

Other current liabilities

Amounts due to group undertakings

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Liability for pension benefits

Deferred tax liabilities

Provision for liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Non-current amounts due to group

undertakings

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING
INTEREST

EQUITY

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’

equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

— $

— $

— $

870

$

— $

870

—

—

—

7,229

7,229

3,409

—

—

—

—
—

—

3,409

—

7

74

849

930

8,621

34

—

64

—
90

—

—

1

1,595

1,596

7,309

—

—

—

—
—

4,859

13,668

1,055

8,364

10,505

2,073

324

2,370

16,142

—

805

10,413

4,368

488
310

—

16,384

$ 10,638

$ 14,598

$

9,960

$ 32,526

$

— $

— $

— $ 10,505

$

41

394

87

9,946

10,468

186

—

—

120

63

518

887

11,355

1

22

33

—

56

2,506

—

—

—

—

423

2,929

2,985

1,488

92

684

2,097

14,866

169

1,321

1,013

455

483

4,973

8,414

23,280

—

—

77

—

77

496

—

—

—

—

—

496

573

—

—

—
(62)
(12,043)
(12,105)
(19,339)
—

—
(64)
—
(47)

(5,914)
(25,364)

10,505

2,080

337

—

13,792

—

839

10,413

4,368

488
353

—

16,461
$ (37,469) $ 30,253

— $ 10,505
(49)

1,481

—
(5)
(12,043)
(12,097)
—

—
(149)
—
(14)

(5,914)
(6,077)
(18,174)

508

876

—

13,370

3,357

1,321

864

575

532

—

6,649

20,019

—

—

51

—

51

10,065
—

10,065

3,243
—

3,243

6,975
—

6,975

9,077
118

9,195

(19,295)
—
(19,295)

10,065
118

10,183
$ (37,469) $ 30,253

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$ 10,638

$ 14,598

$

9,960

$ 32,526

171

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for

internal use

Capitalized software costs
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash

acquired

Net disposals of operations
Other, net
Proceeds from intercompany investing

activities

Repayments of intercompany investing

activities

Reduction in investment in subsidiaries
Additional investment in subsidiaries
Net cash from/(used in) investing
activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
Senior notes issued
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
Debt issuance costs
Repayments of debt
Repurchase of shares
Proceeds from issuance of shares
Payments for share cancellation related to 

legal settlement

Payments of deferred and contingent 
consideration related to acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on

withholding shares

Dividends paid
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-

controlling interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing

activities

Repayments of intercompany financing

activities
Net cash (used in)/from financing
activities

Year ended December 31, 2017

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

743

$

(640) $

29

$

939

$

(209) $

862

—
—

—
—
—

(8)
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

(292)
(75)

(13)
57
(4)

—
—

—
—
—

1,042

275

1,076

1,237

(3,630)

—
104
(1,139)

(73)
1,288
(570)

(2,676)
—
(148)

(1,722)
618
(153)

4,471
(2,010)
2,010

(300)
(75)

(13)
57
(4)

—

—
—
—

$

7

$

912

$

(1,748) $

(347) $

841

$

(335)

—
—
—
—
—
(532)
61

—

—

—
(277)

—

—

—

155
649
—
(5)
(394)
—
—

—

—

—
(58)

—

487
—
—
(4)
(220)
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—
32
—
(120)
—
—

(177)

(65)

(18)
(151)

(51)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
209

—

1,920

1,482

1,069

(4,471)

(2,538)

(26)

(1,066)

3,630

642
649
32
(9)
(734)
(532)
61

(177)

(65)

(18)
(277)

(51)

—

—

$

(748) $

(271) $

1,719

$

(547) $

(632) $

(479)

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH

EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF

YEAR

2

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

45

112

870

—

—

—

48

112

870

$

2

$

1

$

— $

1,027

$

— $

1,030

172

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for

internal use

Capitalized software costs

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash

acquired

Net disposals of operations

Other, net
Proceeds from intercompany investing

activities

Repayments of intercompany investing

activities

Reduction in investment in subsidiaries

Additional investment in subsidiaries

Net cash from/(used in) investing
activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net payments on revolving credit facility

Senior notes issued

Proceeds from issuance of other debt

Debt issuance costs

Repayments of debt

Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares

Payments of deferred and contingent 
consideration related to acquisitions

Cash paid for employee taxes on

withholding shares

Dividends paid
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-

controlling interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing

activities

Repayments of intercompany financing

activities
Net cash (used in)/from financing
activities

(DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND

CASH EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF

YEAR

Year ended December 31, 2016

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

(20) $

308

$

152

$

1,114

$

(621) $

933

—

—

—

—

—

—

(91)
—

—

—

33

108

—

—

—

—

—

55

(221)
(85)

476

(4)
20

30

94

—

—

3
(30)

(193)

(3,751)

4,600

—

(3,513)
3,600
(4,600)

(602)
—

—

(769)
—
(3,600)

8,635
(8,200)
8,200

(218)
(85)

476

(1)
23

—

—

—

—

$

849

$

(4,463) $

(547) $

(4,153) $

8,509

$

195

—

—

—

—

(300)

(396)

63

—

—

(199)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(162)

—

4,368

(237)
1,606

400
(14)
(1,037)
—

—

—

—
(302)

—

1

—

—

4

—
(564)
—

—

(67)

(13)
(90)

(21)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

554

—

4,266

(8,635)

(53)

(22)

(118)

193

(237)
1,606

404
(14)
(1,901)
(396)
63

(67)

(13)
(199)

(21)

—

—

$

(832) $

4,153

$

395

$

3,397

$

(7,888) $

(775)

(3)

—

3

(2)

—

2

—

—

—

358

(15)

527

—

—

—

$

— $

— $

— $

870

$

— $

353

(15)

532

870

173

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Additions to fixed assets and software for

internal use

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash

acquired

Net disposals of operations

Other, net

Proceeds from intercompany investing

activities

Repayments of intercompany investing

activities

Additional investment in subsidiaries

Net cash from/(used in) investing
activities

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net borrowings of revolving credit facility

Proceeds from issue of other debt

Debt issuance costs

Repayments of debt

Repurchase of shares

Proceeds from issuance of shares and excess

tax benefit

Cash paid for employee taxes on

withholding shares

Dividends paid

Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-

controlling interests

Proceeds from intercompany financing

activities

Repayments of intercompany financing

activities

Net cash (used in)/from financing
activities

Year ended December 31, 2015

Willis
Towers
Watson

The Other
Guarantors

The
Issuer

Other

Consolidating
adjustments

Consolidated

$

(10) $

593

$

33

$

(222) $

(150) $

244

—

—

—

—

321

(82)

—

(18)

—

—

—

136

—
(420)

—

—

—

—

—

(128)

(857)
44

16

—

—

—

—

151

(608)

(746)
(178)

(181)
—

1,009

598

(146)

(857)
44

16

—

—

—

$

239

$

(302) $

(924) $

(955) $

999

$

(943)

—

—

—
(149)
—

—

—

—

—

181

469

592
(5)
(16)
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(82)

124

—

(277)

—

—

—

—

—

—
(1)
—

—

—

—

—

—

469

592
(5)
(166)
(82)

605

(598)

131

(1)
(150)

(21)

—

150

—

828

(1,009)

(1)
(277)

(21)

—

—

(323)

(149)

(136)

608

$

(235) $

(291) $

891

$

1,124

$

(849) $

640

DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH

EQUIVALENTS

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash

equivalents

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF

YEAR

$

(6)

—

9

3

$

174

—

—

2

2

—

—

—

(53)

(44)

624

—

—

—

(59)

(44)

635

$

— $

527

$

— $

532

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the chief executive officer (‘CEO’) and chief 
financial officer (‘CFO’), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the 
end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded 
that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017 in providing reasonable assurance that the 
information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and 
communicated to our management to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and 
overseen by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: 

(1)  Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 

dispositions of the assets of the Company; 

(2)  Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and 

(3)  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of 

the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because 
of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance 
and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can 
also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material 
misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these 
inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process 
safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. 
Management has used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(‘COSO’) in the report entitled Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) to evaluate the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that the Company 
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. 

The effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

175

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of 
Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our 
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of the Company and our 
report dated February 28, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Philadelphia, PA
February 28, 2018 

176

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Iran Disclosure

Set forth below is a description of a matter reported pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human 
Rights Act of 2012 (‘ITRA’) and Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act. Concurrently with this annual report, we are filing a notice 
pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act that the matter has been disclosed in this annual report.

Gras Savoye, a non-U.S. affiliate of Willis Towers Watson, has acted as the broker for the Iranian Embassy in Paris, placing 
health insurance for the diplomatic staff and handling the related claims administration. A policy was placed with GBG 
Insurance Limited on December 27, 2016 for the 2017 policy year. Premium payments are made quarterly, and a premium 
payment of €55,608 was received by Gras Savoye for the fourth quarter on December 8, 2017 for the policy . Gras Savoye will 
retain a commission of €6,673 from this payment. Health benefits of approximately €58,699 were paid to beneficiaries during 
the fourth quarter of 2017. Gras Savoye did not renew this policy at the end of 2017.

177

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information with respect to the executive officers of the Company is provided in Part I, Item 1 above under the heading 
‘Executive Officers of the Registrant’. All other information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with 
Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 
days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 
days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 
days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 
days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

178

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

a)  The following documents have been included in Part II, Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements of Willis Towers Watson

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2017 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2017 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

b)  Exhibits:

In reviewing the agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it 
is important to note that they are included to provide investors with information regarding their terms, and are not 
intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about Willis Towers Watson or the other parties to the 
agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties made by each of the parties to the applicable 
agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the 
applicable agreement, and: should not be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating risk 
between the parties; have in some cases been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection 
with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; may 
apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be material to investors; and were made only as 
of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject 
to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were 
made or at any other time. Additional information about Willis Towers Watson may be found elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and our other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at 
http://www.sec.gov.

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Willis Group Holdings plc, 
Citadel Merger Sub, Inc. and Towers Watson & Co (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 30, 2015)

Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 19, 2015, by and among Willis, 
Merger Sub and Towers Watson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the 
Company on November 20, 2015)

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Willis Towers Watson Public 
Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
June 15, 2017)
Certificate of Incorporation of Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)

Senior Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2005, and First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2005, 
by and among Willis North America Inc., as the Issuer, Willis Group Holdings Public Limited 
Company, TA I Limited, TA II Limited, TA III Limited, Trinity Acquisition Limited, TA IV Limited 
and Willis Group Limited, as the Guarantors, and The Bank of New York (f/k/a JPMorgan Chase 
Bank, N.A.), as the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the 
Company on July 1, 2005)

179

 
 
4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

4.14

4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

4.19

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 28, 2007, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of 
July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 
30, 2007)

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2008, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of 
July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
November 10, 2008)

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2009, supplemental to the Indenture dated 
as of July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
September 29, 2009)

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2009, supplemental to the Indenture dated as 
of July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
January 4, 2010)

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, supplemental to the Indenture dated as 
of July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on 
February 28, 2011)

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of 
July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 
10, 2016)

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of 
July 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
August 16, 2017)
Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Willis Group Holdings Public Limited 
Company, as issuer, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment Holdings U.K. Limited, TA I 
Limited, Trinity Acquisition Limited, Willis Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., as 
Guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 17, 2011)

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011, supplemental to the Indenture dated March 
17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 
17, 2011)

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of 
March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
March 10, 2016)

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of 
March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
August 16, 2017)

Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013, by and among Trinity Acquisition Limited, as issuer, Willis 
Group Holdings Public Limited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis North America 
Inc., Willis Investment Holdings U.K. Limited, TA I Limited and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, 
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 15, 2013)

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013, supplemental to the Indenture dated August 
15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 
15, 2013)

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of 
August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
March 10, 2016)

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 22, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of 
August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
March 22, 2016)

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of 
August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
May 26, 2016)

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of 
August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on 
August 16, 2017)
Form of Indenture among Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, as issuer, Willis Towers 
Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK 
Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd., Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group 
Limited and Willis North America Inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by 
the Company on March 11, 2016)

180

4.20

4.21

4.22

4.23

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

Form of Indenture among Willis North America Inc., as issuer, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited 
Company, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings 
B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd., Trinity 
Acquisition plc and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 
as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by 
the Company on March 11, 2016)

Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2017, among Willis North America Inc., as issuer, Willis Towers 
Watson Public Limited Company, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis 
Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, WTW Bermuda 
Holdings Ltd., Trinity Acquisition plc and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the 
Company on May 16, 2017)
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2017, among Willis North America Inc., as issuer, Willis 
Towers Watson Public Limited Company, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, 
Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, WTW 
Bermuda Holdings Ltd., Trinity Acquisition plc and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells 
Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K 
filed by the Company on May 16, 2017)

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 
2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 
2017)
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2017, among Trinity Acquisition plc, 
Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC., as 
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the 
Company on March 9, 2017)

Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2017, among Trinity Acquisition 
plc, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, the other guarantors party thereto and Barclays 
Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed 
by the Company on March 9, 2017)
Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2015, among Towers Watson Delaware Inc., 
as borrower, each lender from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative 
agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Towers Watson on 
November 24, 2015)

Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 23, 2015, to the Term Loan Credit Agreement (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Towers Watson on December 29, 2015)

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 31, 2017, to the Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of 
November 20, 2015, among Towers Watson Delaware Inc., as borrower, each lender from time to time 
party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 9, 2017)
Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 28, 2017, to the Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of 
November 20, 2015, among Towers Watson Delaware Inc., as borrower, each lender from time to time 
party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 9, 2017)
Deed Poll of Assumption, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and between Willis Group Holdings 
Limited and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†
Willis Group Senior Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2010 North American 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Definitive Proxy 
Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on April 27, 2016)†

Willis Group Holdings 2001 Share Purchase and Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.9 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

Form of Performance-Based Option Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings 2001 Share Purchase 
and Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
May 10, 2010)†

Form of Time-Based Option Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings 2001 Share Purchase and 
Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on 
February 28, 2011)†

Form of Performance-Based Option Agreement for the 2011 Long Term Incentive Program under the 
Willis Group Holdings 2001 Share Purchase and Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 3, 2011)†

181

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

Rules of the Willis Group Holdings Sharesave Plan 2001 for the United Kingdom (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

The Willis Group Holdings Irish Sharesave Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2010)†

Willis Group Holdings 2008 Share Purchase and Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.16 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company 2007 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 
to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement granted under the Hilb Rogal & Hobbs 
Company 2007 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed 
by the Company on August 6, 2010)†

Form of Time-Based Option Agreement granted under the Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company 2007 Share 
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
August 6, 2010)†

Form of Performance-Based Option Agreement granted under the Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company 
2007 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed by the 
Company on August 9, 2011)†

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit A to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on April 27, 
2016)†

Form of Time-Based Share Option Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited 
Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q 
filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

Form of Performance-Based Share Option Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 
10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 
10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings 
Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 
Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (for Non-Employee Directors) (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings 
Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Program 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 27, 
2014)†

Rules of the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Sharesave Sub-Plan for the United 
Kingdom to the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 
2013)†

Form of 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Agreement of Restrictive Covenants and Other 
Obligations (for U.S. employees) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Form 10-K 
filed by the Company on February 28, 2013)†

Form of 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Agreement of Restrictive Covenants and Other 
Obligations (for U.K. employees) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Form 10-K 
filed by the Company on February 28, 2013)†

Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 20, 2009)†

First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, 
effective June 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the 
Company on August 9, 2011)†
Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 5, 
2013)†

10.34

Amendment 2017-1 to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan†*

182

10.35

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41

10.42

10.43

10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

10.48

10.49

10.50

10.51

10.52

10.53

Form of Deed of Indemnity of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

Form of Indemnification Agreement of Willis North America Inc. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Compensation Policy and Share Ownership 
Guidelines for Non-Employee Directors (as amended May 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)†

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public 
Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed 
by the Company on March 1, 2016)†

Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2016, by and between Willis Towers 
Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 1, 2016)†

Supplemental Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public 
Limited Company and John J. Haley, dated as of June 14, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 16, 2016)†

Offer Letter, dated August 17, 2017, from John J. Haley to Michael J. Burwell (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 21, 2017)†

Letter Agreement, dated September 18, 2017, by and between the Company and Roger F. Millay 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 6, 
2017)†
Offer Letter, dated July 23, 2013, and Contract of Employment, dated as of September 3, 2013, by and 
between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and David 
Shalders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 
10, 2016)†

Amendment, dated April 30, 2014, to the Contract of Employment, dated as of September 3, 2013, by 
and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and 
David Shalders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
May 10, 2016)†

Amendment, dated as of June 29, 2015, to Contract of Employment, dated as of September 3, 2013, by 
and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and 
David Shalders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
May 10, 2016)†

Offer Letter, dated November 9, 2014, and Contract of Employment, dated as of November 9, 2014, 
by and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and 
Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
May 10, 2016)†

Amendment, dated as of June 29, 2015, to Contract of Employment, dated as of November 9, 2014, by 
and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and 
Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on 
May 10, 2016)†

Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2017, by and between the Company and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)†

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2003, by and between Willis Americas 
Administration, Inc. and Todd J. Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Form 10-K 
filed by the Company on February 27, 2014)†

Letter Agreement, dated August 1, 2013, by and between Willis North America Inc. and Todd J. Jones 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 27, 
2014)†

Amendment, dated April 30, 2014, to the Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 2013, by and 
between Willis North America Inc. and Todd J. Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the 
Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 9, 2014)†

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and between Willis North 
America Inc. and Todd Jones (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the 
Company on June 30, 2015)†

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between 
Timothy Wright / Todd Jones / Nicolas Aubert / David Shalders and Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company 
on February 29, 2016)†

183

10.54

10.55

10.56

10.57

10.58

10.59

10.60

10.61

10.62

10.63

10.64

10.65

10.66

10.67

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings 
Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between 
Timothy Wright / Todd Jones / Nicolas Aubert / David Shalders and Willis Group Holdings Public 
Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75  to the Form 10-K filed by the Company 
on February 29, 2016)†

Form of Time-Based Share Option Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited 
Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Timothy 
Wright / Todd Jones / Nicolas Aubert / David Shalders and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited 
Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.76 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on 
February 29, 2016)†

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Operating Committee 
Members under the Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2012 
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the 
Company on November 7, 2016)†

Towers Watson Amended and Restated 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

Trust Deed and Rules of the Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 (U.K) (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 
2006)†

Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 Deed of Amendment (U.K.) (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 
2006)†
Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 Deed to Change the Trust Deed and Rules (U.K.) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 10-K filed by Towers Watson on August 29, 
2012)†

Share Purchase Plan 2005 (Spain) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Form 10-K filed 
by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)†

Trust Deed and Rules of the Watson Wyatt Ireland Share Participation Scheme (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 
2006)†

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement for use under the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Towers 
Watson on March 8, 2010)†

Extend Health Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 99.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

Liazon Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 
to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan for U.S. Employees (as amended and 
restated effective January 1, 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed 
by the Company on November 7, 2016)†

Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Stable Value Excess Plan for U.S. Employees (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)†

10.68

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Compensation Recoupment Policy†*

12.1

21.1

23.1

23.2

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101.INS
101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF
101.LAB

Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*

List of subsidiaries*

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP*

Consent of Deloitte LLP*

Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*

Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*

Certification Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350*

Certification Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350*

XBRL Instance Document*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*

184

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

_________________________________

* 

Filed herewith.

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

All exhibits that are incorporated by reference herein to a filing with the SEC made more than five years ago are filed under:  
SEC File No.  001-16503, for any filings that were made by Willis Group Holdings or the Company; SEC File No. 001-34594, 
for any filings that were made by Towers Watson; and SEC File No. 001-16159, for any filings that were made by Watson 
Wyatt Worldwide.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

185

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PLC
(REGISTRANT)

By: 

/s/ John J. Haley

John J. Haley
Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 28, 2018 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

/s/ Michael J. Burwell
Michael J. Burwell
Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Victor F. Ganzi
Victor F. Ganzi
Director

/s/ James F. McCann
James F. McCann
Director

/s/ Jaymin B. Patel
Jaymin B. Patel
Director

/s/ Paul Thomas
Paul Thomas
Director

/s/ John J. Haley
John J. Haley
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Susan D. Davies
Susan D. Davies
Principal Accounting Officer and Controller

/s/ Anna C. Catalano
Anna C. Catalano
Director

/s/ Wendy E. Lane
Wendy E. Lane
Director

/s/ Brendan R. O’Neill
Brendan R. O’Neill
Director

/s/ Linda D. Rabbitt
Linda D. Rabbitt
Director

/s/ Wilhelm Zeller
Wilhelm Zeller
Director

186